TWINLAB CORP
10-K, 1997-03-24
MEDICINAL CHEMICALS & BOTANICAL PRODUCTS
Previous: GOLD BANC CORP INC, DEF 14A, 1997-03-24
Next: CARRIAGE SERVICES INC, DEF 14A, 1997-03-24



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                      ------------------------------------


                                    FORM 10-K

                       FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITIONAL REPORTS
                    PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 AND 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

[x]  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

 
For the fiscal year ended DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                       OR
    [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the  transition  period from  ________________  to
     _____________

                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-21003

                               TWINLAB CORPORATION
             (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)



                                    DELAWARE
                         (State or Other Jurisdiction of
                         Incorporation or Organization)

                              2120 SMITHTOWN AVENUE
                              RONKONKOMA, NEW YORK
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

                                   11-3317986
                                (I.R.S. Employer
                               Identification No.)

                                      11779
                                   (Zip Code)
       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (516) 467-3140

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE

Securities  registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: COMMON STOCK, $1.00
PAR VALUE

                                   -----------

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best  of  the  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

     The aggregate market value of shares of Common Stock of the registrant held
by  non-affiliates  based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock on March
21, 1997 as reported on The Nasdaq National Market System was $127,654,800.

     As of March 21, 1997, the registrant had 27,000,000  shares of Common Stock
outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement for the 1997 Annual
Meeting of  Stockholders  are  incorporated  by reference  into Part III of this
Report.


<PAGE>

                               TWINLAB CORPORATION
                         1996 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>

                                     PART I


<S>      <C>                                                                                                       <C>
Item 1.  Business....................................................................................................1

Item 2.  Properties.................................................................................................11

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings..........................................................................................11

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders........................................................12


                                     PART II


Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters......................................13

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data....................................................................................14

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................16

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data................................................................19

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.......................19


                                    PART III


Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.........................................................19

Item 11. Executive Compensation.....................................................................................19

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.............................................19

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.......................................................19


                                     PART IV

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K............................................20
</TABLE>


Signatures


<PAGE>

     Information  contained or incorporated by reference in this report contains
"forward-looking   statements"   which   can  be   identified   by  the  use  of
forward-looking  terminology  such  as  "believes,"  "expects,"  "may,"  "will,"
"should" or "anticipates" or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or
comparable terminology,  or by discussions of strategy. See, e.g., "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
"Business  -  Business  Strategy."  No  assurance  can be given  that the future
results  covered  by  the  forward-looking  statements  will  be  achieved.  The
following  information  includes  cautionary  statements  identifying  important
factors with respect to such forward-looking statements, including certain risks
and  uncertainties,  that could cause actual results to vary materially from the
future results covered in such forward-looking  statements.  Other factors could
also cause actual results to vary  materially from the future results covered in
such forward-looking statements.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

     Unless the context  otherwise  requires,  the term "Company"  refers to (a)
Twinlab  Corporation  ("TLC")  and,  as  applicable,  its  direct  and  indirect
subsidiaries,  Twin Laboratories Inc. and Advanced Research Press, Inc. ("ARP"),
when used with respect to information  about events  occurring since May 7, 1996
and (b) collectively Natur-Pharma Inc., Twin Laboratories Inc., Alvita Products,
Inc.,  Twinlab Export Corp.,  Twinlab  Specialty  Corporation,  B. Bros.  Realty
Corporation  and Advanced  Research  Press,  Inc., all of which were  affiliated
entities,  as such entities existed prior to May 7, 1996, when used with respect
to historical  information  contained herein.  Except where otherwise indicated,
the  information  in this  report  gives  effect  to an 18.5  for 1 stock  split
effected as a stock dividend with respect to the Common Stock which was effected
prior to the  consummation  of TLC's  initial  public  offering  (the  "IPO") in
November 1996.

GENERAL

     The Company believes based upon its knowledge of the nutritional supplement
industry that it is one of the leading manufacturers and marketers of brand name
nutritional  supplements  sold through  domestic  health food stores.  Since the
Company's  founding in 1968,  the Company has  emphasized  the  development  and
introduction of high-quality,  unique products in response to emerging trends in
the  nutritional  supplement  industry.  The  Company  produces  a full  line of
nutritional  supplements  and offers the  broadest  product line in the industry
with more than 840 products and 1,600 SKU's. The Company's product line includes
vitamins, minerals, amino acids, fish and marine oils, sports nutrition products
and special formulas marketed under the TWINLAB (R) trademark and a full line of
herbal  supplements and phytonutrients and herb teas marketed under the Nature's
Herbs  (R) and  Alvita  (R)  trademarks,  respectively.  None  of the  Company's
products  individually  accounted for more than 5.3% of total net sales in 1996.
The Company's  broad product line,  strong history of new product  introductions
and innovations, superior marketing and advertising programs and premium product
quality have established TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita as leading brands in
the nutritional supplement industry.

     The Company has  diversified  its product  line  through  internal  growth,
product development and selected acquisitions, including the acquisition in 1989
of Natur-Pharma Inc., a leading  manufacturer and marketer of herbal supplements
and  phytonutrients  under the Nature's Herbs brand name, and the acquisition in
1991 of Alvita Products,  Inc., a leading marketer of herb teas. The Company has
achieved  increased net sales and income from operations  every year since 1990.
In particular,  during the three-year period from 1994 through 1996, the Company
achieved a compound  annual growth rate in net sales and income from  operations
of 20.4% and 28.0%,  respectively.  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996,
the Company  achieved net sales growth of 14.3% to $170.1  million and growth in
income from  operations  of 24.8% to $39.5  million,  as compared to fiscal year
1995.

     The Company's products target consumers who utilize nutritional supplements
in their  daily  diet and who  demand  premium  quality  ingredients  in a broad
variety  of  dosages  and  delivery  methods.  The  Company's  products  compete
primarily  in the  health  food store  market,  where the  dominant  competitive
factors include product  attributes such as quality,  potency and the uniqueness
of  the  product  formulation.  The  Company  sells  its  products  domestically
primarily  through  a network  of  approximately  60  distributors  who  service
approximately  11,000 health food stores and other selected retail outlets.  The
Company  believes that its products are available in over 90% of the health food
stores  in  the  United  States.  However,  the  Company  believes  that  growth
opportunities  are  available in this market as only  approximately  12% of such
stores carry the full line of TWINLAB products. The health food store channel of
distribution has expanded  significantly in recent years and is expected to grow
further as national  chains,  including those which sell the Company's  products
such as General Nutrition Companies,  Inc. ("GNC"),  Whole Foods Market ("WFM"),
Wild Oats Markets, Fresh Fields, and other industry participants continue to add
stores in new and  existing  markets.  The  health  food  store  market  differs
significantly from the mass market for vitamin and other nutritional supplements
where price and  convenience  constitute the primary bases of  competition.  The
nutritional  supplement  products sold in grocery  stores,  drug stores and mass
merchandisers are typically


                                        1


<PAGE>

manufactured by large pharmaceutical  companies and private label manufacturers.
The Company's products are also offered in Europe, Asia, South America and other
international markets through arrangements with overseas distributors.

     The Company  believes it is well  positioned to capitalize on the growth of
the nutritional  supplement  market which management  believes will be fueled by
(i) favorable  demographic trends towards older Americans who are more likely to
consume nutritional  supplements;  (ii) product introductions in response to new
scientific  research  findings;  (iii) the  nationwide  trend toward  preventive
medicine  in  response to rising  health  care  costs;  and (iv) the  heightened
understanding and awareness of the connection between diet and health. Moreover,
although the industry has grown  dramatically in recent years,  there is still a
large untapped  domestic market as only an estimated 40% of Americans  currently
consume vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements on a regular basis.

     In November  1996,  following the  consummation  of the Company's  IPO, the
Common  Stock of TLC was listed on the Nasdaq  National  Market under the symbol
"TWLB". TLC was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1996 and
maintains its principal executive offices at 2120 Smithtown Avenue,  Ronkonkoma,
New York 11779. Its telephone number is (516) 467-3140.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The Company's strategy is to continue to enhance its leadership position in
the sale of vitamins,  minerals and other  nutritional  supplements  in domestic
health food stores and to increase its market  share and sales while  continuing
to improve its overall  operating  efficiency  and  financial  performance.  The
Company  intends to capitalize on the TWINLAB brand name by growing market share
domestically,  increasing penetration of the Company's other brands,  continuing
to introduce new products and product extensions, and expanding internationally.
Specifically, the Company seeks to:

     Capitalize on Powerful  Brand Name  Recognition.  The Company's  recognized
product quality, broad product line, strong history of new product introductions
and  innovations,   and  superior   marketing  and  advertising   programs  have
established  TWINLAB,  Nature's  Herbs  and  Alvita  as  leading  brands  in the
nutritional   supplement   industry.   The  Company's  extensive  marketing  and
advertising programs have been critical components of its products' strong brand
name recognition,  and management believes that the Company offers its customers
the strongest  marketing and advertising  support  programs in the industry.  In
fiscal  1996,  the Company  invested  $12.7  million,  an increase of 14.0% over
fiscal 1995, in marketing and advertising to promote its products.

     Increase Penetration in the Growing Health Food Market. Management believes
that the  expansion  of  retail  distribution  channels  and the  strong  growth
characteristics of the nutritional  supplement industry provide the Company with
significant  opportunities to increase sales.  Management  further believes that
the established brand name recognition of the Company's products positions it to
increase its  penetration  of shelf space as health food retailers seek to align
themselves with companies  which possess strong brand names,  offer a wide range
of products, demonstrate continued marketing and advertising support and provide
consistently  high levels of customer  service.  Since Nature's Herbs and Alvita
products  currently  are  available  in fewer  domestic  health food stores than
TWINLAB  products,  the Company  believes  that it will be able to capitalize on
health  food  retailers'  success  with  the  TWINLAB  product  line in order to
significantly  increase  shelf  space  for  the  Company's  herbal  supplements,
phytonutrients and herb teas.

     Continue to Introduce New Products and Product  Innovations.  A cornerstone
of the  Company's  success  has been  its  ability  to  rapidly  utilize  recent
scientific  and medical  findings in its new product  development  efforts.  The
Company has  consistently  been among the first in its industry to introduce new
products and product  innovations which anticipate and meet customer demands for
newly identified  nutritional  supplement benefits.  Furthermore,  the Company's
geographically  diverse network of more than 60 distributors  allows the Company
to achieve immediate and broad distribution for new product launches. As part of
its ongoing research and development  effort, the Company maintains an extensive
database and  actively  researches  and monitors a wide variety of  publications
containing scientific and medical research.  From 1991 through 1996, the Company
introduced  over 460  products,  with over 110 new products  introduced  in 1996
alone.  Gross sales during 1996 from new products  introduced in 1996 were $16.3
million,  or approximately  9.0% of gross sales. The Company intends to continue
to introduce new and innovative products.

     Build Upon Established Customer  Relationships.  The Company's  established
relationships  with  distributors and health food store retailers are based upon
the Company's commitment to a high level of customer service. In order to ensure
that its customers receive prompt and reliable service, the Company has designed
a flexible and responsive  manufacturing process and has achieved a fill rate of
approximately  98% for customer orders.  In addition,  the Company's sales force
consists of approximately 30 dedicated sales  professionals who operate in sales
territories  which cover the entire  continental  United States and Alaska.  The
primary  functions of the Company's sales force are to gain better placement and
additional  shelf  space  for the  Company's  products  and to stay  abreast  of
customer  needs.   The  sales  force   personnel  work  with  direct   accounts,
distributors and individual retailers to enhance knowledge of TWINLAB,  Nature's
Herbs and Alvita products and to achieve maximum exposure for these products.


                                        2


<PAGE>

     Increase Penetration of Foreign Markets. Management believes that there are
substantial  opportunities  for the  Company to expand its  presence  in foreign
markets. The Company has an international  department,  headed by a senior sales
professional,  dedicated to  increasing  sales in such  markets.  The  Company's
foreign  marketing  effort  is  primarily  focused  on  establishing  additional
relationships   with   leading   overseas   distributor   organizations   as   a
cost-effective  method of increasing  international sales. The Company presently
has distribution  agreements  covering over 44 foreign  countries.  In 1996, the
Company had net sales of $11.7 million to foreign markets.

     Supplement   Internal  Growth  Through  Strategic   Acquisitions.   As  the
nutritional  supplement  industry  is  highly  fragmented  with  many  companies
producing only a single  product line or single  product,  the Company  believes
that it is strategically  positioned to participate in the  consolidation of the
industry due to its established brand name, broad distribution  capabilities and
ability to generate sales of its products through successful marketing programs.
Since 1989 the Company has acquired two businesses,  Natur-Pharma Inc. (Nature's
Herbs) and Alvita  Products,  Inc.,  and in each case has  embarked on expansion
programs which resulted in substantially higher sales and income from operations
for the acquired companies. Net sales for Nature's Herbs products increased from
$5.2  million  in 1990 (the  first  full year  after its  acquisition)  to $21.0
million in 1996, and net sales for Alvita  products  increased from $1.7 million
in 1992 (the first full year after its acquisition) to $7.7 million in 1996. The
Company  intends to pursue  acquisition  opportunities,  including  product line
acquisitions,  that complement its existing  products,  expand its  distribution
channels or are compatible with its business philosophy and strategic goals.

     There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully  implement all
or any part of its strategy.

INDUSTRY

     The retail  market for  vitamins,  minerals and other  supplements,  herbal
supplements,  and herb teas has demonstrated  strong growth in recent years. The
Company  believes that these market segments will continue to experience  strong
growth due to recent scientific  research  suggesting  potential health benefits
from regular consumption of vitamins and other nutritional  supplement products,
increasing  national  interest  in  preventive  health  measures  and  favorable
demographic   trends  that  indicate  increased  usage  of  vitamins  and  other
nutritional supplements.

     The  Company  expects  that the  aging  of the  United  States  population,
together with a  corresponding  increased focus on preventive  health  measures,
will  result in  increased  demand  for  nutritional  supplement  products.  The
35-and-older age group of consumers, which represent a significant proportion of
regular  users  of  vitamin  and  mineral  supplements,   is  expected  to  grow
dramatically  over the  next two  decades.  Based on data  provided  by the U.S.
Bureau of the Census,  from 1990 to 2010, the 35-44 and  45-and-older age groups
are  projected  to grow at rates  175% and 225%  faster  than the  general  U.S.
population,  respectively.  In addition,  the "baby boom echo" (the  children of
baby  boomers) is  projected  to result in  substantial  growth in the 16-21 age
group,  the largest  segment of  consumers  of sports  nutrition  products.  The
Company  expects that growth in this age group will result in  increased  demand
for its sports nutrition products.

     Vitamins and other  nutritional  supplements are sold primarily through six
channels of  distribution:  health food stores,  drug stores,  supermarkets  and
other  grocery  stores,   discount   stores,   mail  order,   and  direct  sales
organizations.  Mass market retailers (drug stores,  grocery stores and discount
stores) account for approximately 60% of sales,  while health food stores,  mail
order and direct selling account for approximately 40% of sales.

     The United  States  health food store market is comprised of  approximately
11,000 stores, which are generally either independently owned or associated with
one of several  regional or national  chains,  including GNC and WFM. The health
food store channel of distribution  has grown  significantly in recent years and
is expected to continue to grow as customers of the Company,  such as GNC,  WFM,
Wild Oats Markets and Fresh Fields, and other industry  participants continue to
add stores in new and existing markets.

     The Company  believes  the recent  growth  experienced  by the  nutritional
supplement market is based in part on national media attention  regarding recent
scientific   research   suggesting   potential   health  benefits  from  regular
consumption of certain vitamins and other  nutritional  products.  Such research
has  been  described  in  major  medical  journals,  magazines,  newspapers  and
television programs.  The scientific research to date is preliminary,  and there
can be no assurance of future favorable  scientific  results and media attention
or of the absence of unfavorable or inconsistent findings.


                                        3


<PAGE>

PRODUCTS

     The Company has a highly diversified array of products which achieve strong
gross margins.  The Company  manufactures and markets over 840 products and over
1,600 SKU's in two primary  business areas:  the TWINLAB Division and the herbal
products category.  Products sold under the TWINLAB brand name include vitamins,
minerals,  amino acids,  fish and marine  oils,  sports  nutrition  products and
special  formulas.  The herbal products  category includes a full line of herbal
supplements  and  phytonutrients  marketed by the Nature's  Herbs Division and a
full line of herb teas  marketed by the Alvita Tea  Division.  The Company  also
operates a subsidiary  which  publishes  health,  fitness and  nutrition-related
publications.

TWINLAB Products

     Vitamins,  Minerals  and Amino  Acids.  Vitamin,  mineral  and  amino  acid
products include a complete line of  multivitamins  and  single-entity  vitamins
(such as B-complex, C and E), minerals (such as calcium and magnesium) and amino
acids (such as glutamine and  carnitine)  marketed under the TWINLAB brand name.
These products are available in a variety of delivery forms,  including  liquid,
powder,  capsule and tablet to  accommodate  a variety of consumer  preferences.
This  category  targets  a broad  array  of  health  conscious  consumers,  with
particular  emphasis on consumers who utilize  nutritional  supplements in their
daily diet and who demand  premium  quality  ingredients  in a broad  variety of
dosages and delivery methods.

     Sports  Nutrition.  Sports  nutrition  products  include a wide  variety of
nutritional supplements designed for and targeted to athletes.  Sports nutrition
products include Hydra Fuel and Ultra Fuel drinks,  which replenish  glucose and
electrolytes  depleted during  strenuous  exercise;  and DietFuel,  RxFuel,  and
Ripped Fuel, which are marketed, as part of a low fat diet and exercise program,
for the  preservation  of lean body mass and the  building of muscle  mass.  The
Company's   sports   nutrition   products  are  utilized  by  both  amateur  and
professional  athletes in a variety of competitive  sports. The Company believes
that its strong sports nutrition business serves to increase the Company's brand
awareness  among  customers  who,  as they grow older,  will shift their  buying
patterns to include  vitamins,  minerals and herbal products,  and who, based on
their  positive  experiences  with the Company's  brand name, are more likely to
purchase the Company's other products.

     Special  Formulas.  Special formulas include a broad assortment of products
formulated  with specific  health  conditions  or  objectives  in mind.  Special
formulas  are  primarily  targeted  to  sophisticated  users of  health  related
products,  including regular  customers of health food stores.  Examples include
OcuGuard, which is formulated for nutritional support of the eyes, Coenzyme Q10,
which is designed for cardiovascular  health, and the MaxiLIFE Protector Series,
a complete  array of formulas  marketed  towards the aging "baby  boomers" which
includes women's  protector  formulas for the skin and bones and a complete line
of MaxiLIFE  formulas for  prostate,  colon and heart health.  In addition,  the
Company  sells a  variety  of fish  and  marine  oils in a number  of  different
delivery  forms which  offer a  multitude  of  nutritional  benefits,  including
favorable effects on cardiovascular health.

Herbal Products

     Herbal   Supplements   and    Phytonutrients.    Herbal   supplements   and
phytonutrients  (nutrients  from  botanical  sources that are considered to have
medicinal  properties) have become increasingly  important  categories in health
food stores.  Through its Nature's  Herbs product line,  the Company  produces a
full  line  of  herbal  supplements  and  phytonutrients   which  offer  natural
alternatives to over-the-counter  ("OTC") medications.  The Company manufactures
and markets  approximately  500 SKU's of herbal and botanical  supplements which
are produced at the Company's  modern FDA registered  manufacturing  facility in
American Fork, Utah and sold under the Nature's Herbs brand name. Nature's Herbs
products include single herbs, such as saw palmetto, garlic, gingko, ginseng and
golden  seal;   traditional   combinations,   such  as  echinacea-golden   seal;
standardized extracts,  such as Bilberry Power and Milk Thistle Power sold under
the POWER HERBS(R) brand name; and natural HealthCare product formulations, such
as  Allerin  and  Coldrin.  Nature's  Herbs  products  are  packaged  using  the
innovative FRESH CARE(R) System developed by the Company.  The FRESH CARE System
is the first all-glass and  antioxidant-protected  herbal  packaging system that
helps  remove  oxygen  while  locking  out air,  moisture  and light in order to
maintain  potency  and  to  extend  freshness.   Management  believes  that  the
association of the Nature's Herbs product line with TWINLAB's  strong name brand
recognition  and reputation for premium  quality and service,  combined with the
increased  penetration of herbal  supplements and  phytonutrients in the growing
health food store channel of distribution,  have contributed to the rapid growth
experienced by this product line.

     Herb  Teas.   Through  its  Alvita   product  line,   the  Company   offers
approximately 185 SKU's of herb teas in both single use bags and bulk. Alvita is
a leading brand of herb teas and is one of the most recognizable tea brands sold
through  health  food  stores.  Alvita  was  founded  in 1922  and is one of the
nation's  oldest  herb  tea  companies.  Alvita  purchases  tea  in  bulk  form,
formulates  blends  of  natural  herb teas and  designs  the  packaging  for its
products. Alvita's teas are currently blended and packaged by an independent


                                        4


<PAGE>

contractor.  Representative  Alvita teas  include  Peppermint  Leaf,  Chamomile,
Echinacea, Golden Seal, Ginger and Senna Leaf, as well as new-age blends such as
Chinese Green Tea which is available in a choice of citrus flavors, and TrimTime
Thermogenic  Diet Tea.  Alvita  markets  its  products  with an  environmentally
conscious theme by packaging bulk tea and tea bags in paper and by not utilizing
shrink wrap for either its outer boxes or tea bags.  Alvita recently  launched a
new line of herbal tea blends named Herbal Remeteas, including Highland Lullaby,
Manchurian  Brain Blend,  Jamaica Digesti Brew, and Canadian  Natur-Tussin.  The
Company also recently  expanded its Alvita product line by combining Alvita teas
with vitamins and other  nutritional  supplements,  creating a new delivery form
for vitamins and other nutritional supplements.

Publishing

     Through Advanced  Research Press,  Inc., the Company  publishes All Natural
Muscular Development, a high-quality bodybuilding and fitness magazine featuring
a scientific  advisory  board and  contributors  considered to be among the most
accomplished and knowledgeable in their respective fields. In 1996, the magazine
reinforced its commitment to drug-free bodybuilding by becoming the first modern
periodical to showcase and endorse only steroid-free bodybuilding.  The magazine
covers recent developments and provides innovative  information in the fields of
training and nutrition  research,  supplements,  health,  fitness and diet. This
publication  serves as a useful  vehicle to  increase  public  awareness  of the
Company's  products and as an outlet for a portion of the Company's  advertising
program.  All  Natural  Muscular  Development   currently  has  a  monthly  paid
circulation of approximately  115,000 readers. The Company also publishes health
and fitness  related books and is exploring the  introduction  of new health and
fitness related products.

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

     The Company is recognized as an industry leader in new product development.
The Company closely monitors  consumer trends and scientific  research,  and has
consistently  introduced  innovative  products  and  programs to respond to such
trends and research.  The Company's product  development staff regularly studies
over 50 different  health and nutrition  periodicals,  including the New England
Journal of Medicine  and the Journal of the  American  Medical  Association,  in
order to generate ideas for new product  formulations.  Management believes that
the Company's  introduction of new products has increased  market share for both
the  Company  and its retail  customers,  and the  Company  intends to  continue
developing  new products  and programs in the future.  The Company was the first
major  nutritional  supplement  manufacturer  to  introduce  such  industry-wide
innovations  as: an all-capsule  vitamin and mineral line that is well tolerated
by allergy-prone individuals; a complete line of amino acids and fish and marine
oils;  the  most  advanced  and  complete  array  of   antioxidants,   including
L-glutathione,  L-cysteine, N-acetyl cysteine (NAC) and an entirely new class of
antioxidants,  including polyphenols,  flavonoids and isoflavones;  concentrated
Coenzyme  Q10;  high potency  phosphatidyl  choline and  patented GTF  Chromium;
pioneering  thermogenic  products;  standardized  herbal  extracts  guaranteeing
potency  (Certified  Potency);  the FRESH  CARE  packaging  system  designed  to
preserve potency and freshness; a full line of Ayurvedic Indian herbal products;
and a  complete  line of herb teas in single  use bag and bulk  form.  From 1991
through  1996,  the  Company  introduced  over 460  products  with  over 110 new
products introduced in 1996 alone.

     The Company's research and development  expenses were $1.1 million in 1996,
$1.1  million  in 1995 and  $1.0  million  in 1994,  including  the  support  of
scientific   research  at  independent   research   centers   located  at  major
universities and medical centers.

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

     The  Company   believes   that  its  TWINLAB   products  are  available  in
approximately 90% of domestic health food stores.  However, the Company believes
that growth opportunities are available in this market as only approximately 12%
of such stores carry the full line of TWINLAB  products.  The Company  sells its
products  primarily  through a network of approximately  60 distributors,  which
service  approximately  11,000  health  food stores  throughout  the country and
selected   retail   outlets.   Sales  to   domestic   distributors   represented
approximately   88%  of  the  Company's  gross  sales  in  1996.  The  Company's
distributor  customers  include  GNC,  Tree of  Life,  Cornucopia,  Stow  Mills,
Nature's Best and other distributors that supply retailers of vitamins, minerals
and  other  nutritional  supplements.  Management  believes  that it  sells  its
products to every major domestic nutritional  supplement  distributor  servicing
health  food  stores  and is  generally  the  largest  independent  supplier  of
nutritional supplements to each such distributor.  The Company is also currently
expanding distribution into domestic military exchanges.

     Several of the Company's distributors,  such as GNC, Cornucopia and Tree of
Life, are national in scope,  but most are regional in nature and operate one or
more  localized  distribution  centers.   Generally,  the  Company  enters  into
nonexclusive area rights agreements with its domestic distributors, who are also
responsible for new account  development.  Retailers typically place orders with
and are supplied directly by the Company's distributors.  In the past ten years,
the  Company  has not  lost a major  distributor  customer  other  than  through
consolidation with an existing customer of the Company. The breadth and depth of
the products


                                        5


<PAGE>

manufactured  and the  ability to  manufacture  with  minimal  throughput  times
enables the Company to maintain extremely high order fill rates which management
believes are among the highest in the industry.

     The Company's  success depends in part upon its ability to attract,  retain
and  motivate  a large  base of  distributors,  and its  ability  to  maintain a
satisfactory  relationship with GNC, the largest retail organization which sells
the Company's products and which operates  approximately  3,000 stores.  Tree of
Life and GNC accounted for approximately 25.0% and 20.0%,  respectively,  of the
Company's  net sales in 1996. No other single  customer  accounted for more than
10% of the  Company's  net sales in 1996.  The loss of either  Tree of Life as a
distributor or GNC as a customer,  or the loss of a significant  number of other
distributors, or a significant reduction in purchase volume by Tree of Life, GNC
or such other distributors, for any reason, would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

     Approximately  6.9%, or $11.7  million,  of the Company's net sales in 1996
were derived from international sales which originate from overseas  distributor
organizations.   The  Company   presently  has   distribution   agreements   for
approximately  fifteen European countries,  including Great Britain, The Benelux
Countries and the Scandinavian countries;  approximately fourteen Latin American
countries,  including Mexico,  Brazil and Paraguay;  approximately  eight Middle
Eastern  countries,  including  Israel  and  Saudi  Arabia;  and  various  other
countries in the Far East and the Caribbean.

MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SALES SUPPORT

     The  Company's  marketing  strategy,  which  centers  around  an  extensive
advertising and promotion program, and customer sales support services have been
critical  components of the Company's growth,  strong brand name recognition and
leading position within the nutritional supplement industry.

     The Company's  marketing and advertising  expenditures  were  approximately
$12.7  million in 1996,  $11.1  million in 1995 and $8.7 million in 1994. Of the
Company's $10.2 million in 1996  advertising  expenditures,  approximately  $6.5
million, or 64%, was spent on print advertising,  approximately $2.2 million, or
21%,  was spent on  television  and radio  advertising  and  approximately  $1.5
million,  or 15%,  was spent on  production  of  advertising  materials.  As the
Company's  customers align themselves with fewer vendors of brand name products,
the Company  believes that its strong  commitment to  advertising  and promotion
will continue to constitute a significant  competitive advantage.  The Company's
advertising  strategy  stresses brand awareness of the Company's various product
segments in order to generate  purchases by customers and also  communicates the
points-of-difference   between  the   Company's   products   and  those  of  its
competitors.

     A  significant  portion of the Company's  advertising  budget is focused on
advertisements  in  magazines.  The  Company  regularly  advertises  in consumer
magazines such as Better Nutrition,  Delicious,  Vegetarian  Times,  Let's Live,
Natural  Health,  New Age Journal,  Bicycling,  VeloNews,  Triathlete,  Runner's
World,  Muscle & Fitness,  Flex, and Ironman, as well as trade magazines such as
Natural Foods  Merchandiser,  Vitamin  Retailer,  Nutrition Science News, Health
Foods Business and Whole Foods.

     Other marketing and advertising  programs  conducted by the Company include
participation in or sponsorship of sporting events such as running competitions,
including the Boston  Marathon and the Los Angeles  Marathon,  and  bodybuilding
competitions,  including  the Arnold  Classic and the NPC National  Bodybuilding
Championships, and sponsorship of health-oriented television and radio programs.
In addition, the Company promotes its products at major industry trade shows and
through  in-store  point of sale  materials.  The Company also engages  athletic
personalities  as well as scientists to communicate on the Company's behalf with
the trade and the public and to promote the Company's products.

     The  Company's  established  customer  relationships  are  based  upon  the
Company's  long-standing  commitment  to a high level of customer  service.  The
Company's sales force  currently  consists of  approximately  30 dedicated sales
professionals   whose  primary  functions  are  to  gain  better  placement  and
additional  shelf space for TWINLAB,  Nature's Herbs and Alvita  products and to
stay  abreast of customer  needs.  These sales  representatives  are assigned to
specific  territories  covering the entire continental United States and Alaska.
These personnel work with direct accounts, distributors and individual retailers
to enhance  knowledge of the  Company's  products  and to maximize  exposure for
TWINLAB,  Nature's Herbs and Alvita  products.  An additional three person sales
and  marketing  staff  supports  Nature's  Herbs  products and the  servicing of
customer needs.  The Company also designs and supplies  marketing  literature to
help  educate  retailers  and  consumers  as to the  benefits  of the  Company's
products.


                                        6


<PAGE>

     The Company operates an in-house customer service  department to respond to
inquiries requesting  information  concerning product  applications,  background
data,  ingredient  compositions and the efficacy of products.  The department is
currently staffed by six nutrition experts.

MANUFACTURING AND PRODUCT QUALITY

     Virtually all of the Company's  TWINLAB  products are  manufactured  at the
Company's 80,000 square foot manufacturing  facility located in Ronkonkoma,  New
York. Herbal  supplements and  phytonutrients  are manufactured at the Company's
60,000 square foot FDA registered manufacturing facility in American Fork, Utah.
Herb teas are currently packaged by an independent contractor and are warehoused
at the American Fork,  Utah,  facility.  The Company's two modern  manufacturing
facilities  provide the Company with the  capability  to meet  customers'  sales
demands with a prompt response time and to maintain the highest level of quality
control. The Company is continuously  upgrading its facilities and enhancing its
manufacturing  capabilities  through new equipment  purchases and  technological
improvements.  Management believes that the Company's  manufacturing  facilities
are  among  the  most  advanced  in the  nutritional  supplement  industry.  See
"Properties."

     The  Company's  modern  manufacturing   operations  feature  pharmaceutical
quality blending,  filling and packaging capabilities,  which enable the Company
to offer  quality and  consistency  in  formulation  and  delivery.  The Company
operates  flexible  manufacturing  lines  which  enables it to  efficiently  and
effectively  shift output among various products as dictated by customer demand.
The Company is capable of producing over 25 million  capsules and tablets,  over
100,000 pounds of blended powder and up to 2,500 gallons of liquid  preparations
per day. The Company has seven  high-speed  capsule and tablet  packaging lines,
two high-speed  liquid filling lines,  two powder filling lines and one chewable
tablet  packaging  line which are  capable of  operating  simultaneously  at its
Ronkonkoma,   New  York,  and  American  Fork,  Utah,  facilities.  The  Company
manufactures  the  powders  used in its  line  of  single-serving  sports  drink
products but utilizes a contract bottler for the hydration and bottling of these
products.  The  Company  operates  on a  24-hour  work  day  that  includes  two
production shifts and a third shift dedicated primarily to cleaning, maintenance
and equipment set-up.

     The  Company  sources  its raw  material  needs  from  over  200  different
suppliers,  including some of the largest  pharmaceutical and chemical companies
in the world.  The Company's  raw  materials and packaging  supplies are readily
available  from  multiple  suppliers,  and the Company is not  dependent  on any
single supplier for its needs. No single supplier accounted for more than 10% of
the Company's total purchases in 1996.

     Substantially all of the Company's herbal supplements and herb teas contain
ingredients that are harvested by and obtained from third-party  suppliers,  and
many of those ingredients are harvested  internationally  and only once per year
or on a seasonal basis. An unexpected  interruption of supply, such as a harvest
failure,  could cause the  Company's  results of  operations  derived  from such
products to be adversely affected.  Although the Company has generally been able
to raise its prices in response  to  significant  increases  in the cost of such
ingredients,  the  Company  has not always in the past been,  and may not in the
future always be, able to raise prices  quickly  enough to offset the effects of
such increased raw material costs.

     The Company's  quality standards are a critical factor in consumer purchase
decisions,  and the Company believes it has established a competitive  advantage
based on the quality of its products.  All of the  Company's  capsule and tablet
products are visually  inspected before being packaged in virtually  light-proof
amber glass for better product  freshness and stability.  Moreover,  each of the
Company's  products undergoes  comprehensive  quality control testing procedures
from the receipt of raw  materials to the release of the packaged  product.  The
Company  utilizes  real-time   computerized   monitoring  of  its  manufacturing
processes to ensure  proper  product  weights and  measures.  In  addition,  the
Company maintains two in-house  analytical  laboratories  with  state-of-the-art
testing and analysis  equipment where the Company  performs most of its testing,
including   active   component   characterization   utilizing   thin-layer   and
high-pressure liquid chromatography,  UV visible and infrared spectrometry,  and
atomic   absorption   spectrometry.   The  Company  contracts  with  independent
laboratories  to perform the balance of its testing  requirements.  A team of 57
full-time quality assurance  professionals  regularly conducts a wide variety of
visual and scientific  tests on all  manufactured  products,  and samples of raw
materials and finished products are retained for quality control purposes for up
to four years. See "--Regulatory Matters--Government Regulation."

     The  Company  has a strong  commitment  to  maintaining  the quality of the
environment.  All  of the  Company's  plastic  containers  are  recyclable  and,
wherever  possible,  the Company uses recyclable glass. The Company was also one
of the first companies in the industry to use  biodegradable  starch pellets for
packing materials.  In addition,  the Company has removed most solvents from its
production  processes  (using natural,  environmentally-safe  alternatives)  and
helped develop a special glue for manufacturing purposes that contains virtually
no harmful hydrocarbons.  The Company believes it is in material compliance with
all applicable environmental regulations.


                                        7


<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     Within the nutritional  supplement industry,  suppliers can be divided into
three  major  categories:  specialty  firms,  like the  Company,  which focus on
vitamins,  minerals and other  nutritional  supplements  targeted to health food
store retailers;  major pharmaceutical  companies and private label contractors,
which sell vitamins and other nutritional  supplements that are targeted to mass
market  retailers;  and  direct  sale and mail  order  companies.  The  domestic
nutritional  supplement  industry that targets products to the health food store
market is highly  fragmented,  with a number of small  competitors  involved  in
manufacturing and marketing vitamin and other nutritional supplement products to
health food retailers and  distributors.  Most of these companies are relatively
small businesses operating on a local or regional level. Although most companies
are privately held, resulting in the Company's inability to precisely assess the
size of its competitors,  management  believes that the Company is substantially
larger than the next largest firm that targets  independently-owned  health food
stores and that, among competitors which sell through independent  distributors,
it is the largest company which manufactures a majority of its own products.

     The Company's principal competitors in the health food store market include
Nutraceuticals,  Weider/Schiff,  Nature's Way, Solgar and Nature's Plus. Private
label  products of the  Company's  customers  also  provide  competition  to the
Company's  products.  For example,  a  substantial  portion of GNC's vitamin and
mineral supplement offerings are products offered under GNC's own private label.
Many of the  Company's  competitors  in markets other than the health food store
market, including the major pharmaceutical companies, have substantially greater
financial and other resources than the Company.

     The Company  believes that the growing  number of health food retailers are
increasingly  likely to align themselves with those companies which offer a wide
variety of high quality  products,  have a loyal  customer  base,  support their
brands with strong marketing and advertising  programs and provide  consistently
high levels of customer service. The Company believes that it competes favorably
with other nutritional supplement companies because of its comprehensive line of
products,  premium  brand  names,  commitment  to  quality,  ability  to rapidly
introduce  innovative products,  competitive  pricing,  high customer-order fill
rate,   strong  and  effective   sales  force  and   distribution   network  and
sophisticated   advertising  and  promotional  support.  The  wide  variety  and
diversity of the forms,  potencies and categories of the Company's  products are
important  points  of  differentiation  between  the  Company  and  many  of its
competitors.

     The business of developing,  manufacturing and selling vitamins,  minerals,
sports  nutrition   products  and  other   nutritional   supplements  is  highly
competitive.  Certain of the Company's  competitors are substantially larger and
have greater financial resources than the Company.

REGULATORY MATTERS

     Government Regulation

     The  manufacturing,   processing,   formulating,  packaging,  labeling  and
advertising  of the Company's  products are subject to regulation by one or more
federal agencies,  including the United States Food and Drug Administration (the
"FDA"),  the Federal Trade  Commission (the "FTC"),  the Consumer Product Safety
Commission,  the United States  Department of Agriculture and the  Environmental
Protection  Agency.  These  activities are also regulated by various agencies of
the states, localities and foreign countries to which the Company's products are
distributed  and  in  which  the  Company's  products  are  sold.  The  FDA,  in
particular,  regulates the formulation,  manufacture and labeling of vitamin and
other nutritional supplements.

     On October 25, 1994, the President  signed into law the Dietary  Supplement
Health and Education Act of 1994 ("DSHEA").  This new law revises the provisions
of the Federal  Food,  Drug,  and Cosmetic Act (the "FFDC Act")  concerning  the
composition  and  labeling of dietary  supplements  and, in the  judgment of the
Company,  is  favorable  to the dietary  supplement  industry.  The  legislation
creates a new statutory class of "dietary  supplements." This new class includes
vitamins,  minerals,  herbs,  amino acids and other dietary substances for human
use to  supplement  the diet,  and the  legislation  grandfathers,  with certain
limitations,  dietary  ingredients  on the market  before  October 15,  1994.  A
dietary  supplement  which  contains a new  dietary  ingredient,  one not on the
market  before  October 15, 1994,  will require  evidence of a history of use or
other evidence of safety  establishing that it will reasonably be expected to be
safe, such evidence to be provided by the manufacturer or distributor to the FDA
before it may be  marketed.  The DSHEA also  invalidated  the FDA's  enforcement
theory  that  dietary  supplements  were  food  additives  requiring  pre-market
approval.

     The  substantial  majority  of the  products  marketed  by the  Company are
classified  as dietary  supplements  under the FFDC Act.  Advertising  and label
claims  for  dietary  supplements  have  been  regulated  by state  and  federal
authorities under a number of disparate


                                        8


<PAGE>

regulatory  schemes.  There can be no assurance  that a state will not interpret
claims  presumptively  valid  under  federal law as illegal  under that  state's
regulations,  or that future FDA  regulations or FTC decisions will not restrict
the permissible scope of such claims.

     The labeling  requirements  for dietary  supplements  have not been clearly
established. In December 1995, the FDA issued proposed regulations to govern the
labeling of dietary supplements.  These regulations are expected to become final
in 1997 and would  require the  Company to revise all of its dietary  supplement
labels by 1998.

     Both foods and dietary  supplements  are subject to the Nutrition  Labeling
and  Education  Act of 1990 (the "NLEA")  which  prohibits the use of any health
claim for foods,  including  dietary  supplements,  unless  the health  claim is
supported by significant scientific agreement and is pre-approved by the FDA. To
date, the FDA has approved the use of health claims for dietary supplements only
in  connection  with  calcium for  osteoporosis,  and folic acid for neural tube
defects. However, among other things, the DSHEA amends, for dietary supplements,
the NLEA by providing that  "statements  of nutritional  support" may be used in
labeling  for  dietary   supplements   without  FDA   pre-approval   if  certain
requirements,  including  prominent  disclosure  on the label of the lack of FDA
review of the relevant  statement,  possession by the marketer of substantiating
evidence for the statement and post-use  notification  to the FDA, are met. Such
statements  may  describe  how  particular  nutritional  supplements  affect the
structure,  function  or general  well-being  of the body (e.g.  "promotes  your
cardiovascular health").

     Governmental  regulations in foreign  countries  where the Company plans to
commence  or expand  sales may prevent or delay entry into the market or prevent
or delay the  introduction,  or  require  the  reformulation,  of certain of the
Company's  products.  Compliance with such foreign  governmental  regulations is
generally the responsibility of the Company's  distributors for those countries.
These distributors are independent contractors over whom the Company has limited
control.

     As a result of the Company's efforts to comply with applicable statutes and
regulations,  the  Company  has from time to time  reformulated,  eliminated  or
relabeled  certain of its products and revised  certain  provisions of its sales
and marketing program. The Company cannot predict the nature of any future laws,
regulations,  interpretations or applications,  nor can it determine what effect
additional  governmental  regulations  or  administrative  orders,  when  and if
promulgated,  would have on its  business  in the future.  They could,  however,
require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards,  the recall
or discontinuance  of certain products not capable of reformulation,  additional
recordkeeping,  expanded  documentation  of the properties of certain  products,
expanded or different labeling, and/or scientific substantiation.  Any or all of
such requirements  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of operations and financial condition.

     The Company's American Fork, Utah, facility is registered with the FDA as a
manufacturer of OTC drugs and is subject to periodic inspection by the FDA.

     Compliance with the provisions of national,  state and local  environmental
laws and  regulations  has not had a material  adverse  effect  upon the capital
expenditures, earnings, financial position, liquidity or competitive position of
the Company.

     See also "Legal Proceedings."

     FTC Proceeding

     In  1989,  the  Company  received  an  informal  inquiry  from the New York
Regional Office of the FTC seeking substantiation for certain advertising claims
made for a segment  of its "Fuel"  bodybuilding  and  sports  nutrition  line of
products.  In response,  the Company  submitted  scientific  substantiation  and
financial information to the FTC.

     The  Company  has  engaged in  negotiations  with the FTC  relating  to the
proposed  terms of a consent order (the "Consent  Order") to settle this matter.
The most recent draft of the proposed  Consent Order  provides for,  among other
things,  injunctive  relief  prohibiting  the Company from making certain muscle
building and fat burning claims for four of its Fuel products and  substantially
similar products without scientific substantiation and a $200,000 payment to the
FTC. The FTC staff has indicated  that unless a settlement is reached,  it would
proceed  to  recommend  to the FTC  Commissioners  that a  civil  administrative
complaint  be issued  against the  Company.  The Company has  determined  at the
current time not to settle this matter on the terms set forth in the most recent
draft of the  Consent  Order,  which draft the FTC has stated is its final offer
for a negotiated settlement.  The Company cannot at this time predict whether it
will be able to reach a negotiated settlement of this matter.

     The Company believes that it has adequate scientific substantiation for the
claims at issue, and intends to vigorously defend this matter if a settlement is
not reached.  There can be no assurance  that any  injunctive  relief,  monetary
payment (including potential


                                        9


<PAGE>

consumer  redress  payments)  or other  terms  resulting  from a  negotiated  or
litigated resolution of this matter would be limited to those sought in the most
recent draft of the Consent Order or would not have a material adverse effect on
the Company.

     Ma Huang

     Approximately  15 of the  Company's  products  include an herb known as "Ma
Huang," which contains  naturally-occurring  ephedrine. Certain of such products
also contain caffeine or other central nervous system stimulants.  Such products
accounted  for  approximately  9.8% of the  Company's  gross sales in 1996.  The
Company's   products   which  contain  Ma  Huang  are  generally   marketed  for
bodybuilding,  weight loss,  sports nutrition and for other purposes,  including
increased endurance and energy,  generally in conjunction with diet or exercise,
and as natural alternatives to over-the-counter medications.

     Ma Huang has been the subject of certain  adverse  publicity  in the United
States  and other  countries  relating  to alleged  harmful or adverse  effects,
including the deaths of several individuals. The FDA has placed on public file a
list of over 600 such alleged adverse events.  On April 10, 1996, the FDA issued
a statement  warning  consumers not to purchase or consume  dietary  supplements
containing  ephedrine  with labels that often  portray the  products as apparent
alternatives  to illegal  street  drugs.  None of the Company's  products  which
contain Ma Huang are marketed for such purpose. In August 1996, the FDA convened
a Food Advisory Committee meeting to review and make recommendations  concerning
the safety and appropriate labeling of Ma Huang-containing  dietary supplements.
The FDA may propose  regulations  that will require reduced dosages coupled with
strict manufacturing standards,  labeling restrictions and a prohibition against
combining  Ma  Huang  with  other  central  nervous  system  stimulants  such as
caffeine.  There can be no  assurance  that such  regulations  will not prohibit
either the sale of dietary  supplements  containing Ma Huang in combination with
any other ingredients or the sale of all dietary  supplements  containing any Ma
Huang.  The  promulgation  of such  regulations  would  require  the  Company to
reformulate and relabel substantially all of its Ma Huang products and there can
be no assurance as to the effect that any resulting reformulation and relabeling
of the  Company's  products  would  have  on the  sales  of such  products.  The
Company's  sales of products  that contain Ma Huang  increased  slightly  during
fiscal year 1996, as compared to fiscal year 1995.

     A number of states and local governmental  entities have instituted bans on
sales  of  Ma   Huang-containing   products   that  are  portrayed  as  apparent
alternatives  to illegal  street drugs;  other states and foreign  jurisdictions
limit  ephedrine  levels and require  appropriate  warnings  on product  labels,
regulate  ephedrine-containing products as controlled substances or prohibit the
sales of products  which  contain Ma Huang  other than by licensed  pharmacists.
There are also federal,  state and local proposals to broaden the regulation of,
or otherwise limit or prohibit,  the sale of products containing ephedrine.  The
Company's  products  containing Ma Huang may become subject to further  federal,
state, local or foreign laws or regulations,  which could require the Company to
reformulate its products with reduced  ephedrine levels or with a substitute for
Ma Huang  and/or  relabel  its  products  with  different  warnings  or  revised
directions for use. See "Legal Proceedings."

EMPLOYEES

     At December 31, 1996, the Company  employed 551 persons,  of which 120 were
involved in executive,  sales and administrative  activities. The balance of the
Company's   employees  were  engaged  in  production,   packaging  and  shipping
activities.  None  of  the  Company's  employees  are  covered  by a  collective
bargaining  agreement,  and management considers relations with its employees to
be good.

TRADEMARKS

     The Company's  trademarks  are valuable  assets which are very important to
the marketing of its products.The  Company's  policy is to pursue  registrations
for all of the  trademarks  associated  with its key products.  The Company owns
trademarks  registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or
similar regulatory authorities in many other countries for its TWINLAB, Nature's
Herbs,  Alvita and Fuel family of trademarks,  and has rights to use other names
material to its business.  In addition,  the Company has obtained trademarks for
various of its products and has approximately 250 trademark  registrations  with
the United States Patent and Trademark  Office for TWINLAB,  Nature's  Herbs and
Alvita brands.  Federally  registered  trademarks have perpetual life,  provided
they are renewed on a timely basis and used properly as  trademarks,  subject to
the rights of third  parties to seek  cancellation  of the  marks.  The  Company
relies on common law trademark  rights to protect its  unregistered  trademarks.
Common law  trademark  rights do not provide the Company  with the same level of
protection as would U.S. federal registered trademarks.  In addition, common law
trademark  rights extend only to the  geographic  area in which the trademark is
actually  used,  while  U.S.  federal  registration  prohibits  the  use  of the
trademark  by any  third  party  anywhere  in the  United  States.  The  Company
vigorously protects its trademarks against infringement.


                                       10


<PAGE>

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

     The  Company  owns a modern  vitamin,  mineral and  nutritional  supplement
manufacturing facility in Ronkonkoma, New York. This 80,000 square foot facility
also houses the Company's  executive  offices.  The Company leases 26,300 square
feet of warehouse space in Ronkonkoma,  60,000 square feet of warehouse space in
Hauppauge,  New York,  and 5,000 square feet of office space in  Ronkonkoma.  In
addition,   the  Company  owns  a  modern   FDA-registered  60,000  square  foot
manufacturing  facility  in  American  Fork,  Utah.  This  facility,  which  was
initially  constructed in 1993,  houses office,  manufacturing  and  warehousing
facilities  for the operations of the Nature's Herbs Division of the Company and
office and warehousing  facilities for the operations of the Alvita Tea Division
of the Company.

     The Company  believes that its facilities and equipment  generally are well
maintained and in good operating  condition.  The Company recently  completed an
8,500  square  foot  addition to its Utah  facility  at a cost of  approximately
$700,000 to provide additional plant capacity for the operations of the Nature's
Herbs and Alvita Tea  Divisions of the  Company.  Management  believes  that the
Company's  Utah  facility will be sufficient to enable the Company to meet sales
demand for the foreseeable  future.  The Company has entered into a contract for
the purchase of an approximately 110,000 square foot facility near its currently
owned  facility  in  Ronkonkoma,  New York,  which  would be used to expand  the
Company's  manufacturing  and  warehousing  capabilities  and  office-space in a
manner  which  the  Company  believes  would be  sufficient  to meet its  growth
requirements  for  the  foreseeable  future.  The  cost  to the  Company  of the
facility,   including   anticipated   renovations,   is  expected  to  aggregate
approximately  $6.5 million.  The purchase is expected to be  consummated in the
second  quarter of 1997 and is subject to customary  conditions,  including  due
diligence review by the Company. There can be no assurance at this time that the
Company will acquire this facility.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company,  like other  retailers,  distributors  and  manufacturers  of
products  that are  ingested,  faces an  inherent  risk of  exposure  to product
liability claims in the event that, among other things,  the use of its products
results in injury.  The Company currently has $75.0 million of product liability
insurance (which does not cover matters relating to L-Tryptophan) with a $10,000
self insurance retention per occurrence and $100,000 self insurance retention in
the aggregate. There can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be
available  at a  reasonable  cost,  or if  available  will be  adequate to cover
liabilities.

     The Company, like various other participants in the nutritional  supplement
industry,  has been a defendant  in court  actions  seeking  damages for alleged
personal  injuries  resulting from products  containing  allegedly  contaminated
added manufactured L-Tryptophan. To date, approximately 131 of the approximately
133  suits  in  which  the  Company  was a named  defendant  (the  "L-Tryptophan
Actions") have been  dismissed or settled at no cost to the Company  pursuant to
an  Indemnification  Agreement  (the  "Indemnification  Agreement")  between the
Company and a U.S.  subsidiary  of the Japanese  manufacturer  of the  allegedly
contaminated  ingredient.  The Company believes, after consultation with outside
counsel,  that few new lawsuits  are likely to be brought in view of  applicable
statutes of limitation  and, in light of the  Indemnification  Agreement and the
resolution  of  virtually  all of the  L-Tryptophan  Actions  at no  cost to the
Company,  that  the  prospect  of the  remaining  L-Tryptophan  Actions  and any
possible  future  actions  having a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
results of  operations or financial  condition is remote.  The Company no longer
markets any products containing added manufactured L-Tryptophan.

     The State of California has  established  permissable  lead levels in foods
pursuant  to  Proposition  65 of its Health & Safety  Code  ("Proposition  65").
Proposition  65  requires  a warning on all  products  that  contain  identified
reproductive  toxins or carcinogens in excess of permitted  levels.  In February
1997,  the Attorney  General of the State of  California  filed a Complaint  for
Civil  Penalty  and  Injunctive  Relief  in the  Superior  Court of the State of
California (San Francisco) (Action No. 984503) against a number of corporations,
including the Company,  alleging  that dietary  supplements  containing  calcium
compounds  marketed by such entities contain lead levels that exceed  acceptable
levels  under   Proposition  65  without   providing  the  warning  required  by
Proposition  65. The Company  disputes  this  assertion  relating to its calcium
products.  While  it is  premature  to  assess  the  potential  outcome  of this
litigation,  the Company  believes that the resolution of this matter should not
have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  results  of  operations  or
financial condition.

     The  Company is  presently  engaged in various  other  legal  actions,  and
although  ultimate  liability  cannot be  determined  at the present  time,  the
Company is currently of the opinion that the amount of any such  liability  from
these other actions,  after taking into  consideration  the Company's  insurance
coverage,  will not have a material  adverse effect on its results of operations
and financial condition.

     See also "Business--Regulatory Matters."


                                       11


<PAGE>

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1996, no matters were submitted to
a vote of security holders of the Company.


                                       12


<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Common  Stock of the Company has traded on the Nasdaq  National  Market
System since the  Company's  initial  public  offering (the "IPO") of its Common
Stock in November 1996, in which 8,500,000 shares of Common Stock were issued by
the Company.  Prior to the IPO, there was no public market for the Common Stock.
On March 21, 1997,  the closing price of the Company's  Common Stock as reported
by Nasdaq was $13.00.  As of March 21, 1997,  there were 74 holders of record of
the Company's  Common Stock.  The high and low sales prices for the Common Stock
for the fourth  quarter of 1996  (from  November  15,  1996)  were  $12.375  and
$11.375, respectively.

     From  1993  until  May  7,  1996,  the  Company  consisted  solely  of  "S"
corporations.  While maintaining such status, the Company periodically  declared
and paid dividends to its  shareholders,  including  amounts  sufficient for its
shareholders  to pay their income taxes on the earnings of the Company that were
treated  as  having  been  earned by the  Company's  shareholders.  The  Company
terminated its "S" corporation status on May 7, 1996.

     The Company  currently intends to retain earnings to finance its operations
and future  growth and does not  anticipate  paying  any cash  dividends  on its
Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.  TLC conducts its business  through its
direct and indirect subsidiaries and has no operations of its own. The principal
assets of TLC are the  capital  stock of its direct and  indirect  subsidiaries,
Twin  Laboratories  Inc. and ARP.  Accordingly,  TLC has no independent means of
generating  revenues.  As a holding company,  TLC's internal sources of funds to
meet its cash needs,  including  payment of expenses,  are  dividends  and other
permitted  payments  from  its  direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries.   Financing
arrangements  under which Twin  Laboratories  Inc. is the borrower  restrict the
payment of dividends and the making of loans, advances or other distributions to
TLC, except in certain limited  circumstances.  The payment of cash dividends in
the future will  depend  upon,  among other  things,  the  Company's  results of
operations,  financial  condition,  cash  requirements  and other factors deemed
relevant by the Company's Board of Directors.

     On  May  7,  1996,  Twin  Laboratories  Inc.  sold  $100,000,000  aggregate
principal  amount of its 10 1/4%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2006 (the "Old
Notes")  to  Donaldson,  Lufkin &  Jenrette  Securities  Corporation  and  Chase
Securities Inc. (collectively,  the "Initial Notes Purchasers") for $100,000,000
in cash (less the  Initial  Notes  Purchasers'  discount  of  $3,000,000).  Such
securities were sold in a transaction  that was exempt from  registration  under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act").
Subsequently,  pursuant to a Registration  Statement on Form S-4, on October 28,
1996, the Company consummated a fully-subscribed registered exchange offer under
the  Securities  Act  for  the  Old  Notes  and  issued  in  exchange   therefor
$100,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount  of its  registered  10  1/4%  Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2006 (collectively with the Old Notes, the "Notes").

     On May 7,  1996,  TLC sold (i) an  aggregate  of  30,000  shares of its 14%
Non-Voting Senior  Cumulative  Preferred Stock (the "Senior Preferred Stock") to
five investors (the "Senior  Preferred  Stock  Purchasers")  for  $30,000,000 in
cash, (ii) 37,000 shares of its 11 1/4% Non-Voting Junior  Cumulative  Preferred
Stock (the "Junior  Preferred Stock") to Green Equity Investors II, L.P. ("GEI")
for $37,000,000 in cash,  (iii)  1,295,000  shares of Common Stock to the Senior
Preferred Stock  Purchasers for an aggregate of $700,000 in cash, (iv) 8,880,000
shares of Common Stock to GEI for an aggregate of $4,800,000 in cash, and (v) an
aggregate of 8,325,000  shares of Common Stock valued at  $4,500,000  to certain
members of its senior  management  in exchange  for  certain of their  shares of
common stock of Natur-Pharma Inc. Such securities were sold in transactions that
were exempt from  registration  under  Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act. In
connection  with the  consummation  of the IPO,  in November  1996,  the Company
redeemed  all of the  outstanding  shares of Senior  Preferred  Stock and Junior
Preferred Stock, which together had an aggregate liquidation preference of $67.0
million, plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.


                                       13


<PAGE>

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data as of December 31, 1996,
1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992, and for each of the years then ended has been derived
from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The report of
Deloitte & Touche  LLP,  independent  auditors,  on the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1995,  and for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1996 is included  elsewhere  herein.  The selected
consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified
in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the
notes thereto,  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and the other financial  information  included  elsewhere
herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      1996              1995              1994             1993           1992
                                                  ------------     -------------     -------------     ------------   ------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>            <C>

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
     Net sales..............................          $170,075          $148,735          $117,342         $ 99,897        $83,014
     Cost of sales..........................            99,827            89,932            70,247           62,131         51,214
                                                     ---------         ---------         ---------        ---------      ---------
     Gross profit...........................            70,248            58,803            47,095           37,766         31,800
     Operating expenses.....................            30,784            27,191            23,022           21,125         17,463
                                                      --------          --------          --------         --------       --------
     Income from operations.................            39,464            31,612            24,073           16,641         14,337
                                                      --------          --------            ------           ------       --------
     Other (expense) income:
         Interest income....................               593               313               254              242            302
         Interest expense...................          (10,005)             (866)             (761)            (487)          (494)
         Transaction expenses...............             (400)             (656)               ---              ---            ---
         Nonrecurring non-competition
         agreement expense..................          (15,300)               ---               ---              ---            ---
         Other..............................                32                61               354              510          (135)
                                                    ----------        ----------        ----------       ----------     ----------
                                                        25,080           (1,148)             (153)              265          (327)
                                                     ---------        ----------       -----------        ---------      ---------
     Income before unusual item, provision for
     income taxes and extraordinary item....            14,384            30,464            23,920           16,906         14,010
     Unusual item - nonrecurring charge for prior
     years' income tax assessment...........               ---               ---             1,982              ---            ---
     Provision for income taxes.............               796               240               245              230            651
                                                      --------          --------          --------         --------       --------
     Income before extraordinary item.......            13,588            30,224            21,693           16,676         13,359
     Extraordinary item.....................           (1,792)               --                --               --              76
                                                    ----------      ------------      ------------     ------------    -----------
     Net income.............................         $  11,796          $ 30,224         $  21,693        $  16,676       $ 13,435
                                                     =========          ========         =========        =========       ========
PRO FORMA RELATING TO CHANGE IN TAX STATUS: (A)
     Historical income before provision for
     income taxes...........................           $14,384           $30,464           $21,938          $16,906        $14,010
     Pro forma provision for income taxes...             5,466            12,060             9,087            6,644          5,436
                                                      --------        ----------         ---------        ---------      ---------
     Pro forma income relating to change in tax
     status before extraordinary item.......             8,918            18,404            12,851           10,262          8,574
     Extraordinary item.....................           (1,792)                --                --               --             --
                                                     --------       ------------      ------------      -----------    -----------
     Pro forma net income relating to change in
     tax status.............................          $  7,126           $18,404           $12,851          $10,262        $ 8,574
                                                      ========           =======           =======          =======        =======
     Pro forma net income relating to change in
     tax status per share (b)...............         $    0.08         $    0.68
                                                     =========         =========
     Weighted average shares outstanding (c)            27,000            27,000
                                                      ========          ========
PRO FORMA FOR THE TRANSACTIONS AND THE IPO: (D)
     Net sales..............................          $170,075          $148,735
     Interest expense.......................            12,372            12,355
     Net income.............................            16,729            11,429
     Net income per share...................              0.62              0.42
     Weighted average shares outstanding....            27,000            27,000
OTHER DATA:
</TABLE>


                                       14


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996         1995          1994            1993            1992
                                               -----------   ------------  ------------   ------------     -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>     
     EBITDA (e).............................     $ 41,619      $ 33,516       $ 25,023      $  17,446        $ 15,229
     Capital expenditures...................        2,252         2,641          1,786          4,904        $  1,304
     Depreciation...........................        1,121           909            851            710             806
     Amortization...........................          759           102             99             95              86
     Net sales growth.......................         14.3%         26.8%          17.5%          20.3%           18.3%
     Income from operations growth..........         24.8          31.3           44.7           16.1            31.2
     Pro forma net income growth............       (87.7)          43.2           25.2           19.7            35.8
     Income from operations margin (f)......         23.2          21.3           20.5           16.7            17.3
                                                                                   AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996         1995          1994            1993            1992
                                               -----------   ------------  ------------   ------------     -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Net working capital (excluding cash and
     cash equivalents, marketable securities     $43,569
     and current debt........................                   $39,405        $35,056       $25,437          $18,575
     Property, plant and equipment, net.....      14,157         13,036         12,071        10,732            7,863
     Total assets...........................     141,537         75,309         64,706        55,587           44,368
     Total debt (including current debt)....     120,654          8,792          9,288         8,039            6,066
     Shareholders' equity...................       1,688         55,405         48,671        40,543           33,180
</TABLE>

- ----------------

(a)  The Company consisted of S corporations and, accordingly, federal and state
     taxes were  generally paid at the  shareholder  level only. On May 7, 1996,
     the Company eliminated its S corporation status and,  accordingly,  will be
     subject to federal and state income taxes.

(b)  Pro forma net  income per share for the year ended  December  31,  1996 has
     been  computed  by  dividing  pro forma net  income,  after  reduction  for
     Preferred Stock dividends of $4.9 million,  by the weighted  average shares
     outstanding.

(c)  Weighted  average  shares  outstanding  represents the number of equivalent
     shares  outstanding  after  giving  retroactive  effect to TLC's 18.5 for 1
     stock split (effected in the form of a stock dividend) and assumes that the
     10,175,000  shares issued in connection  with the  Acquisition  (as defined
     herein) and the  8,500,000  shares of Common  Stock  offered in the IPO are
     outstanding  during  each  of  the  periods  indicated.  See  Notes  to the
     Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this
     Report.

(d)  The unaudited pro forma results of operations  assume the  Transactions (as
     defined  herein) and the  subsequent  IPO occurred on January 1, 1995,  and
     excludes  the  effect  of (i) the  nonrecurring  non-competition  agreement
     expense, (ii) the Transaction  expenses,  (iii) the extraordinary item, and
     (iv) the  dividends  paid on the  Preferred  Stock  which was  redeemed  in
     connection  with the IPO,  and  reflects the  additional  interest  expense
     relating to the financing of the  Acquisition  and the change in tax status
     described  in Note  (a)  above.  The pro  forma  operations  data  has been
     prepared for  comparative  purposes  only and does not purport to represent
     what the Company's  actual  results of  operations  would have been had the
     Transactions and the subsequent IPO in fact occurred on January 1, 1995.

(e)  EBITDA   represents   income  from  operations   before   depreciation  and
     amortization   expense,   and  certain  other  charges   related  to  legal
     settlements,  increases in inventory reserves, a tax settlement relating to
     a  limited  partnership  interest,  which  interest  was sold in 1996,  and
     certain  management  fees  paid to GEI.  While  EBITDA is not  intended  to
     represent  cash flow from  operations  as  defined  by  generally  accepted
     accounting principles ("GAAP") and should not be considered as an indicator
     of operating  performance  or an  alternative  to cash flow (as measured by
     GAAP)  as a  measure  of  liquidity,  it  is  included  herein  to  provide
     additional  information  with respect to the ability of the Company to meet
     its  future  debt  service,   capital   expenditure   and  working  capital
     requirements.

(f)  Income from operations margin equals income from operations as a percentage
     of net sales.


                                       15


<PAGE>

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

     The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with
"Selected Financial Data" and the audited  Consolidated  Financial Statements of
the  Company  and the notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  herein.  The  Company
consisted of "S" corporations for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and
through the consummation of the Acquisition on May 7, 1996. Accordingly, federal
and state taxes were generally paid at the shareholder level only. The provision
for income taxes  through May 7, 1996 and for the years ended  December 31, 1995
and 1994 represented state taxes for New York, which imposes a corporate tax for
all income in excess of $0.2 million.  Upon consummation of the Transactions (as
defined  herein),  the  Company  eliminated  its  "S"  corporation  status  and,
accordingly, is subject to federal and state income taxes.

     The Company operates in one business segment, the manufacture and marketing
of brand name nutritional supplements. Within this segment, the Company operates
in two primary  business  areas:  the TWINLAB  Division and the herbal  products
category. Products sold under the TWINLAB brand name include vitamins, minerals,
amino  acids,  fish and marine  oils,  sports  nutrition  products  and  special
formulas.   The  herbal  products  category  includes  a  full  line  of  herbal
supplements  and  phytonutrients  marketed by the Nature's  Herbs Division and a
full line of herb teas  marketed by the Alvita Tea  Division.  In addition,  the
Company's publishing  activities are conducted through its subsidiary,  Advanced
Research Press, Inc.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales for fiscal  1996 was $170.1  million,  an increase of
$21.4 million,  or 14.3%,  as compared to net sales of $148.7 million for fiscal
1995. The 14.3% increase was attributable to increases in gross sales, partially
offset by an increase in discounts and allowances  which was associated with the
Company's  increased  sales volume.  Net sales of TWINLAB  products  contributed
$136.1  million,  an increase of $15.6 million,  or 12.9%, as compared to $120.5
million for fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to increased demand for
products  sold  under  the  TWINLAB  brand  name,  which  increase  was  due  in
substantial  part to the  successful  introduction  of a number  of new  special
formula  and  sports  nutrition  products.  Herbal  products  contributed  $28.7
million, an increase of $5.2 million, or 22.1%, as compared to $23.5 million for
fiscal  1995.  The net  sales  increase  in the  herbal  products  category  was
primarily due to increased  demand for both Nature's Herbs and Alvita  products,
which increase was due in part to the successful  introduction  of new products,
continued   strong  consumer   interest  in  existing   products  and  increased
penetration of both Alvita and Nature's Herbs products into domestic health food
stores.  Publishing  contributed net sales of $5.2 million,  as compared to $4.7
million for fiscal 1995.

     Gross  Profit.  Gross  profit  for  fiscal  1996 was $70.2  million,  which
represented an increase of $11.4 million, or 19.5%, as compared to $58.8 million
for fiscal 1995.  Gross  profit  margin was 41.3% for fiscal 1996 as compared to
39.5% for fiscal 1995. The overall  increase in gross profit was attributable to
the  Company's  higher  sales volume for fiscal 1996 as compared to fiscal 1995.
The increase in gross  profit  margin for fiscal 1996 as compared to fiscal 1995
was due  primarily  to higher gross profit  margins on recently  introduced  new
product  formulations  and to continued  absorption  of  manufacturing  overhead
expenses  over  a  larger  sales  base  and  improved  manufacturing  production
efficiencies, offset in part by an increase in sales discounts and allowances.

     Operating Expenses.  Operating expenses were $30.8 million for fiscal 1996,
representing an increase of $3.6 million, or 13.2%, as compared to $27.2 million
for fiscal 1995.  As a percent of net sales,  operating  expenses  declined from
18.3% for fiscal  1995 to 18.1% for  fiscal  1996.  The  increase  in  operating
expenses  was  primarily  attributable  to  increased  selling  and  advertising
expenses and higher operating  expenses  resulting from the Company's  increased
sales for fiscal  1996.  The decline in  operating  expenses as a percent of net
sales was due to the Company's  ability to maintain its research and development
expenditures and a substantial  portion of its general and administrative  costs
at  approximately  the  same  level  as  in  fiscal  1995,  while  substantially
increasing the Company's sales volume.

     Income from Operations. Income from operations was $39.5 million for fiscal
1996,  representing an increase of $7.9 million,  or 24.8%, as compared to $31.6
million for fiscal 1995. Income from operations margin increased to 23.2% of net
sales for fiscal 1996,  as compared to 21.3% of net sales for fiscal  1995.  The
increase in income from operations and income from operations margin was


                                       16


<PAGE>

primarily  due to the Company's  higher sales  volume,  higher gross margins and
lower operating expenses as a percent of net sales for fiscal 1996.

     Other Income (Expense). Other expense was $25.1 million for fiscal 1996, as
compared  to $1.1  million  for  fiscal  1995.  The net  increase  is  primarily
attributable to a  non-recurring  $15.3 million charge relating to the write-off
of certain  non-competition  agreements and a $9.1 million  increase in interest
expense which resulted from increased borrowings.


FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994

     Net Sales.  Net sales for fiscal  1995 was $148.7  million,  an increase of
$31.4  million,  or 26.8%,  as compared to net sales of $117.3 million in fiscal
1994.  The 26.8%  increase  was  attributable  to an  increase  in gross  sales,
partially offset by an increase in discounts and allowances due to the Company's
increased  sales  volume.  Net  sales of  TWINLAB  products  contributed  $120.5
million, an increase of $24.2 million, or 25.2%, as compared to $96.3 million in
fiscal 1994.  This increase was due primarily to increased  demand for a variety
of sports  nutrition  products and the  successful  introduction  of new product
formulations and strong growth in existing product lines in the special formulas
category,  and to a lesser  extent to  continued  strong  consumer  interest  in
vitamins,  minerals and amino acids products.  Herbal products contributed $23.5
million,  an increase of $5.9 million, or 33.3%, as compared to $17.6 million in
fiscal  1994.  The net  sales  increase  in the  herbal  products  category  was
primarily due to new product  introductions,  continued strong consumer interest
in existing products and increased penetration of both Alvita and Nature's Herbs
products into domestic health food stores.  Publishing  contributed net sales of
$4.7 million, as compared to $3.4 million in fiscal 1994.

     Gross  Profit.  Gross  profit  for  fiscal  1995 was $58.8  million,  which
represented an increase of $11.7 million, or 24.9%, as compared to $47.1 million
for fiscal 1994.  Gross  margin was 39.5% for fiscal 1995,  as compared to 40.1%
for fiscal 1994. The overall  increase in gross profit dollars was  attributable
to the  Company's  higher  sales  volume in fiscal  1995.  The decrease in gross
margin for fiscal 1995 as compared  to fiscal  1994 was due  primarily  to lower
gross  margins on certain  herbal  products due to certain raw  materials  price
increases and an increase in sales  discounts and allowances  offered on certain
TWINLAB and herbal products under certain sales incentive programs introduced in
1995, which programs were continued in 1996. Such decreases in gross margin were
partially  offset by  increased  sales  from a more  favorable  product  mix and
increases in the Company's gross margins on certain TWINLAB and herbal products.

     Operating Expenses.  Operating expenses were $27.2 million for fiscal 1995,
representing  an increase  of $4.2  million,  as  compared to $23.0  million for
fiscal 1994. As a percent of net sales,  operating  expenses declined from 19.6%
in fiscal 1994 to 18.3% in fiscal 1995.  The increase in operating  expenses was
primarily  attributable to increased selling and advertising expenses and higher
operating  expenses  resulting  from the Company's  increased  level of sales in
fiscal 1995. The decline in operating  expenses as a percent of net sales is due
to  the  Company's  ability  to  maintain  its  expenditures  for  research  and
development and certain general and  administrative  functions at  approximately
the same level as in fiscal 1994, while  substantially  increasing the Company's
sales volume.

     Income from Operations.  Income from operations was $31.6 million in fiscal
1995,  representing an increase of $7.5 million,  or 31.3%, as compared to $24.1
million for fiscal 1994. Income from operations margin increased to 21.3% of net
sales in fiscal  1995,  as  compared to 20.5% of net sales in fiscal  1994.  The
increase  in income  from  operations  and  income  from  operations  margin was
primarily  due to the  Company's  higher  sales  volume  in  fiscal  1995  and a
reduction in the Company's  operating  expenses as a percent of net sales, which
was partially offset by a reduction in gross margin as discussed above.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     On May 7,  1996,  (i)  GEI  acquired  48% of the  Common  Stock  of TLC for
aggregate consideration of $4.8 million and shares of Junior Preferred Stock for
aggregate  consideration  of $37.0  million,  (ii) the  Senior  Preferred  Stock
Purchasers acquired 7% of the Common Stock of TLC for aggregate consideration of
$0.7 million and shares of Senior Preferred Stock of TLC (the "Senior  Preferred
Stock," and,  together with the Junior Preferred  Stock, the "Preferred  Stock")
for aggregate  consideration of $30.0 million,  (iii) the Blechman  Brothers and
Stephen Welling (collectively,  the "Continuing Stockholders") exchanged certain
of their shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma  Inc. for 45% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of TLC, valued at $4.5 million, (iv) TLC purchased all of
the  remaining  shares of common stock of  Natur-Pharma  Inc.  from the existing
stockholders for cash,  resulting in Natur-Pharma  Inc.  becoming a wholly owned
subsidiary of TLC, (v) Twin Laboratories  Inc., Alvita Products,  Inc.,  Twinlab
Export Corp.,  Twinlab  Specialty  Corporation and B. Bros.  Realty  Corporation
merged into Natur-Pharma Inc. (the "Natur-Pharma Merger");


                                       17


<PAGE>

and Advanced  Research Press,  Inc.  merged with  Natur-Pharma II Inc., a wholly
owned  subsidiary of Natur-Pharma  Inc. (the surviving  entity in such merger is
referred  to herein as "ARP"),  and (vi) in  connection  with such  mergers  the
existing  stockholders received cash in consideration for all of their shares of
capital stock of Twin Laboratories  Inc., Alvita Products,  Inc., Twinlab Export
Corp., Twinlab Specialty  Corporation,  B. Bros. Realty Corporation and Advanced
Research Press, Inc. The total cash consideration that the existing stockholders
received was approximately $212.5 million,  approximately $15.3 million of which
represented  consideration  for  non-competition  agreements  with  each  of the
existing stockholders. The transactions described above are hereinafter referred
to as the "Acquisition."  Concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition,
the Company  entered  into a credit  facility  (which  provided  for a term loan
facility in the amount of $53.0 million and a revolving  credit  facility in the
amount of $15.0  million) (the "Old Credit  Facility") and issued $100.0 million
aggregate principal amount of the Notes (the "Note Offering," and,  collectively
with the Acquisition and the Old Credit Facility,  the "Transactions").  The net
cash proceeds of the Note Offering were used, together with borrowings under the
Old Credit  Facility,  the  proceeds  from the  issuance of the Common Stock and
Preferred  Stock  of TLC and  available  cash of the  Company,  to  finance  the
Acquisition,  to refinance approximately $7.0 million aggregate principal amount
of debt of the Company and to pay related fees and expenses.  In connection with
the Acquisition,  Natur-Pharma Inc.'s name was changed to Twin Laboratories Inc.
Subsequent to the  consummation  of the  Transactions,  the Company  repaid $6.0
million of outstanding  indebtedness  under the term loan facility  contained in
the Old Credit Facility.

     The Natur-Pharma  Merger was treated as taxable asset purchases for federal
and state income tax purposes and as a recapitalization for financial accounting
purposes.  For federal and state income tax  purposes,  the  purchase  price was
allocated  among the  various  corporations  and  their  respective  assets  and
liabilities  based  on  the  respective  fair  values  as of  the  date  of  the
consummation of the  Acquisition.  This resulted in different book and tax asset
bases for the assets of Twin Laboratories  Inc., Alvita Products,  Inc., Twinlab
Export Corp.,  Twinlab Specialty  Corporation and B. Bros.  Realty  Corporation,
which resulted in deferred tax assets of approximately  $55.6 million which will
reduce future tax liabilities.

     In November  1996,  the Company  consummated  the IPO, with the sale to the
public of 8.5 million shares of Common Stock,  representing  approximately 31.5%
of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  Company.  In  connection  with  the
consummation of the IPO, the Company entered into the New Credit Facility, which
provides for a revolving  credit facility of $50.0 million.  The net proceeds to
the Company of the IPO of approximately  $93.7 million,  together with available
cash  resources of the Company and  approximately  $20.0  million of  borrowings
available under the New Credit Facility, were used to repay all of the Company's
outstanding  indebtedness  under the term  loan  facility  contained  in the Old
Credit Facility,  plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and to redeem all of
the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock  having an  aggregate  liquidation
preference of $67.0 million,  plus accrued and unpaid dividends  thereon.  As of
February  28,  1997,  the  Company  repaid  approximately  $5.0  million  of the
outstanding indebtedness under the New Credit Facility.

     For fiscal 1996,  cash provided by operating  activities was $25.5 million,
compared to $26.8  million  during fiscal 1995 and $12.9 million in fiscal 1994.
The decrease in fiscal 1996  compared to fiscal 1995 was primarily due to higher
interest expense,  substantially  offset by higher income from operations.  Cash
used in financing  activities  was $28.0 million in fiscal 1996,  reflecting the
net cash effects of the Transactions (including the payments to the stockholders
made  pursuant  to the  Acquisition)  and the IPO  and  the  application  of the
proceeds therefrom,  the prepayment of $6.0 million of outstanding  indebtedness
under the term loan facility  contained in the Old Credit  Facility prior to the
consummation of the IPO, and distributions of $8.9 million to stockholders prior
to the  consummation of the Acquisition.  Cash used in financing  activities was
$24.0  million in fiscal  1995 and $13.0  million in fiscal  1994 and  primarily
consisted of  distributions  to  stockholders of $23.5 million and $13.6 million
for fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1994, respectively.

     Capital  expenditures,  including purchases under capital leases for fiscal
1994, were $2.3 million,  $2.6 million and $2.5 million for fiscal 1996,  fiscal
1995 and fiscal 1994,  respectively.  Such capital  expenditures  were primarily
used to purchase production equipment, expand capacity and improve manufacturing
efficiency.  The Company  estimates  that its  historical  level of  maintenance
capital  expenditures  has been  approximately  $0.5  million  per fiscal  year.
Capital expenditures,  including maintenance capital expenditures,  are expected
to be  approximately  $4.8 million during fiscal 1997 and will be used primarily
to purchase manufacturing equipment for the Company's manufacturing  facilities.
In  addition,  the Company has entered  into a contract  for the  purchase of an
approximately  110,000 square foot warehouse,  manufacturing and office facility
in  Ronkonkoma,  New York.  The  purchase is expected to be  consummated  in the
second  quarter of 1997 and is subject to customary  conditions,  including  due
diligence review by the Company.  If this acquisition is completed,  the Company
anticipates making additional capital expenditures of approximately $6.5 million
in fiscal 1997 to acquire and renovate such facility. See "Properties."


                                       18


<PAGE>

     TLC has no operations of its own and accordingly  has no independent  means
of generating revenue. As a holding company,  TLC's internal sources of funds to
meet its cash needs,  including  payment of expenses,  are  dividends  and other
permitted  payments from its direct and indirect  subsidiaries.  The  indenture,
dated as of May 7,  1996,  among  TLC,  Twin  Laboratories  Inc.,  ARP and Fleet
National  Bank,  as trustee,  relating to the Notes and the New Credit  Facility
impose upon the Company certain  financial and operating  covenants,  including,
among others,  requirements  that the Company maintain certain  financial ratios
and satisfy certain  financial  tests,  limitations on capital  expenditures and
restrictions  on the ability of the Company to incur debt, pay dividends or take
certain other corporate actions.

     Management  believes  that the Company has adequate  capital  resources and
liquidity  to  meet  its  borrowing  obligations,   fund  all  required  capital
expenditures and pursue its business strategy for the next 18 to 24 months.  The
Company's  capital  resources  and  liquidity are expected to be provided by the
Company's  cash  flow  from  operations  and  borrowings  under  the New  Credit
Facility.  As of February 28, 1997,  approximately  $35.0  million of borrowings
were available under the New Credit  Facility for working  capital  requirements
and general corporate purposes.

     One  of  the  Company's  business   strategies  is  to  pursue  acquisition
opportunities, including product line acquisitions, that complement its existing
products,  expand its distribution  channels or are compatible with its business
philosophy  and  strategic  goals.  Future  acquisitions  could be  financed  by
internally  generated  funds,  bank  borrowings,  public  offerings  or  private
placements of equity or debt securities,  or a combination of the foregoing.  Up
to $35.0 million of borrowings  under the New Credit  Facility will be available
to fund  future  acquisitions,  subject to  certain  conditions  and  reductions
(including a reduction for the  approximately  $15.0 million of borrowings under
the New Credit Facility  outstanding as of February 28, 1997, until such time as
such borrowings are repaid).  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to make  acquisitions  on terms  favorable to the Company and that funds to
finance an  acquisition  will be  available  or  permitted  under the  Company's
financing instruments.

IMPACT OF INFLATION

     Generally,  the  Company  has been able to pass on  inflation-related  cost
increases;  consequently,  inflation  has  not  had a  material  impact  on  the
Company's historical operations or profitability.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto are presented under
Item 14 of this Report.


ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     Not applicable.


                                    PART III


Information  required under PART III (Items 10, 11, 12, and 13) is  incorporated
herein by reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the year covered by
this Form 10-K with respect to its Annual Meeting of  Stockholders to be held on
May 29, 1997.


                                       19


<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K


(A) (1) AND (2). FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                              Page  
<S>                                                                                                                           <C>
TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Independent Auditors' Report..................................................................................................F-1

     (1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995.........................................................F-2
         Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994...............................F-3
         Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1996,
         1995 and  1994.......................................................................................................F-4
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994...........................F-5
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................................................F-6

     (2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
         For the Three Years Ended December 31, 1996

         Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts......................................................................S-1
</TABLE>

(B)      REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         No  reports  on Form 8-K  were  filed by the  Company  during  the last
         quarter of the period covered by this Report.

(C)      EXHIBITS:


Exhibit
Number   Description of Exhibit

2.1    --      Stock  Purchase  and Sale  Agreement,  dated as of March 5, 1996,
               among  David  Blechman,  Jean  Blechman,   Brian  Blechman,  Neil
               Blechman, Ross Blechman,  Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman,  Stephen
               Welling,  the  Registrant,  Natur-Pharma  Inc.  and Green  Equity
               Investors  II,  L.P.   ("GEI")  (the  "Stock  Purchase  and  Sale
               Agreement")  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  2.1 to the
               Registration  Statement  on Form  S-1,  dated  June 4,  1996,  as
               amended,  filed by the Registrant,  Registration  No. 333- 05191;
               "TLC S-1").

2.1.1  --      Amendment to the Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement,  dated May 6,
               1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1.1 to TLC S-1).

3.1    --      Second Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation of the
               Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.4 to the
               Registration  Statement  on Form S-4,  dated  June 25,  1996,  as
               amended,  filed by Twin Laboratories Inc. ("Twin"),  Registration
               No. 333-06781; "Twin S-4").

3.2    --      Amended and Restated  By-laws of the Registrant  (incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 3.5 to Twin S-4).

4.1    --      Indenture,  dated  May 7,  1996,  among  Twin,  and  ARP  and the
               Registrant (together, the "Guarantors"),  and Fleet National Bank
               as  Trustee,   Registrar,  Paying  Agent  and  Securities  Agent,
               regarding Twin's


                                       20


<PAGE>

               10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 and the 10 1/4% Senior
               Subordinated   Notes  due  2006  issued  in   exchange   therefor
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to TLC S-1).


10.1   --      Credit and Guarantee  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  among Twin,
               the  Registrant,   the  financial   institutions  named  therein,
               Chemical Bank as Administrative Agent and The Bank of New York as
               Documentation  Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to
               TLC S-1).

10.2   --      Amended  and  Restated  Credit  and  Guarantee  Agreement,  dated
               November 15, 1996,  among Twin,  the  Registrant,  the  financial
               institutions   named  therein,   The  Chase   Manhattan  Bank  as
               Administrative  Agent  and The Bank of New York as  Documentation
               Agent.*

10.3   --      Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996, among the
               Registrant,   Twin,  and  ARP  in  favor  of  Chemical  Bank,  as
               Administrative  Agent  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
               to TLC S-1).

10.4   --      Form of Revolving Credit Note.*
               
10.5   --      Form of Swing Line Note.*
               
10.6   --      Deed of Trust, dated May 7, 1996 (the "Deed of Trust"), from Twin
               to First American Title Company of Utah,  Trustee for the use and
               benefit of Chemical Bank, as  Administrative  Agent,  Beneficiary
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to TLC S-1).
             
10.7   --      Amendment to Deed of Trust,  dated November 20, 1996,  among Twin
               and The Chase Manhattan Bank.*
             
10.8   --      Stockholders Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996, among Brian Blechman,
               Neil Blechman,  Ross Blechman,  Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman and
               Stephen  Welling,   the  Registrant  and  GEI   (incorporated  by
               reference to Exhibit 10.8 to TLC S-1).
             
10.9   --      Secondary  Stockholders  Agreement  among  Brian  Blechman,  Neil
               Blechman,  Ross  Blechman,  Steve  Blechman,  Dean  Blechman  and
               Stephen  Welling,  the Registrant,  GEI, DLJ Investment  Funding,
               Inc., DLJ Investment  Partners,  L.P.,  Chase Equity  Associates,
               L.P., PMI Mezzanine  Fund,  L.P. and State Treasurer of the State
               of Michigan,  Custodian of the Michigan Public School  Employees'
               Retirement System, State Employees'  Retirement System,  Michigan
               State Police  Retirement  System,  and Michigan Judges Retirement
               System (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to TLC S-1).
             
10.10   --     Employment  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Brian
               Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to TLC S-1).

10.11   --     Employment  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between Twin and Neil
               Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to TLC S-1).

10.12   --     Employment  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between Twin and Ross
               Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to TLC S-1).

10.13   --     Employment  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Steve
               Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to TLC S-1).

10.14   --     Employment  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between Twin and Dean
               Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to TLC S-1).

10.15   --     Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Stephen
               Welling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to TLC S-1).


                                       21


<PAGE>

10.16  --      Consulting  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and David
               Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to TLC S-1).

10.17  --      Consulting  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between Twin and Jean
               Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to TLC S-1).

10.18  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               David Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to TLC
               S-1).

10.19  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               Jean Blechman  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to TLC
               S-1).

10.20  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               Brian Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to TLC
               S-1).

10.21  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               Neil Blechman  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to TLC
               S-1).

10.22  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               Ross Blechman  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to TLC
               S-1).

10.23  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               Steve Blechman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to TLC
               S-1).

10.24  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               Dean Blechman  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to TLC
               S-1).

10.25  --      Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996,  between  Twin and
               Stephen  Welling  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to
               TLC S-1).

10.26  --      Management  Services  Agreement,  dated May 7, 1996, between Twin
               and Leonard Green & Partners,  L.P. (incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.26 to TLC S-1).

10.27  --      Form of Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement, dated August 1992,
               between  Twin and Showa  Denko  America,  Inc.  (incorporated  by
               reference to Exhibit 10.28 to TLC S-1).

10.28  --      Form of SDR Guaranty  Agreement,  dated August 1992, between Twin
               and Showa Denko K.K.  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29
               to TLC S-1).

10.29  --      Twinlab  Corporation  1996 Stock Incentive Plan  (incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.30 to TLC S-1).

21.1   --      List of Registrant's  Subsidiaries  (incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 21.1 to Twin S-4).

23.1   --      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.*

27     --      Financial Data Schedule.*

- ------------
*    Filed herewith.


                                       22


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                         TWINLAB CORPORATION



                                         By:           /s/Ross Blechman
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                 Ross Blechman
                                                 Chairman of the Board, Chief
                                                 Executive Officer and
                                                 President


    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SIGNATURE                            TITLE(S)                                         DATE
                                   
<S>                                 <C>                                             <C>
                                   
   /s/ Ross Blechman                Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive           March 24, 1997
- ---------------------               Officer, President and Director (Principal     
 Ross Blechman                      Executive Officer)                             


   /s/ Neil Blechman                Executive Vice President, Secretary and          March 24, 1997   
- ---------------------               Director                                        
    Neil Blechman                   


   /s/ Brian Blechman               Executive Vice President, Treasurer and          March 24, 1997 
- -----------------------------       Director (Principal Financial and Accounting 
    Brian Blechman                  Officer) 


   /s/ Steve Blechman               Executive Vice President and Director            March  24, 1997 
- -----------------------------    
    Steve Blechman              
 
 
   /s/ Dean Blechman                Executive Vice President and Director            March  24, 1997 
- ------------------------------     
    Dean Blechman                  


   /s/ Jonathan D. Sokoloff         Director                                         March  24, 1997
- ------------------------------      
    Jonathan D. Sokoloff           


   /s/ Jennifer Holden Dunbar       Director                                         March  24, 1997 
- ------------------------------                                                      
    Jennifer Holden Dunbar




     /s/ John G. Danhakl
- ------------------------------      Director                                         March  24, 1997
    John G. Danhakl
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Shareholders of
  Twinlab Corporation and subsidiaries
  Ronkonkoma, New York

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Twinlab
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,  1996.  Our audits  also
included the financial  statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 14(a)(2).
These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement
schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects,  the consolidated  financial position of Twinlab  Corporation
and  subsidiaries  as of December  31,  1996 and 1995,  and the results of their
consolidated  operations and their consolidated cash flows for each of the three
years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1996 in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles.  Also, in our opinion, such financial statement
schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to the basic  consolidated  financial
statements  taken as a whole,  presents  fairly  in all  material  respects  the
information set forth therein.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


Jericho, New York
February 4, 1997


                                       F-1


<PAGE>

TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    1996               1995
                                                                                    ----               ----
<S>                                                                             <C>               <C>        
ASSETS (Note 7)
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                    $    3,794        $     7,945
   Marketable securities                                                                --                201
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts of
     $208 and $177, respectively (Note 14)                                          31,027             24,372
   Inventories (Note 3)                                                             29,443             25,273
   Deferred tax assets (Note 10)                                                     1,218             -
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                         1,076                872
                                                                                ----------        -----------
           Total current assets                                                     66,558             58,663
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, Net (Notes 4 and 8)                                  14,157             13,036
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS (Note 10)                                                       52,858                 --
OTHER ASSETS (Note 5)                                                                7,964              3,610
                                                                                ----------        -----------
TOTAL                                                                           $  141,537        $    75,309
                                                                                ==========        ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Current portion of long-term debt (Note 7)                                   $   20,085        $     2,985
   Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 8)                               146                136
   Accounts payable                                                                 10,313              6,854
   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 6)                           8,882              4,258
                                                                                ----------        -----------
           Total current liabilities                                                39,426             14,233
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current portion (Note 7)                                      100,265              5,367
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, less current portion (Note 8)                               158                304
                                                                                ----------        -----------
           Total liabilities                                                       139,849             19,904
                                                                                ----------        -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 11 and 12)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 1 and 9):
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized;
     none issued                                                                -                    -
   Common stock, $1.00 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized;
     27,000,000 shares outstanding as of December 31, 1996
     and 450,000 as of December 31, 1995                                            27,000                450
   Additional paid-in capital                                                      141,338                 68
   Retained earnings (deficit)                                                    (166,650)            54,887
                                                                                ----------        -----------
           Total shareholders' equity                                                1,688             55,405
                                                                                ----------        -----------
TOTAL                                                                           $  141,537        $    75,309
                                                                                ==========        ===========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>


                                       F-2
<PAGE>

TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1996,  1995
AND 1994 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996           1995          1994
                                                                           ----           ----          ----
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>       
NET SALES (Note 14)                                                     $  170,075    $  148,735    $  117,342
COST OF SALES                                                               99,827        89,932        70,247
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
GROSS PROFIT                                                                70,248        58,803        47,095
OPERATING EXPENSES                                                          30,784        27,191        23,022
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS                                                      39,464        31,612        24,073
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME:
   Interest income                                                             593           313           254
   Interest expense                                                        (10,005)         (866)         (761)
   Transaction expenses (Note 1)                                              (400)         (656)           --
   Nonrecurring non-competition agreement expense (Note 1)                 (15,300)           --            --
   Other                                                                        32            61           354
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                           (25,080)       (1,148)         (153)
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
INCOME BEFORE UNUSUAL ITEM, PROVISION
FOR INCOME TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                     14,384        30,464        23,920
UNUSUAL ITEM - Nonrecurring charge for prior years'
   income tax assessment (Note 13)                                             --             --         1,982
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 10)                                           796           240           245
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                            13,588        30,224        21,693
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM, net of income tax benefit of
   $1,134 (Note 1)                                                          (1,792)           --            --
                                                                         ---------    ----------    ----------
NET INCOME                                                              $   11,796    $   30,224    $   21,693
                                                                        ==========    ==========    ==========
PRO FORMA RELATING TO CHANGE IN TAX STATUS
   (Note 1)
   Historical income before provision for income taxes and
     extraordinary item                                                 $   14,384    $   30,464    $   21,938
   Pro forma provision for income taxes                                      5,466        12,060         9,087
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
   Pro forma income relating to change in tax status before
     extraordinary item                                                      8,918        18,404        12,851
   Extraordinary item                                                       (1,792)           --            --
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
   Pro forma net income relating to change in tax status                     7,126        18,404        12,851
   Preferred Stock dividends                                                 4,862            --            --
                                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
   Pro forma net income relating to change in tax status
     applicable to common stock                                         $    2,264    $   18,404    $   12,851
                                                                        ==========    ==========    ==========
   Pro forma income relating to change in tax status before
     extraordinary item per share                                       $     0.15    $     0.68
   Extraordinary item per share                                              (0.07)           --
                                                                        ----------     ---------
   Pro forma net income relating to change in tax status per
     share (Note 2)                                                     $     0.08    $     0.68
                                                                        ==========    ==========
   Weighted average shares outstanding (Note 2)                             27,000        27,000
                                                                        ==========    ==========
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                       F-3

<PAGE>

TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      ADDITIONAL        RETAINED
                                                             COMMON STOCK                PAID-IN        EARNINGS
                                                          ---------------------
                                                          SHARES         AMOUNT       CAPITAL           (DEFICIT)            TOTAL
                                                          ------         ------       -------           ---------            -----

<S>                                                           <C>        <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>        
Balance at January 1, 1994                                $   450,000    $      450    $        68     $     40,025    $    40,543

Net income                                                         --            --             --           21,693         21,693

Distributions to shareholders                                      --            --             --          (13,565)       (13,565)
                                                          -----------    ----------    -----------     ------------    -----------

Balance at December 31, 1994                                  450,000           450             68           48,153         48,671

Net income                                                         --            --             --           30,224         30,224

Distributions to shareholders                                      --            --             --          (23,490)       (23,490)
                                                          -----------    ----------    -----------     ------------    -----------

Balance at December 31, 1995                                  450,000           450             68           54,887         55,405

Net income                                                         --            --             --           11,796         11,796

Distributions to shareholders                                      --            --             --           (8,929)        (8,929)

Issuance of common stock (Note 1)                             550,000           550          4,950               --          5,500

Repurchase of shareholders' common
   stock and recapitalization including
   income tax effects (Note 1)                                     --            --         68,654         (219,542)      (150,888)

Additional shares issued in 18.5 for 1
   stock split effected in the form of
   a stock dividend (Note 9)                               17,500,000        17,500        (17,500)              --             --

Dividends on Preferred Stock                                       --            --             --           (4,862)        (4,862)

Initial public offering of common stock                     8,500,000         8,500         85,166               --         93,666
                                                          -----------    ----------    -----------     ------------    -----------

Balance at December 31, 1996                               27,000,000    $   27,000    $   141,338     $   (166,650)   $     1,688
                                                          ===========    ==========    ===========     ============    ===========


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>


                                       F-4


<PAGE>

TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996            1995         1994
                                                                           ----            ----         ----
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income                                                            $  11,796    $    30,224    $    21,693
   Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided
     by operating activities:
     Extraordinary item                                                      1,792         -            -
     Depreciation and amortization                                           1,880          1,011          950
     Gain on sale of equipment                                                  --            (58)        (153)
     Bad debt expense                                                          125            169          (59)
     Deferred income taxes                                                  (3,484)            --           --
     Nonrecurring non-competition agreement expense                         15,300             --           --
     Other                                                                      --             --            1
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable                                                  (6,780)        (6,649)      (5,880)
       Inventories                                                          (4,170)        (2,541)      (3,717)
       Prepaid expenses and other current assets                              (204)           307          295
       Accounts payable                                                      3,459          3,242         (752)
       Accrued expenses and other current liabilities                        5,758          1,123          494
                                                                       -----------    -----------    ---------
              Net cash provided by operating activities                     25,472         26,828       12,872
                                                                       -----------    -----------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Maturities of marketable securities                                         201          1,178        1,120
   Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment                         10            825          435
   Acquisition of property, plant and equipment                             (2,252)        (2,641)      (1,786)
   Decrease (increase) in other assets                                         411              6         (519)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    ---------
              Net cash used in investing activities                         (1,630)          (632)        (750)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from issuance of debt                                          173,000          4,685        6,073
   Proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock                                67,000             --           --
   Dividends on Preferred Stock                                             (4,862)            --           --
   Distributions to shareholders                                            (8,929)       (23,490)     (13,565)
   Payments of debt                                                        (61,002)        (5,056)      (5,389)
   Redemption of Preferred Stock                                           (67,000)            --           --
   Issuance of common stock                                                  5,500             --           --
   Repurchase of shareholders' common stock and recapitalization          (216,780)            --           --
   Net proceeds from initial public offering of common stock                93,666             --           --
   Payment of financing costs                                               (8,450)            --           --
   Principal payments of capital lease obligations                            (136)          (125)        (121)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    ---------

              Net cash used in financing activities                        (27,993)       (23,986)     (13,002)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                        (4,151)         2,210         (880)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                               7,945          5,735        6,615
                                                                       -----------    -----------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                               $     3,794    $     7,945    $   5,735
                                                                       ===========    ===========    =========
Supplemental  disclosures of cash flow  information:  
   Cash paid during the years for:
     Interest                                                          $     8,020    $       853    $     780
                                                                       ===========    ===========    =========
     Income taxes                                                      $     3,063    $       216    $     267
                                                                       ===========    ===========    =========
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities -
  Assets acquired under capital lease obligations                      $       --     $        --    $     686
                                                                       ===========    ===========    =========


                                       F-5


See notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  FOR THE YEARS ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
1996, 1995 AND 1994 (DOLLAR AMOUNTS ARE IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)

1.     DESCRIPTION OF ENTITY, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND INITIAL PUBLIC
       OFFERING

       Prior  to May 7,  1996,  Twin  Laboratories  Inc.  ("Old  Twin")  and its
       affiliates,   Twinlab   Export  Corp.   ("Export"),   Twinlab   Specialty
       Corporation    ("Specialty"),    Alvita   Products,    Inc.   ("Alvita"),
       Natur-Pharma,  Inc.  ("Natur-Pharma"),  B. Bros. Realty  Corporation ("B.
       Bros.") and Advanced  Research Press,  Inc.  ("ARP")  (collectively,  the
       "Companies")  operated  as  separate  corporations,  all  of  which  were
       wholly-owned  by  the  same  individuals   (with  some  companies  having
       different ownership  percentages among such individuals) except for Natur
       - Pharma and B. Bros., which were 97 percent owned by such individuals.

       On February 27, 1996,  Twinlab  Corporation  (formerly  TLG  Laboratories
       Holding  Corp.)  ("TLC")  was   incorporated  in   contemplation  of  the
       Acquisition  (as  hereinafter  defined).  The  accompanying  consolidated
       financial  statements  include the accounts of TLC and subsidiaries  (the
       "Company")  after giving  retroactive  effect,  in a manner  similar to a
       pooling of  interests,  to the merger of the  Companies  pursuant  to the
       Acquisition.

       The shareholders of the Companies  entered into a stock purchase and sale
       agreement  dated as of March 5, 1996 and which was  consummated on May 7,
       1996  pursuant  to which (i) Green  Equity  Investors  II,  L.P.  ("GEI")
       acquired  8,880,000 shares (adjusted for the 18.5 for 1 stock split - see
       Note  9a)  (48  percent)  of  the  common  stock  of  TLC  for  aggregate
       consideration  of $4,800 and shares of 11.25  percent  non-voting  junior
       redeemable  preferred  stock of TLC (the  "Junior  Preferred  Stock") for
       aggregate consideration of $37,000, (ii) certain other investors acquired
       1,295,000  shares (adjusted for the 18.5 for 1 stock split - see Note 9a)
       (7  percent) of the common  stock of TLC (each of these  other  investors
       owns  less  than 5  percent  of the  common  stock of TLC) for  aggregate
       consideration  of  $700  and  shares  of  14  percent  non-voting  senior
       redeemable preferred stock of TLC for aggregate  consideration of $30,000
       (the "Senior  Preferred  Stock",  and together with the Junior  Preferred
       Stock, the "Preferred  Stock"),  (iii) certain of the shareholders of the
       Companies  (the  "Continuing  Shareholders")  exchanged  certain of their
       shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma for 8,325,000 shares (adjusted for
       the 18.5 for 1 stock split - see Note 9a) (45 percent) of the outstanding
       shares of common stock of TLC,  valued at $4,500,  (iv) TLC purchased all
       of the remaining shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma from the existing
       shareholders for cash, resulting in Natur-Pharma  becoming a wholly-owned
       subsidiary  of TLC, (v) Twin,  Alvita,  Export,  Specialty,  and B. Bros.
       merged into  Natur-Pharma  and ARP merged with  Natur-Pharma  II, Inc., a
       wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Natur-Pharma  (the surviving  entity in such
       merger is referred to herein as "ARP"),  and (vi) in connection with such
       mergers, the existing shareholders received cash in consideration for all
       their shares of capital  stock of Twin,  Alvita,  Export,  Specialty,  B.
       Bros.,  and  ARP.  The  total  cash   consideration   that  the  existing
       shareholders received was approximately  $212,500,  approximately $15,300
       of which represented  consideration for  non-competition  agreements with
       each of the existing shareholders, which was recognized as a nonrecurring
       expense  upon  the  consummation  of the  Acquisition.  The  transactions
       described  above  are  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Acquisition."
       Concurrently  with  the  consummation  of the  Acquisition,  the  Company
       entered into a credit  facility  (which provided for a term loan facility
       in the amount of $53,000


                                       F-6

<PAGE>

       and a  revolving  credit  facility  in the amount of  $15,000)  (the "Old
       Credit  Facility")  and issued  $100,000  aggregate  principal  amount of
       senior  subordinated  notes in a private  placement (the "Note Offering",
       and,  collectively with the Acquisition and the Old Credit Facility,  the
       "Transactions"),  which notes were subsequently exchanged in October 1996
       for publicly registered notes. The net cash proceeds of the Note Offering
       were used,  together with borrowings under the Old Credit  Facility,  the
       proceeds from the issuance of the common stock and Preferred Stock of TLC
       and  available  cash of the  Company,  to  finance  the  Acquisition,  to
       refinance  approximately $7,000 aggregate principal amount of debt of the
       Company and to pay related  fees and  expenses.  In  connection  with the
       Acquisition,  Natur-Pharma's  name was changed to Twin  Laboratories Inc.
       ("Twin").  In connection with the Transactions,  the Company has expensed
       $400 and $656 of  professional  fees for the year ended December 31, 1996
       and 1995, respectively (the "Transaction Expenses").

       Because the  Acquisition did not result in a change in control as defined
       in Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 88-16, "Basis in Leveraged Buyout
       Transactions"  ("EITF 88-16"),  the transactions  were accounted for as a
       recapitalization  under the  guidance  of EITF  88-16 and the  Companies'
       historical basis of accounting were applied to the consolidated financial
       statements of TLC.

       The Company  manufactures and markets brand name nutritional  supplements
       sold  primarily  through  domestic  health food stores and  international
       distributors.  The TWINLAB Division of Twin  manufactures a complete line
       of vitamins,  minerals and amino acids,  sports nutrition  products,  and
       special  formulas.  The Alvita Tea Division  markets  natural single herb
       teas and blends in both single use bags and bulk form. The Nature's Herbs
       Division  manufactures and markets a full line of herbal  supplements and
       phytonutrients.   ARP   is   a   publisher   of   health,   fitness   and
       nutrition-related publications.

       The  following  unaudited  pro forma  results  of  operations  assume the
       Transactions  occurred on January 1, 1995 and  excludes the effect of (I)
       the  nonrecurring   non-competition   agreement  expense,  and  (II)  the
       Transaction  Expenses,  and  reflects  the  additional  interest  expense
       relating  to the  financing  of the  Acquisition  and the  change  in tax
       status.  The pro forma  operations data has been prepared for comparative
       purposes only and does not purport to represent what the Company's actual
       results  of  operations  would  have  been had the  Transactions  in fact
       occurred on January 1, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                        1996                      1995
                                                                     -----------             -----------
              <S>                                                    <C>                     <C>        
              Net sales                                              $   170,075             $   148,735
              Interest expense                                            15,395                  15,684
              Income before extraordinary item                            14,942                   9,418
              Income before extraordinary item per share                    0.55                    0.35
              Weighted average shares outstanding
                (in  thousands)                                           27,000                  27,000
</TABLE>

       On November 15, 1996, the Company  consummated an initial public offering
       of common  stock (the  "IPO"),  with the sale to the public of  8,500,000
       shares of common  stock at  $12.00  per  share.  In  connection  with the
       consummation  of the IPO,  the  Company  entered  into an amended  credit
       agreement which provides for a revolving  credit facility of $50,000 (the
       "Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility") (see Note 7). The net proceeds to
       the  Company of the IPO of  approximately  $93,666  (after  underwriters'
       discounts of $6,630 and offering expenses of


                                       F-7

<PAGE>

       $1,704),  together  with  available  cash  resources  of the  Company and
       approximately  $20,000 of borrowings  under the Amended  Revolving Credit
       Facility,   were  used  to  repay  all  of  the   Company's   outstanding
       indebtedness  under the term loan  contained in the Old Credit  Facility,
       plus accrued and unpaid interest  thereon of  approximately  $233, and to
       redeem  all of the  outstanding  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  having  an
       aggregate  liquidation  preference  of $67,000,  plus  accrued and unpaid
       dividends  thereon  of  approximately   $4,862  (the  "Repayments").   In
       connection with the prepayment of outstanding indebtedness under the term
       loan  facility  and the  establishment  of the Amended  Revolving  Credit
       Facility,  the Company recorded an extraordinary  charge representing the
       write-off of previously  deferred  finance  costs  incurred in connection
       with the Old Credit Facility of approximately  $1,792 (net of tax benefit
       of $1,134).

       The  following  unaudited  pro forma  results  of  operations  assume the
       Transactions  and the  subsequent  IPO  occurred  on  January 1, 1995 and
       excludes  the effect of (I) the  nonrecurring  non-competition  agreement
       expense, (II) the Transaction Expenses, (III) the extraordinary item, and
       (IV) the  dividends  paid on the  Preferred  Stock which was  redeemed in
       connection  with the IPO, and reflects the  additional  interest  expense
       relating  to the  financing  of the  Acquisition  and the  change  in tax
       status.  The pro forma  operations data has been prepared for comparative
       purposes only and does not purport to represent what the Company's actual
       results  of  operations  would  have  been had the  Transactions  and the
       subsequent IPO in fact occurred on January 1, 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                        1996                    1995
                                                                     -----------             -----------
              <S>                                                    <C>                     <C>        
              Net sales                                              $   170,075             $   148,735
              Interest expense                                            12,372                  12,355
              Net income                                                  16,729                  11,429
              Net income per share                                          0.62                    0.42
              Weighted average shares outstanding
                (in thousands)                                            27,000                  27,000
</TABLE>

2.     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       A.     PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION - All material  intercompany  accounts
              and transactions have been eliminated.

       B.     CASH EQUIVALENTS - Investments  with original  maturities of three
              months or less are considered cash equivalents.

       C.     MARKETABLE  SECURITIES - The Company  accounts for its investments
              in  marketable  securities  under the  provisions  of Statement of
              Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for
              Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities".  The Company's
              marketable securities portfolio primarily consisted of investments
              in tax-exempt municipal bonds.  Marketable  securities were stated
              at  amortized  cost as the  Company  had the intent and ability to
              hold these  securities to maturity.  The  aggregate  fair value of
              marketable securities as of December 31, 1995 was $201.  

       D.     INVENTORIES  -  Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost
              (first-in, first-out method) or market value.

       E.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - Depreciation is computed using the
              straight-line meth-od based upon the estimated useful lives of the
              related assets which range from three to forty 


                                       F-8


<PAGE>

              years.  Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed by the
              straight-line  method  over the shorter of the  estimated  useful
              lives of the related assets or lease term.

       F.     INTANGIBLE   ASSETS  -  Trademarks  are  being  amortized  on  the
              straight-line  method  over their  expected  lives,  not to exceed
              forty years.  Goodwill,  which  represents  the excess of purchase
              price over fair value of net assets  acquired,  is being amortized
              on the straight-line method over forty years.

       G.     INCOME  TAXES - The Company  accounts  for income  taxes under the
              provisions of SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting For Income Taxes",  which
              requires  recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for
              the  expected  future tax  consequences  of events  that have been
              included in the  Company's  financial  statements  or tax returns.
              Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are
              determined   based  on  the  differences   between  the  financial
              accounting and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using enacted
              tax rates in  effect  for the year in which  the  differences  are
              expected to reverse.

       H.     REVENUE  RECOGNITION - Revenue from product sales is recognized at
              the  time of  shipment  to the  customer.  Revenue  from  magazine
              subscriptions  is recorded as deferred revenue at the time of sale
              and a pro rata  share is  included  in revenue  as  magazines  are
              delivered to subscribers.  Advertising  revenue is recognized when
              the related magazines are issued.

       I.     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT  EXPENSES - The Company charges  research
              and development  expenses to operations as incurred.  Research and
              development expenses were $1,119,  $1,140 and $1,030 for the years
              ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

       J.     PRO FORMA NET  INCOME  PER SHARE - Pro forma net  income per share
              for the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995 has been  computed
              by dividing pro forma net income,  after  reduction  for Preferred
              Stock dividends, by 27,000,000 shares, which represents the number
              of weighted average shares  outstanding and assumes as outstanding
              for the entire year, the 10,175,000  shares (adjusted for the 18.5
              for 1 stock  split - see Note 9a)  issued in  connection  with the
              Acquisition and the 8,500,000 shares issued in connection with the
              IPO (see Note 1). The incremental shares relating to the effect of
              dilutive stock options were immaterial and, accordingly,  were not
              considered in the calculation of pro forma net income per share.

       K.     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS - The  following  methods and
              assumptions  were used to estimate the fair value of each class of
              financial instruments:

              1)     MARKETABLE  SECURITIES  - Fair  value  approximates  quoted
                     market value.

              2)     RECEIVABLES - The carrying amount  approximates  fair value
                     because of the short maturity of these instruments.


              3)     DEBT - The carrying amounts approximate fair value based on
                     borrowing  rates  currently  available  to the  Company for
                     loans with similar terms.

       L.     IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS - In accordance with SFAS No. 121,
              "Accounting  For  the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets  and For
              Long-Lived  Assets To Be Disposed  Of",  the  Company  reviews its
              long-lived   assets,   including   property  and  equipment,   and
              intangible  assets for  impairment  whenever  events or changes in
              circumstances  indicate that the 

                                       F-9

<PAGE>

              carrying  amount of the  assets may not be fully  recoverable.  To
              determine  recoverability  of its long-lived  assets,  the Company
              evaluates the probability that future  undiscounted net cash flows
              will be less than the  carrying  amount of the assets.  Impairment
              costs,  if any, are measured by comparing  the carrying  amount of
              the related assets to their fair value.

       M.     USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS - The
              preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
              accepted   accounting   principles  requires  management  to  make
              estimates  and  assumptions  that affect the  reported  amounts of
              assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of contingent  assets and
              liabilities  at the  date  of the  financial  statements  and  the
              reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting
              period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

       N.     RECLASSIFICATIONS   -  Certain   prior  year  balances  have  been
              reclassified to conform with current year classifications.

3.     INVENTORIES
       Inventories consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1996              1995
                                                                 ----              ----
       <S>                                                   <C>              <C>       
              Raw materials                                  $   10,802       $   11,006
              Work in process                                     8,712            4,550
              Finished goods                                      9,929            9,717
                                                             ----------       ----------
                   Total                                     $   29,443       $   25,273
                                                             ==========       ==========

4.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
       Property, plant and equipment 
         consist of the following:
                                                                  1996             1995
                                                                  ----             ----
       Land, building and leasehold improvements             $   12,197       $   11,204
       Plant equipment                                            7,006            6,097
       Office equipment                                           2,292            1,942
       Automobiles                                                   12               56
                                                             ----------       ----------
                                                                 21,507           19,299
       Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization            7,350            6,263
                                                             ----------       ----------
         Property, plant and equipment - net                 $   14,157       $   13,036
                                                             ==========       ==========
         Depreciation and amortization expense               $    1,121       $      909
                                                             ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

5.     OTHER ASSETS
       Other assets consist of the following
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1996              1995
                                                                 ----              ----
       <S>                                                     <C>              <C>     
       Deferred finance costs, net of accumulated 
         amortization of $321                                  $  4,915         $     --
       Trademarks, net of accumulated amortization
         of $213 and $157, respectively                           1,400            1,063
       Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization
         of $131 and $114, respectively                             573              590
       Due from related trust (a)                                    --            1,786
       Other                                                      1,076              171
                                                               --------         --------
              Total                                            $  7,964         $  3,610
                                                               ========         ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-10

<PAGE>


       (A) The Company had  advanced,  to a related  party  trust,  payments for
           premiums on a split dollar life insurance  policy on the lives of the
           former principal shareholders. The amounts advanced were to be repaid
           from the benefits or cash value of the policy and were collateralized
           by the cash  surrender  value of the  policy.  The  former  principal
           shareholders  were  covered by a "second  to die"  policy in the face
           amount  of  $10,000.  Such  policy  was  terminated  in May  1996  in
           connection  with the  consummation of the Acquisition and the related
           advances were collected.

6.     ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

       Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1996              1995
                                                                                      ----              ----
       <S>                                                                          <C>              <C>     
       Accrued salaries, employee benefits and payroll taxes                        $  1,957         $    935
       Deferred revenue                                                                  890              787
       Accrued professional fees                                                         371              700
       Other                                                                           5,664            1,836
                                                                                    --------         --------
            Total                                                                   $  8,882         $  4,258
                                                                                    ========         ========
</TABLE>

7.     LONG-TERM DEBT
       Long-term debt consists of the following
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              1996        1995
                                                                                           ---------    --------
       <S>                                                                               <C>            <C>     
       Amended Revolving Credit Facility (a)                                             $    20,000    $     --
       Senior subordinated notes (b)                                                         100,000          --
       Mortgages payable to banks, refinanced in May 1996                                    --            4,332
       Notes payable to banks, refinanced in May 1996                                        --            2,143
       Notes payable to shareholders (c)                                                     --              846
       Borrowings under Natur-Pharma line of credit, refinanced in May 1996                  --              660
       Note payable to a power authority, payable in monthly installments
         of $2, including interest at 6.38 percent, maturing February 2011                       277         289
       Other                                                                                      73          82
                                                                                         -----------    --------
                                                                                             120,350       8,352
       Less:  current portion                                                                 20,085       2,985
                                                                                         -----------    --------
         Total                                                                           $   100,265    $  5,367
                                                                                         ===========    ========
</TABLE>

       (A)    The Amended  Revolving  Credit Facility expires on May 7, 2002 and
              provides  for  borrowings  up to  $50,000.  Borrowings  under  the
              Amended Revolving Credit Facility bear interest,  at the Company's
              discretion, at either the Alternative Base Rate, as defined, or at
              the Eurodollar  Rate (maximum  six-month  term),  plus a margin of
              1.25  percent,   as  defined.   The  effective  interest  rate  on
              borrowings under the amended revolving credit facility ranged from
              6.75 to 8.25 percent as of December 31, 1996.  Interest  rates are
              subject  to  increases  or  reduction  based upon  Twin's  meeting
              certain  financial  tests.  The proceeds of the Amended  Revolving
              Credit Facility are available for working capital requirements and
              for general corporate  purposes,  including up to $35,000 of which
              is available to fund permitted acquisitions,  as defined,  subject
              to certain  conditions and  reductions  (including a reduction for
              the  approximately  $20,000 of borrowings  used for the Repayments
              until such time as such  borrowings are repaid).  A portion of the
              Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility  


                                      F-11


<PAGE>

              not to exceed  $15,000 is available for the issuance of letters of
              credit which  generally  have an initial term of one year or less.
              The Amended Revolving Credit Facility is secured by first priority
              security interests in all of the tangible and intangible assets of
              Twin and its direct  subsidiary  and is guaranteed by TLC and ARP.
              In  addition,  the  Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility  contains
              certain restrictive  covenants including,  among other things, the
              maintenance   of  certain  debt  coverage   ratios,   as  well  as
              restrictions  on  additional  indebtedness,  dividends and certain
              other significant transactions.

       (B)    The  senior  subordinated  notes  mature on May 15,  2006 and bear
              interest  at a rate of 10-  1/4  percent  per  annum.  The  senior
              subordinated notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by TLC and
              ARP on a full  and  unconditional  unsecured  senior  subordinated
              basis. The senior subordinated notes are callable after five years
              at a premium to par which declines to par after eight years. Until
              May 15,  1999,  Twin has the  option to redeem up to 35 percent of
              the subordinated notes with the proceeds of a public offering at a
              redemption price of 109-1/2 percent.  Upon a change of control, as
              defined,  Twin is  required  to offer to redeem  the  subordinated
              notes at 101  percent of the  principal  amount  plus  accrued and
              unpaid interest.  Restrictive covenants contained in the indenture
              governing the subordinated  notes (the "Note Indenture")  include,
              among  other  things,   limitations  on  additional  indebtedness,
              investments, dividends and certain other significant transactions.

              The  Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and the Note  Indenture
              restrict  the  payment  of  dividends  and the  making  of  loans,
              advances  or other  distributions  of  assets  to TLC,  except  in
              certain limited circumstances.

       (C)    Natur-Pharma had outstanding notes payable to certain shareholders
              totaling $500 as of December 31, 1995. Such notes bore interest at
              ten percent per annum, which was payable  semi-annually.  Interest
              expense on such notes was approximately $18, $100 and $150 for the
              years ended December 31, 1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  ARP
              had  outstanding  notes payable to certain  shareholders  totaling
              $346  as of  December  31,  1995.  Such  notes  were  non-interest
              bearing. All amounts outstanding were repaid in May 1996.

         Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

                  YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                  ------------------------
                            1997                      $    20,085
                            1998                               13
                            1999                               14
                            2000                               15
                            2001                               16
                            Thereafter                    100,207
                                                      -----------
                            Total                     $   120,350
                                                      ===========

8.     CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

       The Company is obligated under leases for equipment, which are treated as
       capital leases for financial reporting purposes due to certain provisions
       in the lease agreements. Included in plant equipment at December 31, 1996
       and 1995 are assets held under capital  leases with a net 


                                      F-12


<PAGE>

       carrying value of $343 and $583,  respectively.  Accumulated amortization
       on these  assets  at  December  31,  1996  and  1995  was $343 and  $103,
       respectively.

       The future minimum lease payments, by year and in the aggregate,  and the
       present value of the future  minimum lease  payments at December 31, 1996
       are as follows:

                              YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
           --------------------------------------------------
           1997                                                          $ 164
           1998                                                            164
                                                                         -----
           Total                                                           328
           Amount representing interest                                     24
                                                                         -----
           Present value of the future minimum lease payments
             (including $146 payable currently)                          $ 304
                                                                         =====

9.     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

       (A)    CHANGES IN AUTHORIZED  CAPITAL AND STOCK SPLIT - In July 1996, the
              Board of Directors (the "Board") and the  stockholders  authorized
              an  increase  in  the  number  of  common  shares   authorized  to
              75,000,000  and an increase  in the number of shares of  preferred
              stock authorized to 2,000,000, which preferred stock may be issued
              by the Board on such terms and with such rights,  preferences  and
              designations   as  the  Board  may  determine,   without   further
              stockholder  action.  Prior to the IPO, on November 15, 1996,  the
              Board  authorized  a stock split  (effected in the form of a stock
              dividend) of all issued and outstanding  common shares at the rate
              of  18.5  for  1,  which   increased  the  number  of  issued  and
              outstanding  shares from 1,000,000 to 18,500,000.  The stock split
              and the change in authorized common stock have been  retroactively
              reflected for all periods presented herein.

       (B)    STOCK   INCENTIVE   PLAN  -  In  November   1996,  the  Board  and
              stockholders  of the  Company  approved  and  adopted  the Twinlab
              Corporation 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan").  The 1996
              Plan  provides  for  the  issuance  of a  total  of up to  400,000
              authorized and unissued  shares of common stock,  treasury  shares
              and/or  shares  acquired by the  Company for  purposes of the 1996
              Plan.  Awards  under  the 1996 Plan may be made in the form of (I)
              incentive stock options;  (II) nonqualified  stock options;  (III)
              stock  appreciation   rights;   (IV)  restricted  stock;  and  (V)
              performance  shares.  Options become  exercisable  over five years
              from the date of grant at the rate of 20 percent of the grant each
              year and  expire  up to ten  years  after  the date of  grant.  On
              November 14, 1996, the Board granted  118,000  nonqualified  stock
              options  under the 1996 Plan to certain key persons at an exercise
              price equal to the  initial  public  offering  price of $12.00 per
              share.

              The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and
              related interpretations in accounting for awards granted under the
              1996 Plan.  Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been recognized
              for the fixed portion of awards  granted under the 1996 Plan.  Had
              compensation  cost for the  Company's  fixed  stock  options  been
              determined  based upon the fair value at the grant date consistent
              with the methodology  prescribed  under SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting
              For  Stock-Based  Compensation  To  Employees",  the Company's pro
              forma net income and pro forma net income per share would not have
              been  materially  different  than the reported  amounts.  The fair
              value of the options  granted  during 1996 is estimated to be $804
              on the date of grant  (represent-ing a weighted average fair value
              of $6.81 per option) using the Black-Scholes options pricing model
              with the  following  assumptions:  no  dividend  yield or  assumed
              forfeiture  rate, a


                                      F-13


<PAGE>

              risk-free interest rate of 6.09 percent, an expected option life
              of seven years, and an expected volatility of 45 percent.

10.    INCOME TAXES

       Prior to the consummation of the  Acquisition,  all of the Companies were
       "S"  corporations and as such Federal and state taxes were generally paid
       at the shareholder level only. However,  when corporate taxable income of
       any company  exceeded  $200,  such  company was  required to pay New York
       State corporate income taxes equal to the difference between the personal
       and the  corporate  tax rate  (approximately  2 percent)  for all taxable
       income in excess of $200, except for  Natur-Pharma,  Alvita and B. Bros.,
       which were  subject to the tax laws of the State of Utah.  The  provision
       for  income  taxes for the years  ended  December  31,  1994 and 1995 and
       through the  consummation  of the  Acquisition on May 7, 1996  represents
       state taxes.

       Upon  consummation of the Acquisition,  the Companies  terminated their S
       Corporation  status. The mergers of Old Twin, Alvita,  Export,  Specialty
       and B. Bros.  into  Natur-Pharma  were treated as taxable asset purchases
       for Federal and state  income tax  purposes  and a  recapitalization  for
       financial accounting purposes. For Federal and state income tax purposes,
       the purchase price was allocated among the various corporations and their
       respective  assets and liabilities based on the respective fair values as
       of the closing of the  Acquisition.  This resulted in different  book and
       tax asset  bases for the assets of these  companies,  which  resulted  in
       deferred tax assets of approximately $55,571.

       The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  1996           1995           1994
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>        
        Current:                                              
          Federal                                              $     3,662    $        --    $        --
          State and local                                              618            240            245
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                     4,280            240            245
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
        Deferred:                                             
          Federal                                                   (3,108)            --             --
          State and local                                             (376)            --             --
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                    (3,484)            --             --
                                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                               $       796    $       240    $       245
                                                               ===========    ===========    ===========
                                     
       The difference  between the statutory  Federal tax rate and the Company's
       effective tax rate is as follows (as a percentage of pre-tax income):

                                                                      1996           1995          1994
                                                                 ---------       --------       --------
        Statutory Federal income tax rate                             34.0%          34.0%          34.0%
        State and local income taxes (net of                   
          Federal tax benefit)                                         1.1            0.8            1.0
        Exempt income due to "S" Corporation                   
          status                                                     (26.8)         (34.0)         (34.0)
        Other                                                         (2.8)            --             --
                                                                 ---------       --------       --------
        Effective tax rate                                             5.5%           0.8%           1.0%
                                                                 =========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-14


<PAGE>

       At  December  31,  1996,  the  deferred  tax  assets,  which  required no
       valuation allowance, consisted of:
                                                                 1996
                                                              ----------
           Accounts receivable                                $      856
           Inventories                                               238
           Property, plant and equipment                             464
           Intangible and other assets                            52,394
           Other                                                     124
                                                              ----------
                                                              $   54,076
                                                              ==========
11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
       Old Twin provided a profit  sharing plan,  and  Natur-Pharma  provided an
       Employee  Savings  and  Investment  Plan to all  eligible  employees,  as
       defined,  through  July 1,  1996.  Effective  July 1, 1996,  the  Company
       adopted the Twin  Laboratories Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan") which
       is an amendment and  restatement  of the Old Twin profit sharing plan and
       merged the  Natur-Pharma  Employee  Savings and Investment  Plan into the
       401(k) Plan.  Eligible employees may contribute up to 15 percent of their
       annual compensation, subject to certain limitations, and the Company will
       match 50 percent of an employee's  contribution.  Total  provisions  with
       respect to these  plans  approximated  $164,  $287 and $261 for the years
       ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
       A.     LEASES - The Company leases certain  warehouse space and equipment
              under  operating  leases.  Generally,  the  leases  carry  renewal
              provisions  and require the payment of maintenance  costs.  Rental
              payments  may be adjusted  for  increases in taxes and other costs
              above specific  amounts.  Rental expense charged to operations for
              the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was approximately
              $1,579, $1,370 and $1,281, respectively.

              Future minimum payments under noncancellable operating leases with
              initial or remaining terms of more than one year are as follows:

                  YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                           1997                              $  1,376
                           1998                                 1,249
                           1999                                   747
                           2000                                   650
                           2001                                   131
                           Thereafter                              76
                                                             --------
                           Total                             $  4,229
                                                             ========

       B.     LEGAL MATTERS - The Company,  like various other  participants  in
              the nutritional supplement industry, has been a defendant in court
              actions seeking damages for alleged  personal  injuries  resulting
              from products containing allegedly contaminated added manufactured
              L- Tryptophan. To date, approximately 131 of the approximately 133
              suits  in  which  the   Company   was  a  named   defendant   (the
              "L-Tryptophan  Actions") have been dismissed or settled at no cost
              to the  Company  pursuant  to an  indemnification  agreement  (the
              "Indemnification  Agreement")  between  the  Company  and  a  U.S.
              subsidiary   of  the  Japanese   manufacturer   of  the  allegedly
              contaminated ingredient.  The Company believes, after 


                                      F-15


<PAGE>

              consultation  with  outside  counsel,  that few new  lawsuits are
              likely  to  be  brought  in  view  of   applicable   statutes  of
              limitation.  Based upon  consultation  with outside counsel,  the
              Company  also  believes  that , in light  of the  Indemnification
              Agreement and the resolution of virtually all of the L-Tryptophan
              Actions at no cost to the Company,  the prospect of the remaining
              L-Tryptophan  Actions and any possible  future  actions  having a
              material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or
              financial  condition is remote. The Company no longer markets any
              products containing added manufactured L-Tryptophan.

              In 1989,  the Company  received an informal  inquiry  from the New
              York  Regional  Office of the  Federal  Trade  Commission  ("FTC")
              seeking  substantiation for certain  advertising claims made for a
              segment of its "Fuel"  bodybuilding  and sports  nutrition line of
              products.   In   response,   the  Company   submitted   scientific
              substantiation  and financial  information to the FTC. The Company
              has engaged in negotiations  with the FTC relating to the proposed
              terms of a consent  order (the  "Consent  Order")  to settle  this
              matter.  The most  recent  draft  of the  proposed  Consent  Order
              provides for, among other things,  injunctive  relief  prohibiting
              the Company from making  certain  muscle  building and fat burning
              claims for four of its Fuel  products  and  substantially  similar
              products without  scientific  substantiation and a $200 payment to
              the FTC. The FTC staff has  indicated  that unless a settlement is
              reached,  it would  proceed to recommend to the FTC  Commissioners
              that a  civil  administrative  complaint  be  issued  against  the
              Company.  The Company has  determined  at the current  time not to
              settle this matter on the terms set forth in the most recent draft
              of the Consent Order,  which draft the FTC has stated is its final
              offer for a negotiated  settlement.  The Company  believes that it
              has adequate  scientific  substantiation  for the claims at issue,
              and intends to  vigorously  defend this matter if a settlement  is
              not reached. The Company has reserved $200 for this matter.

              The Company is also  engaged in various  other  litigation  in the
              ordinary course of business. Management is of the opinion that the
              amounts  which may be awarded or assessed,  if any, in  connection
              with these matters will not have a material  adverse effect on the
              consolidated financial statements.

13.    INVESTMENT IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
       In connection with investments in certain limited partnerships,  Hambrose
       3 and 4 ("Partnerships"), the Company agreed to pay a total of $360 as an
       additional  capital  contribution to the  Partnerships by delivering to a
       third party a  nonrecourse  note of $240 and another  noninterest-bearing
       note due in the year  2010 in the  amount  of $120 and by  assigning  100
       percent of certain  distribution  rights  until such time as the assignee
       has   recovered   the  full  amount  of  the  such   additional   capital
       contribution.  During  1996,  the  Company  sold its  investments  in the
       Partnerships.  These  investments  had not been assigned any value in the
       accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

       The  Hambrose 3 limited  partnership  has been  audited  by the  Internal
       Revenue  Service  ("IRS") for the years ended December 31, 1985 and 1986,
       at which time Twin was a "C"  corporation.  A settlement with the IRS was
       reached during 1995 in which Twin paid  approximately  $2,082,  including
       interest.  In addition,  Twin was responsible for additional state taxes,
       inclusive of interest of  approximately  $28.  Twin recorded an estimated
       settlement  amount during 1994  totaling  $1,982 which was reflected as a
       nonrecurring  charge to  operations.  An additional  $128 of interest was
       recorded  in  1995,  and  was  included  in  operating  expenses  in  the
       accompanying consolidated statement of income.


                                      F-16


<PAGE>

14.    MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATIONS
       The  Company  has  two   significant   customers   which   accounted  for
       approximately 25 and 20 percent,  respectively, of net sales for 1996; 27
       and 21  percent,  respectively,  of net  sales  for  1995;  and 28 and 20
       percent, respectively, of net sales for 1994. No other customer accounted
       for more than 10  percent  of net sales in any of the three  years  ended
       December 31, 1996.

       The Company's  customers are primarily large independent  distributors of
       health food products. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, approximately 64 and
       73  percent,   respectively,   of  accounts  receivable  related  to  two
       customers.

15.    CONDENSED AND SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

       As noted in Note 7b, the Amended  Revolving  Credit Facility and the Note
       Indenture  restrict  the  payment of  dividends  and the making of loans,
       advances,  or other  distributions  to TLC,  except  in  certain  limited
       circumstances.  After giving retroactive effect, in a manner similar to a
       pooling of  interests,  to the merger of the  Companies  pursuant  to the
       Acquisition, the condensed financial information of TLC, on a stand-alone
       basis, is as follows  (because TLC had no cash prior to the  consummation
       of the Acquisition,  no condensed  statements of cash flows are presented
       for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                                                                         1996           1995
                                                                     -----------    -----------
              <S>                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
              ASSETS
              Cash                                                   $       162    $        --
              Investment in subsidiaries                                   1,526         55,405
                                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                                     $     1,688    $    55,405
                                                                     ===========    ===========
              SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
              Common stock ($1.00 par value;
                75,000,000 shares authorized;
                27,000,000 and 450,000 shares
                outstanding, respectively)                           $    27,000    $       450
              Additional paid-in capital                                 141,338             68
              Retained earnings (deficit)                               (166,650)        54,887
                                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                                     $     1,688    $    55,405
                                                                     ===========    ===========
       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                                                         1996           1995           1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
              Equity interest in net income of subsidiaries          $    11,742    $    30,224    $    21,693
              Interest income                                                 54             --             --
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
              Net income                                             $    11,796    $    30,224    $    21,693
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========


                                      F-17


<PAGE>

       CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               YEAR ENDED
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                                           -----------------
              CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
              <S>                                                                            <C> 

                   Net income                                                                $    11,796
                                                                                             -----------
              CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                   Equity  investment  in  subsidiaries  119,771 CASH FLOWS FROM
              FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                   Proceeds from issuance of senior and junior preferred stock                 67,000
                   Dividends on senior and junior preferred stock                              (4,862)
                   Distributions to shareholders                                               (8,929)
                   Redemption of senior and junior preferred stock                            (67,000)
                   Issuance of common stock                                                     5,500
                   Repurchase of shareholders' common stock and recapitalization             (216,780)
                   Proceeds from initial public offering of common stock                       93,666
                                                                                             --------
                          Net cash used in financing activities                              (131,405)
                                                                                             -------- 
              Net increase in cash                                                                162
              Cash at beginning of year                                                            --
                                                                                             --------
              Cash at end of year                                                            $    162
                                                                                             ========
</TABLE>


Twin and ARP are, respectively, a direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
TLC. TLC and ARP have provided joint and several full and  unconditional  senior
subordinated guarantees of the senior subordinated notes of Twin (see Note 7b).

The assets,  results of  operations  and  shareholders'  equity of Twin comprise
substantially all of the assets,  results of operations and shareholders' equity
of TLC on a  consolidated  basis.  TLC  has no  separate  operations  and has no
significant  assets other than TLC's  investment  in Twin and,  through Twin, in
ARP.  Twin has no direct or indirect  subsidiaries  other than ARP;  and neither
Twin  nor  ARP has any  stockholder  other  than,  respectively,  TLC and  Twin.
Accordingly,  the Company has determined that separate  financial  statements of
Twin and ARP would not be material to investors and, therefore, are not included
herein.

       Summarized financial information of Twin is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1996           1995           1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
                <S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>        
                Current assets                                       $    68,100    $    58,663    $    48,716
                Noncurrent assets                                         74,979         16,646         15,990
                Current liabilities                                       39,426         14,233         10,480
                Noncurrent liabilities                                   100,423          5,671          5,555
                Shareholder's equity                                       3,230         55,405         48,671
                Net sales                                                170,075        148,735        117,342
                Gross profit                                              70,248         58,803         47,095
                Net income                                                11,742         30,224         21,693


                                      F-18


<PAGE>

              Summarized financial information of ARP is as follows:

                                                                        1996           1995           1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
                Current assets                                       $     1,577    $     1,266    $     1,339
                Noncurrent assets                                            182            168            168
                Current liabilities                                        1,200          1,211          1,157
                Noncurrent liabilities                                        --             --             --
                Shareholder's equity                                         559            223            350
                Net sales                                                  5,862          5,200          3,930
                Gross profit                                                 886            259            711
                Net income (loss)                                            392           (128)           466
</TABLE>

       16.        SUBSEQUENT EVENT

       PLANT  EXPANSION - In January 1997,  the Company  entered into a contract
       for the purchase of an  approximately  110,000  square foot facility near
       its currently owned facility in Ronkonkoma, New York, which would be used
       to expand the Company's  manufacturing  and warehousing  capabilities and
       office-space.  The  cost  to  the  Company  of  the  facility,  including
       anticipated  renovations,  is expected to aggregate approximately $6,500.
       The purchase is expected to be  consummated in the second quarter of 1997
       and is subject to customary conditions, including due diligence review by
       the Company.


                                      F-19


<PAGE>



                                                                    SCHEDULE II


TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       COLUMN A                         COLUMN B                 COLUMN C               COLUMN D          COLUMN E
       --------                         --------                 --------               --------          --------
                                                                   ADDITIONS
                                                      -----------------------------------
                                                                        CHARGED TO
                                       BALANCE AT        CHARGED TO        OTHER                           BALANCE
                                        BEGINNING         COST AND       ACCOUNTS         DEDUCTIONS      AT END OF
     DESCRIPTIONS                       OF PERIOD         EXPENSES      - DESCRIBE        - DESCRIBE       PERIOD
     ------------                       ---------         --------      ----------        ----------       ------

<S>                                      <C>                <C>            <C>               <C>            <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996:
  Allowance for bad debts                $  177             $125           $--               $ 94[1]        $   208
                                         ======             ====           ===                ====           =======
  Reserve for excess and
    slow moving inventory                $  515             $625           $--               $515[1]        $   625
                                         ======             ====           ===               ====           =======


YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995:
  Allowance for bad debts                $   63             $169           $--               $ 55[1]        $   177
                                         ======             ====           ===               ====           =======
  Reserve for excess and
    slow moving inventory                $  100             $415           $--               $ --           $   515
                                         ======             ====           ===               ====           =======


YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994:
  Allowance for bad debts                $  123             $(59)          $--               $  1[1]         $    63
                                         ======             =====          ===               ====            =======
  Reserve for excess and
    slow moving inventory                $   --              $100          $--               $ --            $   100
                                         ======             =====          ===               ====            =======
</TABLE>

(1)    Amounts written off.


                                       S-1




================================================================================



                               TWINLAB CORPORATION

                             TWIN LABORATORIES INC.

                  ---------------------------------------------

                                   $50,000,000

                    AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTEE
                                    AGREEMENT



                                November 15, 1996

                 ---------------------------------------------



                            THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                             as Administrative Agent

                                       and

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   as Co-Agent



================================================================================


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS......................................................  1
          1.1  Defined Terms.................................................  1
          1.2  Other Definitional Provisions; Financial Calculations......... 23

SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING CREDIT
          COMMITMENTS........................................................ 24
          2.1  Revolving Credit Commitments.................................. 24
          2.2  Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing...................... 24
          2.3  Commitment and Other Fees..................................... 25
          2.4  Termination or Reduction of Commitments....................... 25
          2.5  Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans; Evidence of Debt......... 25
          2.6  Swing Line Commitment......................................... 26
          2.7  Repayment of Swing Line Loans; Evidence of Debt............... 27
          2.8  Procedure for Borrowing Swing Line Loans...................... 28
          2.9  Swing Line Loan Participations................................ 28
          2.10  L/C Commitment............................................... 29
          2.11  Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit.................. 30
          2.12  Fees, Commissions and Other Charges.......................... 31
          2.13  L/C Participations........................................... 31
          2.14  Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower..................... 32
          2.15  Obligations Absolute......................................... 33
          2.16  Letter of Credit Payments.................................... 34
          2.17  Application.................................................. 34
          2.18  Quarterly Reports............................................ 34

SECTION 3.  GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO EXTENSIONS OF
          CREDIT............................................................. 34
          3.1  Optional and Mandatory Prepayments............................ 34
          3.2  Conversion and Continuation Options........................... 36
          3.3  Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Tranches................ 37
          3.4  Interest Rates and Payment Dates.............................. 37
          3.5  Computation of Interest and Fees.............................. 37
          3.6  Inability to Determine Interest Rate.......................... 38
          3.7  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments............................... 38
          3.8  Illegality.................................................... 39
          3.9  Requirements of Law........................................... 39
          3.10  Taxes........................................................ 41
          3.11  Indemnity.................................................... 44
          3.12  Change of Lending Office; Filing of Certificates or Documents 44
          3.13  Replacement Lenders.......................................... 45

SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................... 45

                                      - i -


<PAGE>

                                                                           Page

          4.1  Financial Condition........................................... 45
          4.2  No Change..................................................... 46
          4.3  Existence; Compliance with Law................................ 46
          4.4  Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations................. 46
          4.5  No Legal Bar.................................................. 47
          4.6  No Material Litigation........................................ 47
          4.7  No Default.................................................... 48
          4.8  Ownership of Property; Liens.................................. 48
          4.9  Intellectual Property......................................... 48
          4.10  No Burdensome Restrictions................................... 48
          4.11  Taxes........................................................ 48
          4.12  Federal Regulations.......................................... 48
          4.13  ERISA........................................................ 49
          4.14  Investment Company Act; Other Regulations.................... 49
          4.15  Subsidiaries................................................. 49
          4.16  Purpose of Loans............................................. 49
          4.17  Environmental Matters........................................ 50
          4.18  Regulation H................................................. 51
          4.19  Accuracy of Information...................................... 51
          4.20  Solvency..................................................... 51
          4.21  Stock Purchase Agreement..................................... 51
          4.22  Security Documents........................................... 51

SECTION 5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................. 52
          5.1  Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit..................... 52
          5.2  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit........................ 55

SECTION 6.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................................ 56
          6.1  Financial Statements.......................................... 56
          6.2  Certificates; Other Information............................... 57
          6.3  Payment of Obligations........................................ 58
          6.4  Conduct of Business; Maintenance of Existence; Compliance 
                   with Laws................................................. 59
          6.5  Maintenance of Property; Insurance; Products Liability 
                   Insurance................................................. 59
          6.6  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions........ 59
          6.7  Notices....................................................... 60
          6.8  Environmental Laws............................................ 60
          6.9  Maintenance of Liens of the Security Documents................ 61
          6.10  Pledge of After Acquired Property; Additional Guarantors..... 61
          6.11  Interest Rate Protection..................................... 62
          6.12  Exchange Offer............................................... 62
          6.13  Stock Purchase Agreement..................................... 62

SECTION 7.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS............................................... 63
          7.1  Financial Condition Covenants................................. 63

                                     - ii -


<PAGE>

                                                                            Page

          7.2  Limitation on Indebtedness.................................... 63
          7.3  Limitation on Liens........................................... 66
          7.4  Limitation on Guarantee Obligations........................... 67
          7.5  Limitation on Fundamental Changes............................. 68
          7.6  Limitation on Sale of Assets.................................. 68
          7.7  Limitation on Restricted Payments............................. 69
          7.8  Limitation on Capital Expenditures............................ 70
          7.9  Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances................. 70
          7.10  Limitation on Optional Payments and Modifications of 
                   Debt Instruments and other Obligations.................... 71
          7.11  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates................... 72
          7.12  Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Year......................... 72
          7.13  Limitation on Lines of Business.............................. 72

SECTION 8.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF HOLDINGS................................... 73
          8.1  Limitation on Holdings' Activities............................ 73
          8.2  Restricted Payments........................................... 74
          8.3  Net Proceeds.................................................. 74
          8.4  Dividends..................................................... 74

SECTION 9.  GUARANTEE........................................................ 74
          9.1  Guarantee..................................................... 74
          9.2  No Subrogation, Contribution, Reimbursement or Indemnity...... 75
          9.3  Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations; 
                   Waiver of Rights.......................................... 75
          9.4  Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional.......................... 76
          9.5  Reinstatement................................................. 77
          9.6  Payments...................................................... 77

SECTION 10.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT............................................... 77

SECTION 11.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT........................................ 80
          11.1  Appointment.................................................. 80
          11.2  Delegation of Duties......................................... 81
          11.3  Exculpatory Provisions....................................... 81
          11.4  Reliance by Administrative Agent............................. 81
          11.5  Notice of Default............................................ 82
          11.6  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders....... 82
          11.7  Indemnification.............................................. 82
          11.8  Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity.............. 83
          11.9  Successor Administrative Agent............................... 83
          11.10  Issuing Bank; Swing Line Lender............................. 83

SECTION 12.  MISCELLANEOUS................................................... 84
          12.1  Amendments and Waivers....................................... 84

                                     - iii -


<PAGE>



          12.2  Notices...................................................... 85
          12.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies............................... 86
          12.4  Survival of Representations and Warranties................... 86
          12.5  Payment of Expenses and Taxes................................ 86
          12.6  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments....... 87
          12.7  Adjustments; Set-off......................................... 89
          12.8  Counterparts................................................. 90
          12.9  Severability................................................. 90
          12.10  Integration................................................. 90
          12.11  GOVERNING LAW............................................... 90
          12.12  Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers......................... 91
          12.13  Acknowledgements............................................ 91
          12.14  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL....................................... 92
          12.15  Confidentiality............................................. 92
          12.16  Collateral Release.......................................... 92
          12.17  Amendment of Certain Cross References....................... 93
          12.18  IPO Termination............................................. 93


ANNEXES:

Annex A   Pricing Grid


SCHEDULES:

1.1        Commitments
4.1        Financial Condition
4.2        Dividends
4.3        Existence; Compliance with Law
4.4        Consents
4.6        Litigation
4.9        Intellectual Property
4.10       Burdensome Restrictions
4.11       Taxes
4.13       ERISA Reportable Events and Accumulated Funding Deficiencies
4.17       Environmental Matters
4.21       Exceptions to Stock Purchase Agreement Representations and Warranties
7.2(j)     Indebtedness Outstanding on the Closing Date
7.3(e)     Easements, Licenses, Etc.
7.3(g)     Existing Liens
7.4(a)     Guarantee Obligations
7.9(e)     Securities Held by Borrower or any Subsidiary
7.11(viii) Affiliate Transactions


                                     - iv -


<PAGE>



EXHIBITS:


A            Form of Borrower Mortgage Amendment
B            Form of Acknowledgement and Consent
C            Form of Swing Line Loan Participation Certificate
D            Form of Revolving Credit Note
E            Form of Swing Line Note
F            Form of Closing Certificate
G            Form of Assignment and Acceptance
H            Form of Opinion of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel
I            Form of Opinion of Utah Counsel


                                      - v -


<PAGE>

     AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTEE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of November
15, 1996, among TWINLAB  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation formerly known as
TLG Laboratories  Holding Corp.  ("Holdings"),  TWIN  LABORATORIES  INC., a Utah
corporation (the "Borrower"), the several banks and other financial institutions
from  time to time  parties  to this  Agreement  (collectively,  the  "Lenders";
individually, a "Lender"), THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation,
as co-agent for the Lenders (the  "Co-Agent"),  and THE CHASE  MANHATTAN BANK, a
New York  banking  corporation,  as  administrative  agent (the  "Administrative
Agent") for the Lenders hereunder.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


     WHEREAS, pursuant to a series of substantially concurrent transactions (the
"Recapitalization")  the following shall occur:  (i) Holdings will consummate an
initial  public  offering  of not  more  than  35%  (prior  to  exercise  of the
underwriters'  over-allotment  option) of its common stock (the "IPO"), (ii) all
of Holdings'  outstanding  PIK Preferred (as defined  below) will be redeemed in
full, on the terms and subject to the  conditions  set forth  herein,  (iii) the
Term Loans (the "Term  Loans")  and all accrued  and unpaid  interest,  fees and
breakage  costs under the Existing  Credit  Agreement (as defined below) will be
repaid in full and (iv) the Revolving  Credit  Commitments  will be increased to
$50 million;

     WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans will be used to provide a portion of the
funds required to consummate the Recapitalization and to provide for the working
capital   requirements   of  the  Borrower  and  its   Subsidiaries   after  the
Recapitalization and for general corporate purposes; and

     WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  hereby  agree that on the  Closing  Date (as
defined below) the Existing Credit Agreement (as defined below) shall be amended
and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises  and mutual  covenants
contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


                             SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Defined Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  the following  terms shall
have the following meanings:

     "ABR": for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the  greatest  of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such
day,  (b) the Base CD Rate in  effect  on such  day plus 1% and (c) the  Federal
Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes  hereof:
"Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum  publicly  announced from
time to time by Chase as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New
York City (the Prime Rate not


<PAGE>


                                                                               2


being intended to be the lowest rate of interest  charged by Chase in connection
with extensions of credit to debtors);  "Base CD Rate" shall mean the sum of (a)
the product of (i) the  Three-Month  Secondary CD Rate and (ii) a fraction,  the
numerator  of which is one and the  denominator  of which is one  minus  the C/D
Reserve  Percentage and (b) the C/D Assessment Rate;  "Three-Month  Secondary CD
Rate"  shall  mean,  for any day,  the  secondary  market  rate for  three-month
certificates of deposit reported as being in effect on such day (or, if such day
shall not be a Business  Day, the next  preceding  Business Day) by the Board of
Governors through the public  information  telephone line of the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current  practices of the Board, be
published  in Federal  Reserve  Statistical  Release  H.15(519)  during the week
following  such day),  or, if such rate shall not be so  reported on such day or
such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary market quotations
for three-month  certificates of deposit of major money center banks in New York
City received at approximately  10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such day (or,
if such day shall not be a Business Day, on the next preceding  Business Day) by
the  Administrative  Agent from three New York City  negotiable  certificate  of
deposit dealers of recognized  standing  selected by it; "C/D  Assessment  Rate"
shall mean, for any day, the annual  assessment rate in effect on such day which
is  payable  by a  member  of the Bank  Insurance  Fund  maintained  by the FDIC
classified  as  well-capitalized  and  within  supervisory  subgroup  "B"  (or a
comparable successor  assessment risk  classification)  within the meaning of 12
C.F.R.  ss.  327.3(4) (or any  successor  provision)  to the FDIC for the FDIC's
insuring time deposits at offices of such institution in the United States; "C/D
Reserve  Percentage"  shall mean, for any day, that  percentage  (expressed as a
decimal)  which  is in  effect  on such  day,  as  prescribed  by the  Board  of
Governors,  for  determining  the maximum  reserve  requirement for a Depositary
Institution (as defined in Regulation D of the Board of Governors) in respect of
new non-personal  time deposits in Dollars having a maturity of 30 days or more;
and "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average
of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve  System  arranged by federal  funds  brokers,  as  published on the next
succeeding  Business Day by the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York,  or, if such
rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the
quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent
from three  federal funds  brokers of  recognized  standing  selected by it. Any
change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the  Three-Month  Secondary
CD Rate,  the C/D  Assessment  Rate,  the C/D Reserve  Percentage or the Federal
Funds  Effective  Rate shall be  effective  as of the opening of business on the
effective  day of such change in the Prime Rate,  the  Three-Month  Secondary CD
Rate, the C/D Assessment  Rate, the C/D Reserve  Percentage or the Federal Funds
Effective Rate, respectively.

     "ABR Loans":  Loans the rate of interest  applicable to which is based upon
the ABR.

     "Acquisition Documents": collectively, the Stock Purchase Agreement and any
other documents effectuating the Transactions.


<PAGE>

                                                                               3


     "Adjustment  Date":  the Business Day of the receipt by the  Administrative
Agent of both (i) the financial  statements required to be delivered pursuant to
subsection 6.1(a) or 6.1(b), as the case may be, for the most recently completed
fiscal  period and (ii) the  certificate  required to be  delivered  pursuant to
subsection 6.2(b) with respect to such fiscal period.

     "Administrative Agent": Chase, together with its affiliates and successors,
as the  administrative  agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, and any successor thereto pursuant to subsection 11.9.

     "Affiliate":  as to any Person,  any other Person (other than a Subsidiary)
which,  directly or indirectly,  is in control of, is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition,  "control" of
a Person  means  the  power,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person,  whether by contract or
otherwise.

     "After-Acquired  Mortgage  Property":  any parcel (or adjoining parcels) of
real property  (including any  leaseholds)  acquired by any Loan Party after the
Closing Date.

     "Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings": as to any Lender at any time, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate  principal  amount of all Revolving
Credit  Loans  made by such  Lender  then  outstanding,  plus (b) such  Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of all Swing Line Loans made by the Swing
Line Lender then outstanding, plus (c) such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment
Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding.

     "Agreement":  this Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement,  as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Applicable  Margin": As to any Loans, 0.0% if such Loans are ABR Loans and
1.25% if such Loans are Eurodollar Loans, provided that, from and after December
31, 1996, the Applicable Margin will be adjusted, on each Adjustment Date, as to
all Loans then  outstanding or made thereafter prior to the next Adjustment Date
based  upon  the  Consolidated   Interest   Coverage  Ratio  and  the  ratio  of
Consolidated Total Debt at the last day of the 12-month period ended on the date
of the financial  statements  relating to such  Adjustment  Date to Consolidated
EBITDA for such period as  determined  from such  financial  statements,  to the
Applicable  Margin set forth on Annex A hereto  opposite the level for which the
Consolidated  Interest Coverage Ratio as so determined satisfies the criteria on
Annex A under the heading  "Consolidated  Interest Coverage Ratio" and for which
the ratio of  Consolidated  Total Debt to  Consolidated  EBITDA as so determined
satisfies  the  corresponding  criteria  set forth under the  heading  "Ratio of
Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA" and provided,  further, that (a)
in the event that the financial  statements required to be delivered pursuant to
subsection 6.1(a) or 6.1(b), as applicable, and the related certificate required
pursuant  to  subsection  6.2(b),  are  not  delivered  when  due,  then if such
financial  statements  are not  delivered  prior  to the  date  upon  which  the
resultant


<PAGE>

                                                                               4

Default  shall  become an Event of Default,  then,  effective  upon such Default
becoming  an Event of  Default,  during the period from the date upon which such
financial  statements  were required to be delivered until the Business Day upon
which they actually are delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be 0.75%, if such
Loans are ABR Loans,  and 2.00%, if such Loans are Eurodollar  Loans, and (b) if
on any Adjustment Date, the Consolidated  Interest  Coverage Ratio and the ratio
of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated  EBITDA as so determined would result
in different Applicable Margins, the higher Applicable Margin shall govern.

     "Application": an application, in such form as the Issuing Bank may specify
from time to time, requesting the Issuing Bank to open a Letter of Credit.

     "ARP":  Advanced Research Press,  Inc., a New York corporation and a wholly
owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "ARP Spinoff":  any  distribution  to the  shareholders  of Holdings of the
capital stock of Holdings' indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary ARP.

     "Asset Sale": as to any Person,  any sale or other  disposition  (including
any  Sale/Leaseback  Transaction  and any  mortgage or lease (as lessor) of real
property  other  than any  mortgage  or lease  made by such  Person  in order to
finance  the   acquisition  or  construction  of  additional  real  property  or
improvements  thereon)  subsequent  to the Closing  Date of any property of such
Person (including the issuance or sale of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary).

     "Assignee": as defined in subsection 12.6(c).

     "Available Excess Equity Proceeds":  at any time, the excess of (a) 100% of
any Net Proceeds of Equity Offerings  received on or after the Closing Date over
(b) (without  duplication) the sum of (i) the aggregate  amounts expended (on or
after  the  Closing  Date)  pursuant  to  subsections   7.2(b)(iv)(y),   7.7(d),
7.9(d)(iv)(y),  7.9(g)(ii),  7.9(j)(ii)  and  7.10(a)(i)  and clause (vi) of the
definition  of  "Capital  Expenditures"  and  (ii) the Net  Proceeds  of the IPO
expended to redeem,  repurchase,  defease or prepay or retire the PIK  Preferred
and to repay the Term Loans.

     "Available  Revolving Credit Commitment":  as to any Lender at any time, an
amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of such Lender's Revolving
Credit Commitment at such time over (b) such Lender's Aggregate Revolving Credit
Outstandings at such time;  collectively,  as to all the Lenders, the "Available
Revolving Credit Commitments".

     "Benefitted Lender": as defined in subsection 12.7(a).

     "Board of Governors":  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and any  Governmental  Authority  which  succeeds  to the powers  and  functions
thereof.


<PAGE>

                                                                               5


     "Borrower": as defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

     "Borrower Mortgage":  each Mortgage executed and delivered by the Borrower,
substantially  in the form of Exhibit A to the Existing  Credit  Agreement or in
such other form as the  Administrative  Agent  shall  reasonably  require,  with
respect to (i) the  Mortgaged  Property  and (ii) each parcel of  After-Acquired
Mortgage Property for which a mortgage is granted to the  Administrative  Agent,
for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to subsection 7.10, in each case as the
same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Borrower Security Documents": collectively, the Borrower Mortgages and the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

     "Borrowing  Date":  any  Business  Day  specified  in a notice  pursuant to
subsection  2.2 or 2.8 as a date on which the  Borrower  requests the Lenders to
make Loans hereunder.

     "Business  Day": a day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

     "Capital  Expenditures":  as to any Person for any  period,  the  aggregate
amount  incurred by such  Person and its  Subsidiaries  for the  rental,  lease,
purchase  (including  by way of the  acquisition  of  securities  of a  Person),
construction  or use of any property  during such  period,  the value or cost of
which,  in  accordance  with GAAP,  would appear on such  Person's  consolidated
balance sheet in the category of property, plant or equipment at the end of such
period,  excluding (i) any such expenditure made to restore,  replace or rebuild
property to the  condition  of such  property  immediately  prior to any damage,
loss,  destruction  or  condemnation  of  such  property,  to  the  extent  such
expenditure is made with insurance  proceeds or condemnation  awards relating to
any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation, (ii) any such expenditure to
the extent financed with or constituting Indebtedness permitted hereunder, (iii)
any such  expenditure  made to acquire assets purchased with the Net Proceeds of
Asset Sales permitted to be so expended,  (iv) Permitted  Acquisitions,  (v) any
such  expenditure to acquire capital assets which are Designated  Sale/Leaseback
Financing  Properties and (vi) any  expenditures  not in excess of the Available
Excess Equity Proceeds at the time of such expenditure.

     "Capital Stock":  any and all shares,  interests,  participations  or other
equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation,  any and all
equivalent  ownership  interests in a Person (other than a corporation)  and any
and all warrants or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

     "Cash Equivalents":  (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed
or insured by the United  States  Government,  or any agency or  instrumentality
thereof,  having  maturities  of not  more  than  one  year  from  the  date  of
acquisition;  (b)  marketable  general  obligations  issued  by any state of the
United States of America or


<PAGE>


                                                                               6


any  political  subdivision  of any  such  state or any  public  instrumentality
thereof  maturing  within one year from the date of acquisition  thereof and, at
the time of  acquisition  thereof,  having a credit rating of "A" or better from
either Standard & Poor's or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (c) certificates of
deposit,  time deposits,  eurodollar  time deposits,  overnight bank deposits or
bankers'  acceptances  having maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition  thereof of any Lender,  or of any domestic  commercial  bank the
long-term debt of which is rated at the time of  acquisition  thereof at least A
or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's or A or the equivalent thereof by
Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.,  and having capital and surplus in excess of
$500,000,000; (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days
for  underlying  securities  of the types  described in clauses (a), (b) and (c)
entered  into with any bank meeting the  qualifications  specified in clause (c)
above;  (e) commercial  paper rated at the time of acquisition  thereof at least
A-2 or the  equivalent  thereof by  Standard  & Poor's or P-2 or the  equivalent
thereof by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by
a nationally  recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies
cease publishing ratings of investments,  and in either case maturing within 270
days after the date of  acquisition  thereof;  (f)  interests in any  investment
company which invests solely in instruments of the type specified in clauses (a)
through (e) above; and (g) other investment  instruments  approved in writing by
the Required  Lenders and offered by any Lender or by any financial  institution
which has a combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000.

     "Certificate  of Available  Excess Equity  Proceeds":  a certificate  to be
delivered by the  Borrower  pursuant to  subsections  6.1(a) and (b) in form and
substance  satisfactory to the Administrative Agent setting forth (i) the amount
of Available  Excess Equity  Proceeds as of the last day of the fiscal period to
which such certificate relates and (ii) the calculations  reasonably required to
determine  such amount,  certified by a  Responsible  Officer of the Borrower as
being stated fairly in all material respects.

     "Change of Control":  (a) any Person  (other than GEI, the Investors or the
Continuing  Stockholders),  whether  singly or in concert with one or more other
such  Persons,  shall,  directly  or  indirectly,  beneficially  own  a  greater
percentage,  on a fully diluted basis, of the outstanding  Capital Stock (having
ordinary  power in the election of  directors of Holdings) of Holdings  than the
percentage  of such  outstanding  Capital Stock  beneficially  owned by GEI, the
Investors and the Continuing  Stockholders  in the  aggregate,  (b) the Board of
Directors  of the  Borrower  shall  not  consist  of a  majority  of  Continuing
Directors, (c) Holdings shall not directly own, beneficially and of record, 100%
of the issued and outstanding  Capital Stock of the Borrower,  free and clear of
all Liens  other  than the Lien of the  Security  Documents  or (d) a "Change of
Control" (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) shall occur. For
the purposes of this  definition,  GEI and Investors  shall  include  Affiliates
thereof.

     "Chase":  The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking  corporation and its
successors.


<PAGE>


                                                                               7



     "Closing Date": the first date on which the conditions  precedent set forth
in subsections 5.1 and 5.2 shall be satisfied or waived.

     "Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

     "Collateral":  all  assets  of the Loan  Parties,  now  owned or  hereafter
acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

     "Commercial Letter of Credit": as defined in subsection 2.10(b)(i)(2).

     "Commitment":  with respect to any Lender, the collective reference to such
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment;  collectively,  as to all the Lenders, the
"Commitments".

     "Commitment Percentage": as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which
(i) the sum of (a) such Lender's then Available Revolving Credit Commitment plus
(b) such Lender's Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) then  outstanding plus (c)
the product of such Lender's  Revolving Credit  Commitment  Percentage times the
sum of (I) the Swing Line Loans then  outstanding  and (II) the L/C  Obligations
then outstanding then constitutes of (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate Available
Revolving  Credit  Commitments  of the Lenders plus (y) the aggregate  principal
amount of Loans of all the Lenders then  outstanding  plus (z) the aggregate L/C
Obligations of all the Lenders then outstanding.

     "Commonly Controlled Entity": an entity, whether or not incorporated, which
is under common control with the Borrower  within the meaning of Section 4001 of
ERISA or is part of a group which  includes the Borrower and which is treated as
a single  employer  under  Section  414(b)  or (c) of the Code  or,  solely  for
purposes  of  determining  liability  under  Section  412 of the Code,  which is
treated as a single employer under Section 414 (b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

     "Companies":  the Borrower, Old Twin, Alvita Products, Inc., Twinlab Export
Corp.,  Twinlab  Specialty  Corporation,  B. Bros  Realty  Corporation  and ARP,
collectively.

     "Companies EBITDA": for any period, prior to the Original Closing Date, for
the  Companies,  the  combined  net income for such  period,  plus to the extent
deducted in determining  such combined net income,  (i) interest  expense,  (ii)
depreciation, (iii) depletion, (iv) amortization (including amortization of debt
discount and  deferred  financing  costs),  (v) all  Federal,  state,  local and
foreign income and corporate withholding taxes, (vi) all other non-cash expenses
or  non-cash  losses,  (vii) any  extraordinary  and  unusual  losses and (viii)
transaction fees and expenses  associated with the  Transactions  and, minus, to
the extent added in  determining  such net income,  (i) any  non-cash  income or
non-cash gains and (ii) any  extraordinary and unusual gains, all as determined,
to the extent applicable,  on a combined basis in accordance with GAAP. (For the
purposes of this definition, (i) "interest expense" shall mean, for


<PAGE>


                                                                               8



any period,  the net interest expense of the combined  Companies for such period
as determined in accordance  with GAAP and (ii) "net income" shall mean, for any
period,  the net income of the combined  Companies for such period as determined
in accordance with GAAP.)

     "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense": for any period, Consolidated Interest
Expense paid in cash during such period.

     "Consolidated EBITDA": for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such
period,  plus,  to the extent  deducted in  determining  such  Consolidated  Net
Income, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense,  (ii) depreciation,  (iii) depletion,
(iv)  amortization   (including  amortization  of  debt  discount  and  deferred
financing costs), (v) all Federal, state, local and foreign income and corporate
withholding  taxes, (vi) all other non-cash  expenses or non-cash losses,  (vii)
any  extraordinary  and unusual  losses,  (viii)  transaction  fees and expenses
associated  with the  Transactions,  (ix) fees and expenses  associated with any
acquisition or financing  whether or not  consummated  and (x)  amortization  or
write-off of the  consideration for the non-compete  agreements  entered into in
connection with the Transactions  and, minus, to the extent added in determining
such Consolidated Net Income, (i) any non-cash income or non-cash gains and (ii)
any  extraordinary  and  unusual  gains,  all  as  determined,   to  the  extent
applicable, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  (i)  Consolidated  EBITDA for the fiscal quarters ended December 31,
1995 and March 31, 1996 shall be $10,400,000 and $10,600,000,  respectively, and
(ii)  for  the  period  from  April  1,  1996  to  the  Original  Closing  Date,
Consolidated EBITDA shall be the Companies EBITDA for such period.

     "Consolidated  Interest Coverage Ratio": for any period of four consecutive
fiscal  quarters  ending during any Test Period,  the ratio of (a)  Consolidated
EBITDA  for such  period to (b)  Consolidated  Cash  Interest  Expense  for such
period.

     "Consolidated  Interest Expense":  for any period, the net interest expense
of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  for  such  period  as  determined  on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated Net Income":  for any period,  the net income of the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries  for such period as determined on a consolidated  basis in
accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Total Debt": at any date of determination,  all Indebtedness
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date of determination that would be
included in the liabilities on a consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries as at such date, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     "Continuing  Directors":  the directors of Holdings on the Closing Date and
each other  director,  if such other  director's  nomination for election to the
Board  of  Directors  of  Holdings  is  recommended  by a  majority  of the then
Continuing Directors.


<PAGE>


                                                                               9


     "Continuing Stockholders": as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     "Contractual  Obligation":  as to any Person, any provision of any security
issued  by  such  Person  or of any  material  agreement,  instrument  or  other
undertaking  to  which  such  Person  is a party  or by  which  it or any of its
property is bound.

     "CSI": Chase Securities Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     "Currency  Rate  Protection  Agreements":  as to any  Person,  all  foreign
exchange  contracts,  currency swap  agreements  or other similar  agreements or
arrangements  entered  into in the  ordinary  course of  business by such Person
designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency values.

     "Default":  any of the events  specified in Section 10,  whether or not any
requirement  for the giving of notice,  the lapse of time, or both, or any other
condition, has been satisfied.

     "Designated  Sale/Leaseback  Financing  Property":  any  acquisition by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries of capital assets,  as to which the Borrower shall
notify the  Administrative  Agent by the last Business Day of the fiscal year in
which such capital  asset is acquired  that it intends to sell and  leaseback or
otherwise  finance,  in a transaction  permitted  hereunder,  such capital asset
within a twelve-month period from acquisition,  provided the aggregate amount of
assets so  designated  at any time may not exceed  $3,000,000.  If such sale and
leaseback or other financing shall not have occurred within twelve months of the
acquisition,   such  acquisition   shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  a  Capital
Expenditure at the expiration of such twelve month period.

     "Domestic  Subsidiary":  any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the
laws of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof.

     "Dollars" and "$": lawful currency of the United States of America.

     "Environmental  Laws":  any and  all  foreign,  Federal,  state,  local  or
municipal  laws,  rules,  orders,  regulations,   statutes,  ordinances,  codes,
decrees,  requirements of any Governmental  Authority having the force of law or
other  Requirements  of Law (including  common law)  regulating,  relating to or
imposing  liability or standards of conduct  concerning  the  protection  of the
environment or the protection of human health as it relates to the protection of
the environment, as now or at any time hereafter in effect.

     "Environmental    Permits":   all   permits,    licenses,    registrations,
notifications,  exemptions,  and other  authorizations  required  by or from any
Governmental Authority under Environmental Laws.


<PAGE>


                                                                              10



     "Equity Interest":  Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights
to acquire  Capital Stock (but  excluding any debt security that is  convertible
into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

     "Equity  Offering":  any offering of Capital Stock or private  placement of
Capital  Stock of  Holdings  excluding  any  post-closing  payment  received  by
Holdings pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     "ERISA":  the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time.

     "Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements": for any day as applied to a Eurodollar
Loan, the aggregate  (without  duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal
fraction)  of reserve  requirements  in effect on such day  (including,  without
limitation,  basic,  supplemental,  marginal and  emergency  reserves  under any
regulations  of the Board of Governors or other  Governmental  Authority  having
jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements  prescribed
for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in
Regulation D) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

     "Eurodollar  Base  Rate":  with  respect to each day during  each  Interest
Period  pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum equal to the rate at
which Chase is offered  Dollar  deposits  at or about 10:00 A.M.,  New York City
time,  two Business Days prior to the  beginning of such Interest  Period in the
interbank  eurodollar  market  where the  eurodollar  and foreign  currency  and
exchange  operations in respect of its Eurodollar Loans are then being conducted
for  delivery  on the first day of such  Interest  Period for the number of days
comprised  therein and in an amount  comparable to the amount of its  Eurodollar
Loan to be outstanding during such Interest Period.

     "Eurodollar Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based
upon the Eurodollar Rate.

     "Eurodollar  Rate":  with respect to each day during each  Interest  Period
pertaining  to a Eurodollar  Loan, a rate per annum  determined  for such day in
accordance with the following  formula  (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of
1%):

                              Eurodollar Base Rate
                    ---------------------------------------
                    1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

     "Event of Default":  any of the events  specified  in Section 10,  provided
that all requirements for the giving of notice,  the lapse of time, or both, and
any other conditions, have been satisfied.

     "Existing Credit Agreement": the Credit and Guarantee Agreement dated as of
May 7, 1996 among Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, The Bank of


<PAGE>


                                                                              11



New York as  documentation  agent and the  several  banks  and  other  financial
institutions from time to time parties thereto,  which Existing Credit Agreement
is amended and restated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     "Extension of Credit": with respect to any Lender, (a) the making of a Loan
by such Lender and (b) the  issuance of a Letter of Credit;  with respect to all
the Lenders, the "Extensions of Credit".

     "FDIC":  the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  and any  Governmental
Authority which succeeds to the powers and functions thereof.

     "Federal Funds Effective Rate": as defined in the definition of ABR.

     "Final Offering  Memorandum":  the Offering  Memorandum  dated May 1, 1996,
with respect to the issuance of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes, a copy of which
has been furnished to each Lender.

     "Financing Lease": any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations
of the lessee in respect of which are  required  in  accordance  with GAAP to be
capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee.

     "Financing Lease  Obligations":  as to any Person,  the obligations of such
Person to pay rent or other  amounts under any  Financing  Lease;  the amount of
such  obligations  at any time shall be the  capitalized  amount thereof at such
time determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Foreign  Subsidiary":  any Subsidiary of the Borrower  organized under the
laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America.

     "Funded  Indebtedness":   all  Indebtedness  of  the  Borrower  under  this
Agreement and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

     "GAAP":  generally accepted  accounting  principles in the United States of
America in effect from time to time (subject to subsection 1.2(e)).

     "GEI": Green Equity Investors II, L.P.

     "Governmental  Authority":  any  nation or  government,  any state or other
political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive,  legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

     "Grantor":  as defined in the  Preamble  to the  Guarantee  and  Collateral
Agreement.

     "Green":  Leonard Green and Partners,  L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
and an affiliate of GEI.


<PAGE>

                                                                              12


     "Guarantee":  the guarantee  contained in Section 9 or in the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement; collectively, the "Guarantees".

     "Guarantee  and  Collateral   Agreement":   the  Guarantee  and  Collateral
Agreement  dated as of May 7, 1996  executed  and  delivered  by  Holdings,  the
Borrower and each Subsidiary  (other than a Foreign  Subsidiary) in favor of the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders,  substantially in the form
of  Exhibit B to the  Existing  Credit  Agreement,  as the same may be  amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Guarantee  Obligation":  as to any Person (the "Guaranteeing Person"), any
obligation  of (a) the  Guaranteeing  Person or (b) another  Person  (including,
without limitation,  any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation
of which the Guaranteeing  Person has issued a reimbursement,  counter indemnity
or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any
Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation (the "Primary Obligations") of
any other third Person (the "Primary  Obligor") in any manner,  whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the Guaranteeing
Person,  whether or not contingent,  (i) to purchase any such Primary Obligation
or any  property  constituting  direct or indirect  security  therefor,  (ii) to
advance or supply  funds (1) for the  purchase  or  payment of any such  Primary
Obligation or (2) to maintain  working  capital or equity capital of the Primary
Obligor or  otherwise  to  maintain  the net worth or  solvency  of the  Primary
Obligor,  (iii) to purchase  property,  securities or services primarily for the
purpose of assuring the owner of any such Primary  Obligation  of the ability of
the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Primary Obligation or (iv) otherwise
to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such Primary Obligation against loss
in respect thereof; provided,  however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall
not  include  endorsements  of  instruments  for  deposit or  collection  in the
ordinary course of business or normal and customary  indemnification pursuant to
the Transactions, or any transaction heretofore or hereafter entered into by the
Companies,  the Borrower, or any of the Borrower's  Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business  permitted  hereunder,  or in connection with any purchase or
sale of assets permitted  hereunder.  The amount of any Guarantee  Obligation of
any  Guaranteeing  Person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal
to the stated or  determinable  amount of the Primary  Obligation  in respect of
which such  Guarantee  Obligation  is made and (b) the maximum  amount for which
such  Guaranteeing  Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument
embodying  such  Guarantee  Obligation,  unless such Primary  Obligation and the
maximum amount for which such  Guaranteeing  Person may be liable are not stated
or determinable,  in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be
such Guaranteeing  Person's maximum reasonably  anticipated liability in respect
thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

     "Guarantors":   Holdings   and  each   Subsidiary   (other   than   Foreign
Subsidiaries) of the Borrower.


<PAGE>

                                                                              13


     "Hazardous  Materials":  any petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction
thereof) or petroleum  products,  polychlorinated  biphenyls,  urea-formaldehyde
insulation,    asbestos   and   asbestos-containing    materials,    pollutants,
contaminants,  and all other materials and substances  including but not limited
to radioactive  materials  regulated  pursuant to any Environmental  Laws or the
handling or disposal of which could result in liability under any  Environmental
Law.

     "Holdings": as defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

     "Indebtedness":  of any Person at any date,  without  duplication,  (a) all
indebtedness  of such Person for  borrowed  money or for the  deferred  purchase
price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities  incurred in
the ordinary course of business  payable in accordance with customary  practices
and not more than 90 days past due,  unless  being  contested  in good  faith by
appropriate  proceedings,  and  compensation,   pension  obligations  and  other
obligations arising from employee benefits and employee  arrangements),  (b) any
other indebtedness of such Person which is evidenced by a note, bond (other than
those of the type  referred  to in  subsection  8.3(d)),  debenture  or  similar
instrument,  (c)  all  Financing  Lease  Obligations  of  such  Person,  (d) all
obligations of such Person under Rate Protection Agreements, (e) all obligations
of such  Person  in  respect  of  letters  of  credit  (whether  or not  drawn),
acceptances  and similar  obligations  issued or created for the account of such
Person, and (f) all indebtedness of others of the types described in (a) through
(e) above  secured by any Lien on any property  owned by such Person even though
such Person has not assumed or otherwise  become liable for the payment  thereof
(the amount of such  indebtedness with respect to such Person being deemed to be
the  lesser  of the  fair  market  value  of  such  property  or the  amount  of
indebtedness of others so secured).

     "Insolvency":  with respect to any  Multiemployer  Plan, the condition that
such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

     "Insolvent": pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

     "Interest  Payment Date":  (a) as to ABR Loans, the last day of each April,
July,  October and  January,  (b) as to any  Eurodollar  Loan having an Interest
Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest  Period and (c) as
to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months,  each
day which is three months, or a whole multiple  thereof,  after the first day of
such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period.

     "Interest Period": with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

          (i)  initially,  the period  commencing on the borrowing or conversion
     date, as the case may be, with respect to such  Eurodollar  Loan and ending
     one, two,  three or six months  thereafter,  as selected by the Borrower in
     its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion,  as the case may be, given
     with respect thereto; and


<PAGE>

                                                                              14


          (ii)  thereafter,  each period  commencing on the last day of the next
     preceding  Interest  Period  applicable to such  Eurodollar Loan and ending
     one, two,  three or six months  thereafter,  as selected by the Borrower by
     irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business
     Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect
     thereto;

     provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods
     are subject to the following:

          (1) if any Interest  Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a
     Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding
     Business  Day unless the  result of such  extension  would be to carry such
     Interest  Period into another  calendar  month in which event such Interest
     Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

          (2)  no  Interest  Period  that  would  otherwise  extend  beyond  the
     Termination Date shall be selected by the Borrower;

          (3) any  Interest  Period  that begins on the last  Business  Day of a
     calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
     day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest  Period) shall end on
     the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

          (4) the Borrower shall select Interest  Periods so as not to require a
     payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar  Loan during an Interest Period for
     such Eurodollar Loan.

     "Interest Rate Protection Agreements":  as to any Person, all interest rate
swaps,  caps or collar agreements or similar  arrangements  entered into by such
Person  providing for protection  against  fluctuations in interest rates or the
exchange of nominal  interest  obligations,  either  generally or under specific
contingencies.

     "Investment": as defined in subsection 7.9.

     "Investor  Common":  the common  stock of Holdings  acquired by GEI and the
Investors on the Original Closing Date.

     "Investors":  holders, other than GEI and the Continuing  Stockholders,  of
the Investor Common and the PIK Preferred.

     "IPO": as defined in the recitals hereto.

     "Issuing Bank":  Chase or any of its Affiliates,  in its capacity as issuer
of any Letter of Credit.

     "L/C Commitment": $15,000,000.


<PAGE>

                                                                              15


     "L/C Fee  Payment  Date":  the last day of each  April,  July,  October and
January and the Termination Date.

     "L/C  Obligations":  at any  time,  an  amount  equal to the sum of (a) the
aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then  outstanding  Letters of
Credit and (b) the  aggregate  amount of drawings  under Letters of Credit which
have not been reimbursed.

     "L/C  Participants":  collectively,  all the Lenders other than the Issuing
Bank.

     "Lenders": as defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

     "Letters of Credit": collectively, Commercial Letters of Credit and Standby
Letters of Credit.

     "Lien":  any  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecation,  assignment  for security,
deposit  arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien (statutory or other),  charge or other
security  interest or any  preference,  priority or other security  agreement or
preferential  arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever  (including,  without
limitation,  any  conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement and any
Financing  Lease having  substantially  the same  economic  effect as any of the
foregoing).

     "Loan": any Revolving Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan.

     "Loan  Documents":   this  Agreement,   any  Notes,  the  Guarantees,   the
Applications, and the Security Documents.

     "Loan Participants": as defined in subsection 12.6(b).

     "Loan Parties":  the Borrower,  Holdings,  ARP and each other Subsidiary of
the Borrower which is a party to a Loan Document.

     "Management Services Agreement":  the Management Services Agreement,  dated
as of the Original Closing Date, between the Borrower and Green.

     "Material  Adverse Effect":  a material adverse effect on (a) the business,
operations,  property,  assets, prospects, or condition (financial or otherwise)
of  Holdings  and its  Subsidiaries  taken  as a whole  or (b) the  validity  or
enforceability  of this  Agreement or any of the other Loan  Documents or any of
the  material  rights or  remedies  of the  Administrative  Agent or the Lenders
hereunder or thereunder.

     "Merger Agreement":  the Merger Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing
Date, among the Companies (other than ARP).

     "Mortgaged  Property":  the real property owned by the Loan Parties located
in Utah.


<PAGE>

                                                                              16

     "Mortgages":   collectively,  the  Borrower  Mortgage  and  the  Subsidiary
Mortgage.

     "Multiemployer  Plan": a Plan which is a  multiemployer  plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

     "Net Proceeds":  with respect to any Person,  (a) with respect to any Asset
Sale by such Person, the cash proceeds  (including any cash payments received by
way  of  deferred  payment  of  principal  pursuant  to a  note  or  installment
receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and
when received) of such Asset Sale net of (i) attorneys' fees, accountants' fees,
investment  banking fees, survey costs,  title insurance  premiums,  and related
search and recording charges,  transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes,
required debt payments (other than pursuant hereto),  other customary  expenses,
amounts  required to be applied to the  repayment of  Indebtedness  secured by a
Lien  expressly  permitted  hereunder  on any asset which is the subject of such
Asset Sale  (other  than any Lien in favor of the  Administrative  Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders)  and  brokerage,  consultant  and other  customary  fees
actually  incurred  in  connection  therewith,  (ii)  taxes paid or payable as a
result  thereof,  (iii) all amounts  deemed  appropriate  by the  Borrower to be
provided as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated
with the assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale,  provided  that, if the
amounts held in reserve are reversed, at such time such reserve amounts shall be
deemed to constitute Net Proceeds after deducting any additional  taxes required
to be paid in  connection  therewith,  and (iv) the portion of any cash payments
attributable  to Persons  holding a minority  interest  in any  Subsidiary,  the
assets of which are the subject of such Asset Sale;  and (b) with respect to any
issuance of equity  securities  or the  incurrence of any  Indebtedness  by such
Person  subsequent  to the Closing Date,  the cash  proceeds  received from such
issuance or incurrence net of investment  banking fees, legal fees,  accountants
fees,  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and other  customary  fees and
expenses,  taxes and other  reasonable costs and expenses  actually  incurred in
connection therewith.

     "New Lending Office": as defined in subsection 3.10(c).

     "Non-Excluded Taxes": as defined in subsection 3.10(a).

     "Notes":  collectively,  the Swing Line Note and Revolving Credit Notes, if
any.

     "NYUCC":  the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the
State of New York.

     "Obligations":  the unpaid  principal  of and interest on the Loans and all
other  obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the  Administrative  Agent
and the Lenders (including,  without  limitation,  interest accruing at the then
applicable  rate provided in this Agreement  after the maturity of the Loans and
interest  accruing at the then  applicable rate provided in this Agreement after
the filing of any petition in


<PAGE>

                                                                              17


bankruptcy,  or the  commencement  of any  insolvency,  reorganization  or  like
proceeding,  relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or
post-petition  interest  is  allowed  in such  proceeding),  whether  direct  or
indirect,  absolute or  contingent,  due or to become  due,  or now  existing or
hereafter  incurred,  which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this
Agreement,  the other Loan Documents, any Rate Protection Agreement entered into
by the  Borrower  with any  Lender  or any  Affiliate  of any  Lender,  any cash
management  services  agreement  entered into by the Borrower with any Lender or
any Affiliate of any Lender or any other  document  made,  delivered or given in
connection herewith or therewith,  in each case whether on account of principal,
interest,  reimbursement  obligations,  fees,  indemnities,  costs,  expenses or
otherwise (including,  without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel
to the  Administrative  Agent or to the Lenders  that are required to be paid by
the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or
any such Rate Protection Agreement or cash management services agreement entered
into by the Borrower with any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender).

     "Obsolete   Property":   any  property  of  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries which is obsolete, outdated or worn out or the useful life of which
has ended, in each case in the good faith determination of the Borrower.

     "Old Twin": Twin Laboratories Inc., a New York corporation.

     "Original Closing Date": May 7, 1996.

     "PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  established  pursuant to
Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA and any Governmental Authority which succeeds to
the powers and functions thereof.

     "Permitted  Acquisition":  any acquisition of all or substantially  all the
assets of, or at least 80% of the shares or other Equity  Interests in, a Person
or division or line of  business  of a Person or other  significant  assets of a
Person if immediately  after giving effect  thereto:  (a) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (b) all
transactions  related  thereto shall be consummated in all material  respects in
accordance with applicable  laws, (c) all actions  required to be taken, if any,
with respect to any acquired or newly formed  Subsidiary  under  subsection 6.10
shall have been taken and (d)(i) the Borrower shall be in  compliance,  on a pro
forma basis after  giving  effect to such  acquisition  or  formation,  with the
covenants  contained in subsection 7.1 recomputed as at the last day of the most
recently  ended  fiscal  quarter  of the  Borrower  as if such  acquisition  had
occurred on the first day of each relevant  period for testing such  compliance,
and the Borrower shall have delivered to the  Administrative  Agent, with a copy
for each of the Lenders,  a certificate (and the pro forma assumptions  relating
thereto) of a  Responsible  Officer to such effect,  together  with all relevant
financial  information for such  Subsidiary or assets (to the extent  reasonably
available),  and (ii) after giving effect to such  transaction,  any acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable


<PAGE>

                                                                              18


for any Indebtedness  (except for Guarantee  Obligations  permitted  pursuant to
subsection 7.4 and Indebtedness permitted by subsection 7.2(g)).

     "Permitted Acquisition Amount": $35,000,000.

     "Permitted Liens": as defined in subsection 7.3.

     "Person": an individual,  partnership,  corporation,  business trust, joint
stock company,  limited liability company,  trust,  unincorporated  association,
joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

     "PIK  Preferred":  all of the  outstanding  pay-in-kind  preferred stock of
Holdings  which consists of an issue of senior  preferred  stock and an issue of
junior preferred stock.

     "Plan": at a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by
ERISA and in respect of which the  Borrower or a Commonly  Controlled  Entity is
(or, if such plan were  terminated  at such time,  would under  Section  4069 of
ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

     "Prepayment Account": as defined in subsection 3.1(c).

     "Primary   Obligations":   as  defined  in  the  definition  of  "Guarantee
Obligation" contained in this subsection 1.1.

     "Proceeds": as defined in the NYUCC.

     "Properties": as defined in subsection 4.17.

     "Public Equity Offering": any public offering of Capital Stock of Holdings.

     "Rate Protection  Agreements":  collectively,  any Currency Rate Protection
Agreements and Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

     "Recapitalization": as defined in the recitals hereto.

     "Refinancing Indebtedness": as defined in subsection 7.2(o).

     "Refunded Swing Line Loans": as defined in subsection 2.8(b).

     "Register": as defined in subsection 12.6(d).

     "Registration Rights Agreement": as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture.


<PAGE>

                                                                              19


     "Regulation  D":  Regulation  D of the Board of Governors as in effect from
time to time.

     "Regulation  G":  Regulation  G of the Board of Governors as in effect from
time to time.

     "Regulation  H":  Regulation  H of the Board of Governors as in effect from
time to time.

     "Regulation  U":  Regulation  U of the Board of Governors as in effect from
time to time.

     "Regulation  X":  Regulation  X of the Board of Governors as in effect from
time to time.

     "Reimbursement Obligation": the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the
Issuing Bank pursuant to  subsection  2.14(a) for amounts drawn under Letters of
Credit.

     "Reorganization":  with respect to any  Multiemployer  Plan,  the condition
that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

     "Replacement  Asset":  any property  acquired by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  subsequent to the Closing Date which replaces Obsolete Property or
assets that were disposed of in accordance with subsection 7.6.

     "Reportable  Event":  any of the  events  set forth in  Section  4043(c) of
ERISA,  other  than those  events as to which the  thirty  day notice  period is
waived under subsections .13, .14, .16, .18, .19 or .20 of PBGC Reg. ss. 2615.

     "Repurchase Payments": the prepayment, redemption, defeasance or repurchase
of the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  through  either  the use of Loan  proceeds,
available cash of the Borrower or Available Excess Equity Proceeds.

     "Required  Lenders":  at any time,  Lenders the  Commitment  Percentages of
which aggregate more than 50%.

     "Requirement   of  Law":  as  to  any  Person,   (i)  the   Certificate  of
Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such
Person,  and (ii) any law,  treaty,  rule or regulation or  determination  of an
arbitrator or a court or other Governmental  Authority,  in each case applicable
to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or
any of its property is subject;  provided however,  that for purposes of Section
4, Requirement of Law shall mean only clause (ii) of this definition.


<PAGE>

                                                                              20


     "Responsible  Officer":  as to any Person,  the chief executive officer and
the  president of such Person or, with respect to financial  matters,  the chief
financial  officer of such  Person  or, in either  case,  such  other  executive
officers as may be designated from time to time by such Person in writing to the
Administrative Agent.

     "Restricted Payments": as defined in subsection 7.7.

     "Revolving Credit  Commitment":  with respect to any Lender, its obligation
to make Revolving  Credit Loans and/or issue or participate in Letters of Credit
issued on behalf of the Borrower and/or  participate in Swing Line Loans made to
the  Borrower  in an amount not to exceed the  amount  set forth  opposite  such
Lender's name on Schedule 1.1 under the heading  "Revolving Credit  Commitment",
as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to this Agreement or as
such  amount may be adjusted  from time to time  pursuant  to  subsection  12.6;
collectively, as to all such Lenders, the "Revolving Credit Commitments".

     "Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage": as to any Lender at any time, the
percentage  which (i) the sum of (a) such Lender's then unused  Revolving Credit
Commitment plus (b) such Lender's  Revolving  Credit Loans then outstanding plus
(c) the product of the percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the
Lenders then constituted by such Lender's  Revolving Credit Commitment times the
sum of (I) the Swing Line Loans then  outstanding  and (II) the L/C  Obligations
then  outstanding  then  constitutes  of  (ii)  the  sum  of (w)  the  aggregate
outstanding then unused Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders plus (x)
the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans of all the Lenders then
outstanding plus (y) the aggregate L/C Obligations then outstanding plus (z) the
Swing Line Loans then outstanding.

     "Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Period":  the period from and including the
Closing Date to but not including the  Termination  Date or such earlier date on
which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

     "Revolving Credit Fee Percentage": as defined in subsection 2.12(b).

     "Revolving Credit Loans": as defined in subsection 2.1(a).

     "Revolving Credit Note": as defined in subsection 2.5(e).

     "Sale/Leaseback Transaction": any arrangement with any Person providing for
the leasing by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of real or personal property which
has been or is to be sold or transferred  by the Borrower or such  Subsidiary to
such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced
by such Person on the  security of such  property or rental  obligations  of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary.


<PAGE>

                                                                              21


     "SEC": the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority
which succeeds to the powers and functions thereof.

     "Securities Act": the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     "Security Documents": collectively, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,
the  Mortgages,  and all other  security  documents  hereafter  delivered to the
Administrative  Agent  granting  a Lien on any asset or assets of any  Person to
secure the Obligations or to secure any guarantee of any such  Obligations  and,
including,   without  limitation,   any  such  document  delivered  pursuant  to
subsection 6.10.

     "Sellers":  the "Stockholder  Indemnitors" as defined in the Stock Purchase
Agreement.

     "Senior  Subordinated  Note Indenture":  the Indenture,  dated as of May 7,
1996, between the Borrower and Fleet National Bank, as trustee,  as the same may
be amended,  supplemented or otherwise  modified from time to time in accordance
with subsection  7.10 or any indenture or other agreement  pursuant to which any
Refinancing  Indebtedness  used to refinance  the Senior  Subordinated  Notes is
issued, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time in accordance with subsection 7.10.

     "Senior Subordinated Notes": the Borrower's  $100,000,000 of 10 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2006, issued under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture
or any  Refinancing  Indebtedness  issued to refinance  the Senior  Subordinated
Notes.

     "Single Employer Plan": any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but
which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

     "Solvent": when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of any date
of  determination,  (a) the amount of the "present fair  saleable  value" of the
assets of such  Person  will,  as of such date,  exceed the amount  that will be
required to pay all "liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise", as of
such date (as such quoted terms are  determined  in accordance  with  applicable
Federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors) as
such debts become  absolute and  matured,  (b) such Person will not have,  as of
such date,  an  unreasonably  small  amount of capital with which to conduct its
business,  and (c) such  Person  will be able to pay its  debts as they  mature,
taking  into  account  the timing of and  amounts of cash to be received by such
Person and the  timing of and  amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of
indebtedness  of such Person;  in each case after giving effect to (A) as of the
Closing  Date the making of the  Extensions  of Credit to be made on the Closing
Date and the application of the proceeds of such Extensions of Credit and (B) on
any date after the Closing  Date,  the making of any  Extension  of Credit to be
made on such date and the  application  of the  proceeds  of such  Extension  of
Credit.  For  purposes  of this  definition,  (i) "debt"  means  liability  on a
"claim",  and (ii)  "claim"  means any right to  payment,  whether or not such a
right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated,


<PAGE>

                                                                              22


fixed, contingent,  matured, unmatured,  disputed,  undisputed, legal equitable,
secured or unsecured.

     "Standby Letter of Credit": as defined in subsection 2.10(b)(i)(1).

     "Stock Purchase Agreement":  the Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as
of March 5, 1996 (as amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified from time to
time in accordance  with the terms therein) among the  Stockholders  (as defined
therein), Holdings, the Borrower and GEI.

     "Subsidiary": as to any Person, a corporation,  partnership or other entity
of which shares of stock or other  ownership  interests  having  ordinary voting
power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only
by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of
directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are
at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled,  directly
or  indirectly  through one or more  intermediaries,  or both,  by such  Person.
Unless   otherwise   qualified,   all  references  to  a   "Subsidiary"   or  to
"Subsidiaries"  in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of
the Borrower.

     "Subsidiary  Mortgage":  each  Mortgage to be executed  and  delivered by a
Subsidiary,  substantially  in the  form of  Exhibit  A to the  Existing  Credit
Agreement, with such changes as the Administrative Agent shall deem necessary or
desirable in order (i) to provide that such Subsidiary is the Mortgagor, (ii) to
comply with and/or provide for specific laws of the  jurisdictions  in which the
property  to  be   encumbered   is  located,   and  (iii)  to  assure  that  the
Administrative  Agent,  for the benefit of the Lenders,  has a perfected Lien on
the property to be encumbered thereby securing such Subsidiary's Obligations (as
such term is defined in the  Guarantee  and  Collateral  Agreement),  or in such
other form as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require, with respect to
each parcel of After-Acquired  Mortgage Property for which a mortgage is granted
to the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant to subsection  6.10, in each case as the
same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Swing Line  Commitment":  the  obligation of the Swing Line Lender to make
Swing Line Loans  pursuant to subsection  2.6 in an aggregate  amount at any one
time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000.

     "Swing Line Lender": as defined in subsection 2.6.

     "Swing Line Loan Participation Certificate": a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit C.

     "Swing Line Loans": as defined in subsection 2.6.

     "Swing Line Note": as defined in subsection 2.7(e).


<PAGE>

                                                                              23


     "Swing Line Participation Amount": as defined in subsection 2.9(b).

     "Termination Date": May 7, 2002.

     "Term Loan":  as defined in the recitals  hereto;  collectively,  the "Term
Loans".

     "Test Period": with respect to subsection 7.1(a), as set forth therein.

     "Tranche": collectively, Eurodollar Loans the then current Interest Periods
with  respect  to all of which  begin on the same date and end on the same later
date  (whether  or not such Loans  shall  originally  have been made on the same
day); Tranches may be identified as "Eurodollar Tranches".

     "Transactions":  the transactions  relating to the Stock Purchase Agreement
whereby the Borrower became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

     "Transferee": as defined in subsection 12.6(f).

     "Type": as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

     "Uniform Customs": the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits
(1993 Revision),  International  Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500, as the
same may be amended from time to time.

     1.2 Other  Definitional  Provisions;  Financial  Calculations.  (a)  Unless
otherwise specified therein,  all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the
defined  meanings when used in the other Loan  Documents or any  certificate  or
other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

     (b) As used herein and in any Notes,  and any certificate or other document
made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries  not defined in  subsection  1.1 and  accounting  terms partly
defined in subsection 1.1, to the extent not defined,  shall have the respective
meanings given to them under GAAP.

     (c) The words  "hereof",  "herein"  and  "hereunder"  and words of  similar
import when used in this Agreement  shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any  particular  provision of this  Agreement,  and Section,  subsection,
Schedule  and  Exhibit   references  are  to  this  Agreement  unless  otherwise
specified.

     (d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally  applicable
to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

     (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of making
all  calculations in connection  with the covenants  contained in Section 7, all
accounting   terms  used  herein  shall  be   interpreted   and  all  accounting
determinations  hereunder  shall be made in  accordance  with GAAP  consistently
applied as in effect on the date of this Agreement. In the


<PAGE>

                                                                              24


event of any material  difference at any time between GAAP in effect on the date
of this  Agreement and GAAP from time to time in effect,  the  certificate  of a
Responsible  Officer required pursuant to subsection  6.2(b)(ii) shall include a
reconciliation   of  the  calculations   required  thereby  with  the  financial
statements being delivered with such certificate.


           SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS

     2.1 Revolving Credit  Commitments.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof,  each Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans ("Revolving
Credit  Loans") to the Borrower  from time to time during the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment  Period in an aggregate  principal amount at any one time outstanding
which, when added to such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of (i)
the then  outstanding  Swing  Line  Loans  and (ii)  the  then  outstanding  L/C
Obligations,  does not  exceed  the  amount of such  Lender's  Revolving  Credit
Commitment.  During the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, the Borrower may use
the Revolving  Credit  Commitments by borrowing,  prepaying the Revolving Credit
Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions hereof.

     (b) The  Revolving  Credit  Loans may from  time to time be (i)  Eurodollar
Loans,  (ii) ABR Loans or (iii) a  combination  thereof,  as  determined  by the
Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with subsections
2.2  and  3.2,  provided  that  no  Revolving  Credit  Loan  shall  be made as a
Eurodollar Loan after the day that is one month prior to the Termination Date.

     2.2 Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing. The Borrower may borrow under
the Revolving Credit  Commitments  during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period
on any Business Day,  provided that the Borrower  shall give the  Administrative
Agent  irrevocable  notice (which notice must be received by the  Administrative
Agent prior to 12:00 Noon,  New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to
the requested  Borrowing  Date,  if all or any part of the  requested  Revolving
Credit Loans are to be initially Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior
to the requested  Borrowing  Date,  otherwise),  specifying (i) the amount to be
borrowed,  (ii) the requested  Borrowing Date, (iii) whether the borrowing is to
be of  Eurodollar  Loans,  ABR Loans or a  combination  thereof  and (iv) if the
borrowing  is to be  entirely  or partly of  Eurodollar  Loans,  the  respective
amounts  of each  such  Type of Loan and the  lengths  of the  initial  Interest
Periods  therefor.  Revolving  Credit  Loans  made  on the  Closing  Date  shall
initially be ABR Loans.  Each borrowing under the Revolving  Credit  Commitments
shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of ABR Loans, $500,000 or a whole
multiple of  $100,000 in excess  thereof  (or, if the then  Available  Revolving
Credit  Commitments  are less than $500,000,  such lesser amount) and (y) in the
case of Eurodollar  Loans,  $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess
thereof.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower,  the Administrative
Agent  shall  promptly  notify each  Lender  thereof.  Each Lender will make the
amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing  available to the  Administrative
Agent for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative  Agent
specified in  subsection  12.2 prior to 12:00 Noon,  New York City time,  on the
Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the


<PAGE>

                                       25


Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower
by the Administrative  Agent crediting the account of the Borrower designated in
its borrowing  notice prior to 1:00 P.M.,  New York City time, on such Borrowing
Date with the  aggregate  of the amounts made  available  to the  Administrative
Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

     2.3  Commitment  and  Other  Fees.  (a) The  Borrower  agrees to pay to the
Administrative  Agent for the  account of each Lender a  commitment  fee for the
period from and including the Closing Date to the Termination Date,  computed at
the rate shown on the Pricing  Grid set forth on Annex A hereto,  on the average
daily amount of the Available  Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender during
the period for which payment is made,  payable  quarterly in arrears on the last
day of each April, July, October and January and on the Termination Date or such
earlier date as the Revolving  Credit  Commitments  shall  terminate as provided
herein, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.

     (b) The  Borrower  agrees to pay to Chase the amounts and fees set forth in
the Fee Letter  dated as of July 31, 1996 among  Chase,  CSI and the Borrower in
the amounts and on the dates set forth therein.

     2.4  Termination or Reduction of  Commitments.  The Borrower shall have the
right, upon not less than one Business Day's prior notice to the  Administrative
Agent  (who  shall  notify the  Lenders),  to  terminate  the  Revolving  Credit
Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving  Credit
Commitments,  provided that no such  termination or reduction shall be permitted
if, after giving effect thereto and to any  prepayments of the Revolving  Credit
Loans made on the effective date thereof,  the aggregate principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding,  when added to the then outstanding L/C
Obligations and Swing Line Loans,  would exceed the Revolving Credit Commitments
then in effect.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 or a
whole  multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and shall reduce  permanently  the
Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

     2.5 Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower
hereby  unconditionally  promises  to pay to the  Administrative  Agent  for the
account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit
Loan of such Lender on the  Termination  Date (or such earlier date on which the
Revolving  Credit  Loans  become due and payable  pursuant to Section  10).  The
Borrower  hereby  further  agrees  to pay to the  Administrative  Agent  for the
account of each Lender interest on the unpaid  principal amount of the Revolving
Credit Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in
full thereof at the rates per annum,  and on the dates,  set forth in subsection
3.4.

     (b) Each Lender shall  maintain in  accordance  with its usual  practice an
account or  accounts  evidencing  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  to such Lender
resulting  from each  Revolving  Credit  Loan of such  Lender from time to time,
including the amounts of


<PAGE>

                                                                              26


principal  and interest  payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under
this Agreement.

     (c) The  Administrative  Agent shall record in the Register,  with separate
subaccount for each Lender,  (i) the amount and Borrowing Date of each Revolving
Credit Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable
thereto,  (ii) the amount of any  principal  or  interest  due and payable or to
become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both
the amount of any sum received by the  Administrative  Agent  hereunder from the
Borrower and each Lender's share thereof.

     (d) The entries made in the Register  pursuant to subsection  2.5(c) shall,
to the extent  permitted by applicable  law, and absent manifest error, be prima
facie  evidence of the existence and amounts of the  obligations of the Borrower
therein recorded;  provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to maintain
any account pursuant to subsection  2.5(b) or the  Administrative  Agent to make
recordings in the Register pursuant to subsection  2.5(c), or any error therein,
shall not in any manner  affect the  obligation  of the  Borrower to repay (with
applicable  interest) the  Revolving  Credit Loans made to such Borrower by such
Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     (e) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative  Agent
by a Lender,  which request is communicated  to the Borrower,  the Borrower will
execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory  note of the Borrower  dated the
Closing Date evidencing the Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender, substantially
in the form of Exhibit D with  appropriate  insertions  as to date and principal
amount (a "Revolving  Credit Note").  Each Lender is hereby authorized to record
the date, Type and amount of each Revolving Credit Loan made by such Lender, the
date and  amount of each  payment  or  prepayment  of  principal  thereof,  each
continuation  thereof,  each  conversion of all or a portion  thereof to another
Type and, in the case of Eurodollar  Loans,  the length of each Interest  Period
and Eurodollar Rate with respect  thereto,  on the schedule (or any continuation
of the schedule)  annexed to and  constituting  a part of its  Revolving  Credit
Note, and any such recordation shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
and absent  manifest error,  constitute  prima facie evidence of the accuracy of
the  information  so  recorded,  provided  that  the  failure  to make  any such
recordation  (or any error  therein)  shall not  affect  the  obligation  of the
Borrower to repay (with applicable  interest) the Revolving Credit Loans made to
the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     2.6 Swing  Line  Commitment.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  hereof,
Chase (in such  capacity,  the "Swing Line Lender")  agrees to make a portion of
the Revolving Credit Commitments  available to the Borrower during the Revolving
Credit  Commitment Period by making swing line loans ("Swing Line Loans") to the
Borrower  in an  aggregate  principal  amount  not to  exceed  at any  one  time
outstanding the Swing Line Commitment then in effect,  notwithstanding  that the
Swing  Line  Loans  outstanding  at  any  time  plus  the  Swing  Line  Lender's
outstanding  Revolving  Loans at that time may exceed  the Swing  Line  Lender's
Revolving Credit  Commitment at such time;  provided that the Borrower shall not
request, and the Swing Line Lender shall not make, any Swing Line Loan if, after
giving  effect to the making of such Swing Line Loan,  the  Aggregate  Revolving
Credit Outstandings of all the


<PAGE>

                                                                              27


Lenders would exceed the Revolving Credit  Commitments at such time.  During the
Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Period,  the  Borrower  may  use the  Swing  Line
Commitment  by  borrowing,  repaying  and  reborrowing  Swing  Line Loans all in
accordance  with the terms and  conditions  hereof.  Swing Line Loans may be ABR
Loans only.

     2.7  Repayment  of Swing Line  Loans;  Evidence of Debt.  (a) The  Borrower
hereby  unconditionally  promises  to pay to the  Administrative  Agent  for the
account of the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid  principal  amount of the Swing
Line Loans on the Termination Date (or such earlier date on which the Swing Line
Loans  become due and  payable  pursuant to Section  10).  The  Borrower  hereby
further agrees to pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the account of the Swing
Line Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Swing Line Loans from
time to time  outstanding  from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at
the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in subsection 3.4.

     (b) The Swing Line  Lender  shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual
practice an account or accounts  evidencing  indebtedness of the Borrower to the
Swing  Line  Lender  resulting  from the Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line
Lender  from time to time,  including  the  amounts of  principal  and  interest
payable  and  paid to the  Swing  Line  Lender  from  time to  time  under  this
Agreement.

     (c) The  Administrative  Agent shall  record in the Register (i) the amount
and Borrowing  Date of each Swing Line Loan made  hereunder,  (ii) the amount of
any  principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the
Borrower  to the Swing  Line  Lender  hereunder  and (iii) the amount of any sum
received by the Administrative Agent hereunder in respect of Swing Line Loans.

     (d) The entries made in the Register  pursuant to subsection  2.7(c) shall,
to the extent  permitted by applicable  law, and absent manifest error, be prima
facie  evidence of the existence and amounts of the  obligations of the Borrower
therein recorded;  provided,  however, that the failure of the Swing Line Lender
to maintain  any account  pursuant to  subsection  2.7(b) or the  Administrative
Agent to make recordings in the Register  pursuant to subsection  2.7(c), or any
error therein,  shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to
repay (with  applicable  interest)  the Swing Line Loans made to the Borrower by
the Swing Line Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     (e) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative  Agent
by the Swing Line Lender,  which request is  communicated  to the Borrower,  the
Borrower will execute and deliver to the Swing Line Lender a promissory  note of
the  Borrower,  dated the Closing Date,  evidencing  the Swing Line Loans of the
Swing  Line  Lender,  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit E with  appropriate
insertions as to date and principal amount (a "Swing Line Note"). The Swing Line
Lender is hereby  authorized  to record  the date and  amount of each Swing Line
Loan made by the Swing Line  Lender  and the date and amount of each  payment or
prepayment of principal  thereof on the schedule  annexed to and  constituting a
part of the Swing  Line  Note,  and any such  recordation  shall,  to the extent
permitted by applicable law, and absent manifest error,  constitute  prima facie
evidence of the accuracy of the


<PAGE>

                                                                              28


information so recorded,  provided that the failure to make any such recordation
(or any error  therein) shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
(with  applicable  interest)  the Swing Line Loans made to the  Borrower  by the
Swing Line Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     2.8  Procedure for  Borrowing  Swing Line Loans.  (a) Whenever the Borrower
desires that the Swing Line Lender make Swing Line Loans under  subsection  2.6,
it shall give the Swing Line  Lender  irrevocable  telephonic  notice  confirmed
promptly in writing (which  telephonic notice must be received by the Swing Line
Lender not later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the proposed  Borrowing
Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing
Date  (which  shall be a Business  Day during the  Revolving  Credit  Commitment
Period).  Each borrowing under the Swing Line  Commitment  shall be in a minimum
amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess  thereof.  Not later
than 2:00 P.M.,  New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice
in respect of Swing Line Loans,  the Swing Line Lender  shall make  available to
the  Administrative  Agent for the account of the  Borrower at the office of the
Administrative  Agent  specified  in  subsection  12.2 an amount in  immediately
available  funds  equal to the  amount of the Swing  Line Loan to be made by the
Swing Line  Lender.  The  Administrative  Agent shall make the  proceeds of such
Swing Line Loan  available to the  Borrower  not later than 2:00 P.M.,  New York
City time,  on such  Borrowing  Date by crediting  the account of the  Borrower,
designated in its borrowing notice, with such proceeds in immediately  available
funds.

     (b) The Swing Line Lender, at any time in its sole and absolute  discretion
may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably  directs the Swing Line
Lender to act on its  behalf)  request  each  Lender  including  the Swing  Line
Lender,  to make a  Revolving  Credit Loan in an amount  equal to such  Lender's
Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Percentage  of the amount of the Swing Line Loans
outstanding on the date such notice is given (the "Refunded  Swing Line Loans").
Unless any of the events described in Section 10(f) with respect to the Borrower
shall have occurred (in which event the  procedures  of subsection  2.9(b) shall
apply)  each  Lender  shall  make the  proceeds  of its  Revolving  Credit  Loan
available to the  Administrative  Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender
at the office of the Administrative  Agent specified in subsection 12.2 prior to
11:00 A.M., New York City time, in funds  immediately  available on the Business
Day next  succeeding  the date  such  notice  is  given.  The  proceeds  of such
Revolving Credit Loans shall be immediately  applied to repay the Refunded Swing
Line Loans.  Effective  on the day such  Revolving  Credit  Loans are made,  the
portion of the Swing Line Loans so paid shall no longer be  outstanding as Swing
Line  Loans,  shall no longer be due under the Swing  Line Note and shall be due
under the  respective  Revolving  Credit Loans made by the Lenders in accordance
with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages.

     2.9 Swing Line Loan Participations.  (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to
the  contrary,  the Swing Line Lender  shall not be  obligated to make any Swing
Line Loans if a Default  under  Section  10(a) or an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be  continuing.  The Swing Line Lender shall notify the Borrower of
such election not to make any Swing Line Loans unless the Event of Default is of
the type specified in Section 10(f) with respect to the Borrower.


<PAGE>

                                                                              29


     (b) If prior to the  repayment  of any  Swing  Line  Loan or the  making of
Revolving  Credit  Loans  pursuant  to  subsection  2.8(b),  one of  the  events
described in Section  10(f) with respect to the  Borrower  shall have  occurred,
each Lender shall on the date such  Revolving  Credit Loan was to have been made
pursuant to the notice in subsection 2.8(a) purchase an undivided  participating
interest in the Refunded  Swing Line Loans in an amount  equal to such  Lender's
Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Percentage of the aggregate  principal  amount of
Swing Line Loans then outstanding (the "Swing Line  Participation  Amount").  On
the date of such purchase,  each Lender shall transfer to the Swing Line Lender,
in immediately  available funds, such Lender's Swing Line  Participation  Amount
and upon receipt  thereof the Swing Line Lender  shall  deliver to such Lender a
Swing  Line Loan  Participation  Certificate  dated  the date of the Swing  Line
Lender's  receipt of such funds and in an amount  equal to such  Lender's  Swing
Line Participation Amount.

     (c) Whenever, at any time after the Swing Line Lender has received from any
Lender such  Lender's  Swing Line  Participation  Amount,  the Swing Line Lender
receives  any payment on account of the Swing Line Loans,  the Swing Line Lender
will distribute to such Lender its pro rata share of such payment (appropriately
adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during
which  such  Lender's   participating  interest  was  outstanding  and  funded);
provided,  however,  that in the event that such  payment  received by the Swing
Line  Lender is required  to be  returned,  such Lender will return to the Swing
Line Lender any portion thereof  previously  distributed to it by the Swing Line
Lender.

     (d) Each Lender's obligation to purchase  participating  interests pursuant
to  subsection  2.9(b)  shall be  absolute  and  unconditional  and shall not be
affected by any circumstance,  including,  without limitation,  (i) any set-off,
counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense  or other  right  which  such  Lender or the
Borrower  may have  against  the Swing Line  Lender,  the  Borrower or any other
Person  for any reason  whatsoever;  (ii) the  occurrence  or  continuance  of a
Default  or an Event of  Default;  (iii) any  adverse  change  in the  condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower;  (iv) any breach of this  Agreement or
any other Loan Document by any of the Loan Parties or any other  Lender;  or (v)
any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to
any of the  foregoing,  provided that, no Lender will be obligated to purchase a
participating  interest in any Swing Line Loan made during the continuance of an
Event of Default if and only if, (x)  subsequent to the occurrence of such Event
of Default such Lender has notified  the  Administrative  Agent that it will not
purchase  participations in Swing Line Loans made during the continuance of such
Event of Default  and (y) such  Swing  Line Loan was made  after  receipt by the
Administrative Agent of such notice while such Event of Default was continuing.

     2.10 L/C Commitment.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  the
Issuing  Bank,  in reliance on the  agreements of the other Lenders set forth in
subsection  2.13(a),  agrees to issue  Letters of Credit for the  account of the
Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Period in
such form as may be  approved  from time to time by the Issuing  Bank;  provided
that the  Issuing  Bank shall have no  obligation  to, and shall not,  issue any
Letter  of  Credit  if,  after  giving  effect  to  such  issuance,  (i) the L/C
Obligations  would exceed the L/C  Commitment  or (ii) the  Available  Revolving
Credit Commitments would be less than zero.


<PAGE>

                                                                              30


     (b) Each Letter of Credit shall:

          (i) be denominated in Dollars and shall be either (1) a standby letter
     of credit  issued to support  obligations  of the  Borrower,  contingent or
     otherwise,  in connection with the working capital or business needs of the
     Borrower in the ordinary course of business permitted hereunder (a "Standby
     Letter of Credit") or (2) a commercial  letter of credit  issued in respect
     of the purchase of goods or services by the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
     in the ordinary course of business (a "Commercial Letter of Credit");

          (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (A) five  Business Days prior
     to the  Termination  Date  and (B) one  year  after  the  date of  issuance
     thereof,  provided  that,  subject to clause (A) above,  any such Letter of
     Credit may, at the request of the  Borrower as set forth in the  applicable
     Application or prior to expiration  thereof,  be  automatically  renewed on
     each  anniversary of the issuance  thereof for an additional  period of one
     year or less unless the Issuing Bank shall have given prior written  notice
     to the Borrower and the  beneficiary of such Letter of Credit (as specified
     therein) that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed;

          (iii) have a face amount equal to at least $100,000; and

          (iv)  if  it  is  outstanding  on  the   Termination   Date,  be  cash
     collateralized.

     (c) Each Letter of Credit  shall be subject to the Uniform  Customs and, to
the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New York.

     (d) The Issuing Bank shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter
of Credit  hereunder if such issuance  would conflict with, or cause the Issuing
Bank or any L/C  Participant  to exceed any limits  imposed  by, any  applicable
Requirement of Law.

     2.11  Procedure  for  Issuance of Letters of Credit.  The Borrower may from
time to time  request  that  the  Issuing  Bank  issue a  Letter  of  Credit  by
delivering  to the Issuing Bank at its address for notices  specified  herein an
Application  therefor,  completed to the reasonable  satisfaction of the Issuing
Bank, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as
the Issuing  Bank may  reasonably  request.  The Issuing  Bank shall  notify the
Lenders  promptly  of the receipt of any  request  pursuant  to the  immediately
preceding  sentence.  Upon  receipt of any  Application,  the Issuing  Bank will
process such  Application and the  certificates,  documents and other papers and
information  delivered  to it in  connection  therewith in  accordance  with its
customary  procedures and shall  promptly  issue the Letter of Credit  requested
thereby  (but in no event shall the Issuing Bank be required to issue any Letter
of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the  Application
therefor  and all such  other  certificates,  documents  and  other  papers  and
information  relating  thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit
to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed by the Issuing Bank and
the Borrower.  The Issuing Bank shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to
the  Administrative  Agent and the  Borrower  promptly  following  the  issuance
thereof.


<PAGE>

                                                                              31


     2.12 Fees, Commissions and Other Charges. (a) The Borrower shall pay to the
Administrative  Agent,  for the account of the Issuing Bank, a fronting fee with
respect to each  Letter of  Credit,  computed  for the  period  from the date of
issuance of such Letter of Credit or the  immediately  preceding L/C Fee Payment
Date,  as the case may be, to the next L/C Fee Payment Date to occur  thereafter
at a rate per  annum  equal to 1/5 of 1%,  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day
year for actual days elapsed,  of the average daily amount available to be drawn
under such Letter of Credit during the period for which such fee is  calculated.
Such  fronting  fee shall be payable in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment  Date to
occur after the  issuance of such Letter of Credit and on the  Termination  Date
and shall be nonrefundable.

     (b) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative  Agent, for the account of
the L/C  Participants  and the Issuing Bank, a letter of credit  commission with
respect to each  Letter of  Credit,  computed  for the  period  from the date of
issuance of such Letter of Credit or the  immediately  preceding L/C Fee Payment
Date,  as the case may be, to the next L/C Fee Payment Date to occur  thereafter
at a rate per annum equal to the  Applicable  Margin for Revolving  Credit Loans
that are Eurodollar Loans in effect from time to time (the "Revolving Credit Fee
Percentage"), calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for actual days elapsed,
of the average  daily  amount  available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit
during the period for which such fee is  calculated,  to be shared ratably among
the L/C  Participants  and the Issuing Bank in accordance with their  respective
Revolving Credit  Commitment  Percentages.  Such commissions shall be payable in
arrears on each L/C Fee Payment  Date to occur after the issuance of such Letter
of Credit and on its termination and shall be nonrefundable.

     (c) In addition to the foregoing fees and  commissions,  the Borrower shall
pay or  reimburse  the  Issuing  Bank for such  normal and  customary  costs and
expenses as are  incurred or charged by the Issuing  Bank in issuing,  effecting
payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

     (d) The Administrative Agent shall, promptly following its receipt thereof,
distribute to the Issuing Bank and the L/C Participants all fees and commissions
received by the Administrative  Agent for their respective  accounts pursuant to
this subsection.

     2.13 L/C  Participations.  (a) The Issuing Bank irrevocably agrees to grant
and hereby grants to each L/C  Participant,  and, in order to induce the Issuing
Bank to issue  Letters of Credit  hereunder,  each L/C  Participant  irrevocably
agrees to accept and purchase and hereby  accepts and purchases from the Issuing
Bank, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C Participant's
own  account  and risk an  undivided  interest  equal to such L/C  Participant's
Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Percentage in the Issuing Bank's  obligations and
rights under each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft
paid by the Issuing Bank thereunder,  provided that, no Lender will be obligated
to  purchase a  participating  interest  in any Letter of Credit made during the
continuance  of an  Event of  Default  if and only  if,  (x)  subsequent  to the
occurrence of such Event of Default such Lender has notified the  Administrative
Agent that it will not  purchase  participations  in any  Letter of Credit  made
during the  continuance  of such Event of Default  and (y) such Letter of Credit
was made after  receipt by the  Administrative  Agent of such Notice  while such
Event  of  Default  was  continuing,  except  for,  any  automatic  renewals  of
outstanding


<PAGE>

                                                                              32


Letters of Credit.  Each L/C Participant  unconditionally and irrevocably agrees
with the  Issuing  Bank that,  if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for
which the Issuing Bank is not  reimbursed  in full by the Borrower in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement,  including by a Revolving  Credit Loan by such
Lender under subsection  2.14(c),  such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing
Bank upon demand at the Issuing Bank's address for notices  specified  herein an
amount equal to such L/C Participant's Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of
the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, which is not so reimbursed.

     (b) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Issuing
Bank pursuant to subsection  2.13(a) in respect of any  unreimbursed  portion of
any payment  made by the Issuing  Bank under any Letter of Credit is paid to the
Issuing Bank within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such
L/C  Participant  shall pay to the Issuing Bank on demand an amount equal to the
product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective
Rate,  during the period from and including the date such payment is required to
the date on which such payment is  immediately  available  to the Issuing  Bank,
times (iii) a fraction the  numerator of which is the number of days that elapse
during  such  period and the  denominator  of which is 360.  If any such  amount
required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to subsection 2.13(a) is not
in fact made available to the Issuing Bank by such L/C Participant  within three
Business  Days after the date such  payment is due,  the  Issuing  Bank shall be
entitled  to recover  from such L/C  Participant,  on demand,  such  amount with
interest thereon  calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable
to ABR Loans  hereunder.  A certificate of the Issuing Bank submitted to any L/C
Participant  with respect to any amounts  owing under this  subsection  shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

     (c) Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Bank has made payment under any
Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of
such payment in accordance  with subsection  2.13(a),  the Issuing Bank receives
any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower
or otherwise,  including  proceeds of collateral  applied thereto by the Issuing
Bank),  or any  payment of interest on account  thereof,  the Issuing  Bank will
distribute  to such  L/C  Participant  its pro  rata  share  thereof;  provided,
however,  that in the event that any such  payment  received by the Issuing Bank
shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Bank, such L/C Participant shall
return to the Issuing Bank the portion  thereof  previously  distributed  by the
Issuing Bank to it.

     2.14 Reimbursement  Obligation of the Borrower.  (a) The Borrower agrees to
reimburse  the Issuing Bank on each date on which the Issuing Bank  notifies the
Borrower of the date and amount of a draft  presented under any Letter of Credit
and paid by the  Issuing  Bank for the amount of (i) such draft so paid and (ii)
any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank
in connection with such payment.  Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing
Bank at its address for notices  specified  herein in lawful money of the United
States of America and in immediately available funds.

     (b) Interest  shall be payable on any and all amounts  remaining  unpaid by
the Borrower under this  subsection 2.14 from the date the draft presented under
the affected


<PAGE>

                                                                              33


Letter of Credit is paid  until  payment  in full,  at the rate  which  would be
payable on any outstanding  Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans which were
then overdue.

     (c) Each drawing  under any Letter of Credit shall  constitute a request by
the Borrower to the Administrative  Agent for a borrowing pursuant to subsection
2.2 of ABR Loans in the amount of such drawing (but without any  requirement for
compliance  with the prior  notice or minimum  borrowing  amount  provisions  of
subsection  2.2 or the  conditions  set forth in subsection  5.2). The Borrowing
Date with respect to such  borrowing  shall be the date of such drawing and each
Lender shall make its Revolving Credit  Commitment  Percentage of such borrowing
available  to the  Administrative  Agent on such  date to be used to  repay  the
Reimbursement  Obligation created by such drawing. The application of such Loans
shall satisfy the Borrower's  obligations under subsection 2.14(a) in the amount
thereof.

     (d) On the  Termination  Date, any  outstanding  Letters of Credit shall be
cash collateralized in amounts satisfactory to the Issuing Bank.

     2.15  Obligations  Absolute.  (a) The  Borrower's  obligations  under  this
Section 2 shall be absolute and  unconditional  under any and all  circumstances
and  irrespective  of any set-off,  counterclaim or defense to payment which the
Borrower  may have or have had  against  the  Issuing  Bank,  any  Lender or any
beneficiary  of a Letter of Credit  (other  than the  defense  of payment to the
Issuing Bank or a defense based on the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
the Issuing Bank).

     (b) The Borrower  also agrees with the Issuing  Bank and the Lenders  that,
subject to subsection 2.15(d),  neither the Issuing Bank nor any Lender shall be
responsible for, and the Borrower's  Reimbursement  Obligations under subsection
2.14(a)  shall not be affected  by,  among  other  things,  (i) the  validity or
genuineness  of  documents  or of any  endorsements  thereon,  even  though such
documents shall in fact prove to be invalid,  fraudulent or forged,  or (ii) any
dispute  between  or among the  Borrower  and any  beneficiary  of any Letter of
Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be  transferred  or
(iii) any claims  whatsoever  of the Borrower  against any  beneficiary  of such
Letter of Credit or any such transferee.

     (c) The  Issuing  Bank and the  Lenders  shall not be liable for any error,
omission,  interruption  or delay in  transmission,  dispatch or delivery of any
message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit,
except in the case of the Issuing Bank for errors,  omissions,  interruptions or
delays caused by the Issuing Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

     (d) The  Borrower  agrees  that any action  taken or omitted by the Issuing
Bank under or in connection  with any Letter of Credit or the related  drafts or
documents,  if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and
in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform  Customs,  and
to the extent not  inconsistent  therewith,  the Uniform  Commercial Code of the
State of New York,  shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any
liability of the Issuing Bank or any Lender to the Borrower.


<PAGE>

                                                                              34


     2.16 Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment
under any Letter of Credit,  the Issuing Bank shall,  within a  reasonable  time
after its receipt  thereof,  examine all  documents  purporting  to  represent a
demand for payment under such Letter of Credit to ascertain that the same appear
on their face to be in conformity  with the terms and  conditions of such Letter
of Credit.  The Issuing Bank shall also promptly notify the Borrower of the date
and amount thereof.  The  responsibility  of the Issuing Bank to the Borrower in
connection  with any draft  presented  for  payment  under any  Letter of Credit
shall,  in addition to any payment  obligation  expressly  provided  for in such
Letter of Credit,  be limited to determining that the documents  (including each
draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment
are in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

     2.17  Application.  To the extent  that any  provision  of any  Application
related  to any Letter of Credit is  inconsistent  with the  provisions  of this
Section 2, the provisions of this Section 2 shall apply.

     2.18  Quarterly  Reports.  The Issuing Bank shall  furnish to each Lender a
quarterly report with respect to Letters of Credit issued or outstanding  during
such quarter and any drawings thereunder.


        SECTION 3. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

     3.1 Optional and  Mandatory  Prepayments.  (a) The Borrower may at any time
and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part,  without premium or
penalty,  upon  irrevocable  notice to the  Administrative  Agent prior to 11:00
A.M., New York City time, one Business Day (or, in the case of Swing Line Loans,
by irrevocable notice to the  Administrative  Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City
time,  on the same Business  Day) in the case of ABR Loans,  and three  Business
Days'  irrevocable  notice  to  the  Administrative  Agent  in the  case  of the
Eurodollar  Loans,  prior to such prepayment,  specifying the date and amount of
prepayment  and whether the  prepayment is of Eurodollar  Loans,  ABR Loans or a
combination  thereof,  and, if of a combination thereof, the amount allocable to
each. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall notify each
affected  Lender  thereof  on the date of receipt  of such  notice.  If any such
notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on
the date  specified  therein,  together  with any  amounts  payable  pursuant to
subsection  3.11.  Partial  prepayments  and  accompanying   reductions  in  the
Revolving Credit  Commitments  (except (x) in the case of Swing Line Loans which
shall be in  accordance  with  subsection  2.7 and (y) in the case of  Revolving
Credit Loans under subsection 2.14(c)) shall be in an aggregate principal amount
of at least $500,000.

     (b) Unless the Required  Lenders  otherwise  agree,  the  Revolving  Credit
Commitments  shall be  permanently  reduced with (i) 100% of the Net Proceeds of
any Equity  Offering by Holdings or any incurrence of  Indebtedness  by any Loan
Party on or after  the  Closing  Date  (other  than any  Indebtedness  permitted
pursuant to  subsection  7.2),  provided  however  that, in the case of a Public
Equity  Offering by Holdings,  the Net Proceeds may be used at the discretion of
Holdings  and  the  Borrower,   including  without  limitation  to  (u)  redeem,
repurchase,  defease or prepay or retire the PIK  Preferred  or other  preferred
stock of


<PAGE>

                                                                              35


Holdings or the Senior Subordinated Notes or to permanently reduce the Revolving
Credit Commitments, (v) make investments in foreign subsidiaries as permitted by
subsection 7.9(d), (w) pay dividends as permitted by subsection 7.7(d), (x) make
Permitted  Acquisitions  as  permitted  by  subsection  7.9(g),  (y) make  other
Investments  as  permitted  by  subsection   7.9(j)(ii)  and  (z)  make  capital
expenditures to the extent excluded from the definition of Capital  Expenditures
by clause (vi) thereof;  provided that Net Proceeds of any Equity Offering shall
not be required to be applied to permanently reduce Revolving Credit Commitments
pursuant to this subsection  until such time as the aggregate amount of such Net
Proceeds  not yet applied  exceeds  $250,000 and (ii) 50% of the Net Proceeds of
any  Asset  Sale  by  the  Borrower  or  any of  its  Subsidiaries  pursuant  to
subsections  7.6(a)  (except to the extent  that the assets  disposed of in such
Asset Sale are replaced with  Replacement  Assets within 360 days  following the
date of such Asset Sale) and 7.6(b),  in each case,  to the extent that such Net
Proceeds realized from any such Asset Sale (or series of related Asset Sales) in
any fiscal year are greater than $1,000,000;  provided Net Proceeds of any Asset
Sale shall not be required to be applied to permanently  reduce Revolving Credit
Commitments  pursuant to this subsection until such time as the aggregate amount
of such Net Proceeds above  $1,000,000 not yet applied  exceeds  $250,000.  Each
such  reduction  shall be made on or before the date which is ten Business  Days
after the date any Loan Party receives such Net Proceeds.

     (c) If, after giving  effect to any  permanent  reduction in the  Revolving
Credit Commitments pursuant to subsection 2.4 or 3.1(b), the aggregate principal
amount of the Revolving  Credit Loans then  outstanding,  when added to the then
outstanding  L/C  Obligations  and Swing Line Loans,  would exceed the Revolving
Credit Commitments as so reduced, then the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line
Loans shall be prepaid and the Letters of Credit shall be cash collateralized or
replaced to the extent of such  excess.  Amounts to be applied  pursuant to this
subsection  3.1(c) to the prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans and/or Swing Line
Loans shall be applied,  as applicable,  first to reduce  outstanding  Revolving
Credit Loans and/or Swing Line Loans which are ABR Loans. Any amounts  remaining
after each such application shall, at the option of the Borrower,  be applied to
prepay  Revolving  Credit Loans which are Eurodollar  Loans  immediately  and/or
shall  be  deposited  in  the  Prepayment   Account  (as  defined  below).   The
Administrative  Agent shall apply any cash deposited in the  Prepayment  Account
allocable to Revolving  Credit Loans to prepay  Revolving Credit Loans which are
Eurodollar  Loans,  in each  case on the  last  day of the  respective  Interest
Periods  therefor (or, at the  direction of the  Borrower,  on any earlier date)
until all  outstanding  Revolving  Credit Loans which are Eurodollar  Loans have
been prepaid or until all cash on deposit in the Prepayment Account  (including,
without limitation, interest earned thereon) with respect to such Loans has been
exhausted.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the term "Prepayment Account" shall
mean an  account  established  by the  Administrative  Agent and over  which the
Administrative  Agent shall have exclusive  dominion and control,  including the
right of withdrawal for application in accordance  with this subsection  3.1(c).
The Administrative Agent will, at the request of the Borrower, invest amounts on
deposit in the Prepayment  Account in Cash  Equivalents that mature prior to the
last  day of the  applicable  Interest  Periods  of the  Eurodollar  Loans to be
prepaid,  provided  that (i) the  Administrative  Agent shall not be required to
make any  investment  that,  in its sole  judgment,  would  require or cause the
Administrative Agent to be in, or would result in any, violation of any


<PAGE>

                                                                              36


Requirement of Law and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to
invest  amounts on deposit  in the  Prepayment  Account if a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  The Borrower shall indemnify the
Administrative  Agent for any losses  relating  to the  investments  so that the
amount  available to prepay  Eurodollar  Loans on the last day of the applicable
Interest  Periods  therefor  is not less than the  amount  that  would have been
available had no investments  been made.  Other than any interest earned on such
investments,  the  Prepayment  Account  shall  not bear  interest.  Interest  or
profits,  if any, on such  investments  shall be deposited  and  reinvested  and
disbursed as described  above. If the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated
pursuant to Section 10, the  Administrative  Agent shall first apply all amounts
on deposit in the Prepayment Account to prepay any outstanding  Revolving Credit
Loans and/or Swing Line Loans and, second, to cash collateralize any outstanding
Letters of Credit.  Until  funds in the  Prepayment  Account  are applied to the
prepayment  of any Loans,  such  Loans  shall  continue  to be  outstanding  and
interest shall  continue to accrue  thereon.  The Borrower  hereby grants to the
Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Lenders, a security
interest in the Prepayment Account to secure the Obligations.

     3.2 Conversion and  Continuation  Options.  (a) The Borrower may elect from
time  to  time  to  convert   Eurodollar  Loans  to  ABR  Loans  by  giving  the
Administrative  Agent at least one Business  Day's prior  irrevocable  notice of
such election, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be
made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto (or on any other
day if on the date of such  conversion  the Borrower pays to the  Administrative
Agent  for the  account  of the  applicable  Lenders  accrued  interest  on such
Eurodollar  Loans  to the date of such  conversion  together  with  all  amounts
payable  under  subsection  3.11).  The  Borrower may elect from time to time to
convert  ABR Loans to  Eurodollar  Loans by giving the  Administrative  Agent at
least three Business Days' prior irrevocable  notice of such election.  Any such
notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial
Interest Period or Interest  Periods  therefor.  Upon receipt of any such notice
the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. All
or any part of  outstanding  Eurodollar  Loans and ABR Loans may be converted as
provided  herein,  provided that (i) no Loan may be converted  into a Eurodollar
Loan  when  any  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing  and  the
Administrative  Agent has or the Required  Lenders have  determined  that such a
conversion  is  not  appropriate  and  (ii)  no  Loan  may be  converted  into a
Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior to the  Termination  Date
(in the case of conversions of Revolving Credit Loans).

     (b) Any  Eurodollar  Loans may be continued as such upon the  expiration of
the then current  Interest  Period with respect  thereto by the Borrower  giving
notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the term "Interest  Period" set forth in subsection 1.1, of the length of the
next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided that no Eurodollar
Loan may be  continued as such (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing  and  the  Administrative  Agent  has or the  Required  Lenders  have
determined  that such a continuation  is not  appropriate or (ii) after the date
that is one month prior to the Termination Date (in the case of continuations of
Revolving Credit Loans) and provided,  further,  that if the Borrower shall fail
to give such notice or if such


<PAGE>

                                                                              37


continuation is not permitted such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR
Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.

     3.3  Minimum  Amounts  and  Maximum  Number of  Tranches.  All  borrowings,
conversions and  continuations of Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest
Periods  hereunder  shall  be in  such  amounts  and be  made  pursuant  to such
elections so that, after giving effect thereto,  the aggregate  principal amount
of the Loans comprising each Eurodollar  Tranche shall be equal to $1,000,000 or
a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.  In no event shall there be more
than five Eurodollar Tranches outstanding at any time.

     3.4 Interest Rates and Payment Dates.  (a) Each  Eurodollar Loan shall bear
interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate
per  annum  equal  to the  Eurodollar  Rate  determined  for  such  day plus the
Applicable Margin.

     (b) Each ABR Loan shall bear  interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR
plus the Applicable Margin.

     (c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal  amount of any Loan,  (ii) any
interest  payable  thereon or (iii) any  commitment  fee or other amount payable
hereunder  shall  not be paid  when due  (whether  at the  stated  maturity,  by
acceleration or otherwise,  but taking into account any applicable  grace period
under  Section  10(a)),  such overdue  amount shall bear  interest at a rate per
annum  which is (x) in the  case of  overdue  principal,  the  rate  that  would
otherwise be applicable  thereto  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions of this
subsection  plus 2% or (y) in the case of overdue  interest,  commitment fees or
other amounts due and payable hereunder, the rate described in subsection 3.4(b)
plus 2%, in each case from the date of such  non-payment  until  such  amount is
paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

     (d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest  Payment Date and
the Termination  Date,  provided that interest  accruing  pursuant to subsection
3.4(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.

     3.5  Computation  of Interest and Fees.  (a)  Commitment  fees and interest
shall be  calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed,
except  that  whenever  interest is  calculated  on the basis of the Prime Rate,
interest  shall be  calculated  on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may
be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon
as   practicable   notify  the  Borrower  and  the  affected   Lenders  of  each
determination  of a Eurodollar  Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a Loan
resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement shall
become  effective  as of the opening of business on the day on which such change
becomes  effective.  The  Administrative  Agent shall,  as soon as  practicable,
notify the  Borrower  and the  affected  Lenders of the  effective  date and the
amount of each such change in interest rate.

     (b) Each  determination  of an interest  rate by the  Administrative  Agent
pursuant to any provision of this  Agreement  shall be conclusive and binding on
the   Borrower  and  the  Lenders  in  the  absence  of  manifest   error.   The
Administrative Agent shall, at the


<PAGE>

                                                                              38


request  of the  Borrower,  deliver  to the  Borrower a  statement  showing  the
quotations  used by the  Administrative  Agent in determining  any interest rate
pursuant to subsection 3.4(a).

     3.6 Inability to Determine  Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any
Interest Period:

          (a)  the   Administrative   Agent   shall   have   determined   (which
     determination  shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower)  that, by
     reason  of  circumstances  affecting  the  relevant  market,  adequate  and
     reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such
     Interest Period, or

          (b) the  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  notice  from the
     Required  Lenders that the Eurodollar  Rate  determined or to be determined
     for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to
     such  Lenders  (as  conclusively  certified  by such  Lenders) of making or
     maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the
Borrower and the affected  Lenders as soon as  practicable  thereafter.  If such
notice is given (x) any Eurodollar  Loans  requested to be made on the first day
of such Interest  Period shall be made as ABR Loans,  (y) any Loans that were to
have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans
shall  be  converted  to or  continued  as ABR  Loans  and (z)  any  outstanding
Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of such Interest Period, to
ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative  Agent, no
further  Eurodollar  Loans  shall be made or  continued  as such,  nor shall the
Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

     3.7  Pro  Rata  Treatment  and  Payments.   (a)  All  payments   (including
prepayments)  to be  made by the  Borrower  hereunder,  whether  on  account  of
principal,  interest,  fees  or  otherwise,  shall  be made  without  set off or
counterclaim  and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon,  New York City time, on the
due date thereof to the Administrative  Agent, for the account of the Lenders at
the  Administrative  Agent's office specified in subsection 12.2, in Dollars and
in immediately  available funds.  Payments received by the Administrative  Agent
after such time shall be deemed to have been  received on the next Business Day.
The Administrative  Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders entitled
to receive the same  promptly  upon  receipt in like funds as  received.  If any
payment  hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and
payable on a day other than a Business  Day,  such payment  shall be extended to
the next  succeeding  Business  Day, and, with respect to payments of principal,
interest  thereon  shall be  payable at the then  applicable  rate  during  such
extension.  If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day
other than a Business  Day, the maturity  thereof  shall be extended to the next
succeeding  Business Day (and,  with respect to payments of principal,  interest
shall be payable  thereon at the then  applicable  rate during  such  extension)
unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another
calendar  month,  in which event such payment  shall be made on the  immediately
preceding  Business  Day.  If, and to the extent  that,  on any Business Day the
Administrative Agent receives any payment hereunder or under


<PAGE>

                                                                              39


the other Loan Documents  (including any such payment representing a realization
upon the  Collateral),  and such  payment is not  sufficient  to pay in full all
principal,  interest and fees then due and payable hereunder, the Administrative
Agent shall apply such payment ratably to all such amounts then due and payable.

     (b) Unless the Administrative  Agent shall have been notified in writing by
any Lender  prior to a borrowing  that such Lender will not make the amount that
would constitute its portion of such borrowing  available to the  Administrative
Agent,  the  Administrative  Agent may assume  that such  Lender is making  such
amount available to the Administrative  Agent, and the Administrative Agent may,
in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding
amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative  Agent by the
required  time on the  Borrowing  Date  therefor,  such Lender  shall pay to the
Administrative  Agent,  on demand,  such amount with interest  thereon at a rate
equal to the daily  average  Federal Funds  Effective  Rate for the period until
such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.
A certificate of the  Administrative  Agent submitted to any Lender with respect
to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error. If such Lender's portion of such borrowing is not made available
to the  Administrative  Agent by such Lender within three  Business Days of such
Borrowing Date, the Administrative  Agent shall also be entitled to recover such
amount  with  interest  thereon  at the rate per  annum  applicable  to the Loan
resulting from such borrowing hereunder,  on demand, from the Borrower,  without
prejudice to any right or claim the Borrower may have against such Lender.

     (c) Each borrowing by the Borrower of Revolving  Credit Loans shall be made
ratably from  Lenders,  in accordance  with their  Revolving  Credit  Commitment
Percentages.  Any reduction of the Revolving  Credit  Commitments  shall be made
ratably among the Lenders, in accordance with their respective  Revolving Credit
Commitment Percentages.

     3.8 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption
of or  any  change  in any  Requirement  of  Law  or in  the  interpretation  or
application  thereof  shall make it unlawful  for any Lender to make or maintain
Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement,  then such Lender shall give
notice of such  illegality to the  Administrative  Agent and the Borrower.  Upon
such adoption or change,  (a) the  commitment  of such Lender  hereunder to make
Eurodollar  Loans,  continue  Eurodollar  Loans as such and convert ABR Loans to
Eurodollar  Loans shall  forthwith be  suspended  until such time as it shall no
longer be  unlawful  for such  Lender to make or  maintain  Eurodollar  Loans as
contemplated  by this Agreement and (b) such Lender's Loans then  outstanding as
Eurodollar  Loans, if any, shall be converted  automatically to ABR Loans on the
respective last days of the then current  Interest  Periods with respect to such
Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. Any Lender giving notice
pursuant  to  the  first   sentence  of  this   subsection   shall   notify  the
Administrative  Agent and the Borrower at such time as the circumstances  giving
rise to the initial notice shall cease to exist.

     3.9  Requirements  of Law.  (a) If the  adoption  of or any  change  in any
Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance
by any Lender with any request or directive  (whether or not having the force of
law) from any


<PAGE>

                                                                              40


central bank or other  Governmental  Authority,  in each case made subsequent to
the date hereof or, in the case of a  Transferee,  to the same extent as that of
the transferor prior to the transfer or subsequent to the date of transfer:

          (i) shall  subject any Lender to any tax of any kind  whatsoever  with
     respect to this Agreement,  any Note, any Letter of Credit, any Application
     or any  Eurodollar  Loan  made by it, or change  the basis of  taxation  of
     payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded  Taxes,
     changes in the rate of tax on the  overall  net  income of such  Lender and
     taxes  imposed  as a result of any  future,  present  or former  connection
     between  such Lender and the  jurisdiction  of the  Governmental  Authority
     imposing such tax or any political  subdivision or taxing authority thereof
     or therein (other than any such connection  arising solely from such Lender
     having  executed,  delivered or  performed  its  obligations  or received a
     payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any Note));

          (ii) shall  impose,  modify or hold  applicable  any reserve,  special
     deposit,  compulsory  loan or similar  requirement  against assets held by,
     deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances,  loans or
     other  extensions of credit by, or any other  acquisition  of funds by, any
     office of such Lender which is not otherwise  included in the determination
     of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

          (iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the  foregoing  is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into,
continuing  or  maintaining  Eurodollar  Loans or  issuing or  participating  in
Letters  of Credit or to reduce  any  amount  receivable  hereunder  in  respect
thereof,  then, in any such case,  the Borrower  shall,  within 20 Business Days
after  receipt by the Borrower of such Lender's  written  demand (with a copy to
the Administrative  Agent), pay such Lender such additional amount or amounts as
will   compensate  such  Lender  for  such  increased  cost  or  reduced  amount
receivable. If any Lender has demanded compensation under this subsection 3.9(a)
with  respect to any  Eurodollar  Loan,  the  Borrower  shall have the option to
convert   immediately   such   Eurodollar  Loan  into  an  ABR  Loan  until  the
circumstances  giving  rise to such  demand for  compensation  no longer  apply;
provided,  that (i) no such conversion shall affect the Borrower's obligation to
pay  compensation  as provided  herein  which is due with  respect to the period
prior to such  conversion  and (ii) on the date of such  conversion the Borrower
shall pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the benefit of the  relevant  Lender
accrued interest on such Eurodollar Loan to the date of conversion.

     (b) If any Lender shall have  determined that the adoption of or any change
in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or
application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation  controlling
such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or
not having the force of law) from any Governmental  Authority, in each case made
subsequent  to the date  hereof,  shall have the effect of reducing  the rate of
return on such Lender's or such  corporation's  capital as a consequence  of its
obligations hereunder or under, or in respect of, any Letter of Credit to a


<PAGE>

                                                                              41


level below that which such Lender or such  corporation  could have achieved but
for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's
or such  corporation's  policies with respect to capital  adequacy) by an amount
material to such Lender, or such corporation,  then from time to time, within 10
Business  Days after  receipt by the Borrower of such  Lender's  written  demand
therefor (with a copy to the  Administrative  Agent),  the Borrower shall pay to
such Lender such additional  amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or
such corporation for such reduction.

     (c) If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant
to  subsection  3.9(a) or (b),  it shall  promptly  give  written  notice to the
Borrower  (with a copy to the  Administrative  Agent)  specifying  in reasonable
detail the event by reason of which it has become so entitled  and the method of
calculating  the amounts to which it claims to be entitled.  A certificate as to
any additional  amounts payable  pursuant to this  subsection  submitted by such
Lender  to the  Borrower  (with a copy to the  Administrative  Agent)  shall  be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall not be obligated
to compensate any Lender  pursuant to this  subsection 3.9 for amounts  accruing
prior to the date which is 90 days before such Lender  notifies  the Borrower of
such event.  The agreements in this subsection  shall survive the termination of
this  Agreement  and the  payment  of the Loans and all  other  amounts  payable
hereunder.

     3.10 Taxes.  (a) All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement and
any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without  deduction or withholding
for or on  account  of,  any  present or future  income,  stamp or other  taxes,
levies,  imposts,  duties,  charges,  fees,  deductions or withholdings,  now or
hereafter imposed, levied,  collected,  withheld or assessed by any Governmental
Authority, excluding net income taxes, franchise taxes and capital taxes imposed
on the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender (or  Transferee)  as a result of any
future,  present or former connection between the  Administrative  Agent or such
Lender  (or  Transferee)  and the  jurisdiction  of the  Governmental  Authority
imposing such tax or any political  subdivision or taxing  authority  thereof or
therein (other than any such connection  arising solely from the  Administrative
Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) having executed, delivered or performed its
obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any Note
or any other Loan Document).  If any such non-excluded taxes,  levies,  imposts,
duties,  charges,  fees, deductions or withholdings  ("Non-Excluded  Taxes") are
required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative  Agent or
any Lender (or  Transferee)  hereunder or under any Note, the amounts so payable
to the  Administrative  Agent or such Lender (or Transferee)  shall be increased
("increased amounts") by the amounts necessary so that after making all required
deductions and withholdings (including,  without limitation,  the payment of all
Non-Excluded  Taxes) the  Administrative  Agent or such  Lender (or  Transferee)
receives  the amounts  equal to the interest or any such other  amounts  payable
hereunder at the rates or in the amounts  specified in this Agreement.  Whenever
any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower,  the Borrower shall promptly
send to the Administrative  Agent for its own account or for the account of such
Lender (or  Transferee),  as the case may be, a  certified  copy of an  original
official  receipt  received by the  Borrower  showing  payment  thereof or other
evidence of  remittance  of  Non-Excluded  Taxes  reasonably  acceptable  to the
Administrative  Agent. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded  Taxes when
due to the appropriate taxing authority


<PAGE>

                                                                              42


or fails to remit to the  Administrative  Agent the  required  receipts or other
reasonably acceptable evidence,  the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes,  interest or penalties that may
become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such
failure.  The  Borrower  will  indemnify  each  Lender (or  Transferee)  and the
Administrative  Agent for the amount of  Non-Excluded  Taxes paid by such Lender
(or  Transferee)  or the  Administrative  Agent,  as the  case  may be,  and any
liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with
respect  thereto.  The  agreements  in this  subsection  3.10 shall  survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts
payable hereunder.

     (b) Each Lender (and each Transferee) that is not incorporated or organized
under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof shall:

          (i) in the case of a Lender  or a  Transferee  that is a "bank"  under
     Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code:

               (A) on or before  the date it  becomes a party to this  Agreement
          (or,  in the case of a Loan  Participant,  on or before  the date such
          Loan  Participant  becomes  a Loan  Participant  hereunder)  and on or
          before the date,  if any,  such  Lender (or  Transferee)  changes  its
          applicable lending office by designating a different lending office (a
          "New Lending Office"),  deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative
          Agent (y) two properly  completed and duly  executed  copies of United
          States  Internal  Revenue  Service  Form  1001 or 4224,  or  successor
          applicable  form,  as the case  may be,  and (z) an  Internal  Revenue
          Service Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may
          be;

               (B)  deliver to the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent two
          further  properly  completed and duly executed copies of any such form
          or  certification  on or  before  the  date  that  any  such  form  or
          certification  expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of
          any  event  requiring  a change  in the most  recent  form  previously
          delivered by it to the Borrower or upon the request of the Borrower or
          the Administrative Agent; and

               (C) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such
          forms  or  certifications  as  may  reasonably  be  requested  by  the
          Borrower;

          (ii) in the  case of a  Lender  or a  Transferee  that is not a "bank"
     under Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code:

               (A) on or before  the date it  becomes a party to this  Agreement
          (or,  in the  case of a Loan  Participant,  on or the date  such  Loan
          Participant  becomes  a Loan  Participant  hereunder)  deliver  to the
          Borrower and the Administrative  Agent (I) a statement under penalties
          of  perjury  that  such  Lender  (w) is  not a  "bank"  under  Section
          881(c)(3)(A)  of the Code, is not subject to regulatory or other legal
          requirements as a bank in any  jurisdiction,  and has not been treated
          as a bank for purposes of any tax,  securities  law or other filing or
          submission


<PAGE>

                                                                              43



          made to any Governmental  Authority,  any application made to a rating
          agency or qualification for any exemption from tax,  securities law or
          other legal requirements,  (x) is not a 10-percent  shareholder within
          the  meaning  of  Section  881(c)(3)(B)  of  the  Code,  (y)  is not a
          controlled  foreign  corporation  receiving  interest  from a  related
          person within the meaning of Section  881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (z)
          is  not a  "conduit  entity"  within  the  meaning  of  U.S.  Treasury
          Regulations  Section  1.881-3 and (II) a properly  completed  and duly
          executed  Internal  Revenue  Service Form W-8 or applicable  successor
          form;

               (B)  deliver to the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent two
          further properly  completed and duly executed copies of said Form W-8,
          or any successor  applicable  form on or before the date that any such
          Form W-8 expires or becomes  obsolete or after the  occurrence  of any
          event requiring a change in the most recent form previously  delivered
          by it to the Borrower or upon the request of the Borrower; and

               (C) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such
          forms or certifications as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower
          or the Administrative Agent;

unless in any such case any change in law or regulation has occurred  subsequent
to the date such Lender (or Transferee)  became a party to this Agreement (or in
the case of a Loan  Participant,  the date such Loan  Participant  became a Loan
Participant  hereunder) which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would
prevent such Lender from  properly  completing  and executing any such form with
respect to it and such Lender so advises  the  Borrower  and the  Administrative
Agent in writing no later than 15 calendar days before any payment  hereunder or
under any Note is due. Each such Lender (and each such Transferee) shall certify
(i) in the case of a Form 1001 or 4224, that it is entitled to receive  payments
under this  Agreement  without  deduction or  withholding  of any United  States
federal  income  taxes  and  (ii)  in the  case of a Form  W-8 or W-9  delivered
pursuant to  subsection  3.10(b)(i),  that it is entitled to an  exemption  from
United States backup withholding tax.

     (c) The  Borrower  shall  not be  required  to  indemnify  any  Lender  (or
Transferee),  or to pay any increased  amounts to any Lender (or  Transferee) in
respect of any Non-Excluded  Tax, pursuant to this subsection 3.10 to the extent
that (i) any  obligation  to  withhold  or deduct  amounts  with  respect to tax
existed on the date such Lender (or Transferee) became a party to this Agreement
(or, in the case of a Transferee  that is a Loan  Participant,  on the date such
Loan  Participant  became a Loan  Participant  hereunder)  or,  with  respect to
payments  to a  New  Lending  Office,  the  date  such  Lender  (or  Transferee)
designated  such New Lending Office with respect to a Loan;  provided,  however,
that this clause (i) shall not apply to any  Transferee  or New  Lending  Office
that becomes a Transferee  or New Lending  Office as a result of an  assignment,
participation,  transfer  or  designation  made at the  written  request  of the
Borrower,  or (ii) any Lender (or  Transferee)  fails to comply in full with the
provisions of subsection 3.10(b) hereof.


<PAGE>

                                                                              44


     (d) If a Lender (or  Transferee) or the  Administrative  Agent shall become
aware that it is  entitled to claim a refund from a  Governmental  Authority  in
respect  of  Non-Excluded  Taxes  as to which  it has  been  indemnified  by the
Borrower,  or with  respect to which the Borrower  has paid  increased  amounts,
pursuant to this  subsection  3.10, it shall promptly notify the Borrower of the
availability of such refund claim and shall make the  appropriate  claim to such
Governmental  Authority  for such  refund.  If a Lender (or  Transferee)  or the
Administrative Agent receives a refund (including pursuant to a claim for refund
made pursuant to the preceding  sentence) in respect of any  Non-Excluded Tax as
to which it has been  indemnified by the Borrower,  or with respect to which the
Borrower has paid increased amounts,  pursuant to this subsection 3.10, it shall
within  30 days  from  the date of such  receipt  pay over  such  refund  to the
Borrower,  net of all  out-of-pocket  third-party  expenses  of such  Lender (or
Transferee) or the Administrative Agent.

     3.11  Indemnity.  The Borrower  agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold
each Lender  harmless  from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or
incur as a  direct  consequence  of (a)  default  by the  Borrower  in  making a
borrowing of,  conversion  into or  continuation  of Eurodollar  Loans after the
Borrower  has  given a  notice  requesting  the  same  in  accordance  with  the
provisions  of this  Agreement,  (b)  default  by the  Borrower  in  making  any
prepayment of Eurodollar  Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  or (c) the  making  of a
prepayment of Eurodollar  Loans or converting any Eurodollar  Loans to ABR Loans
on a day which is not the last day of an Interest  Period with respect  thereto.
Such  indemnification  may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i)
the amount of  interest  which  would  have  accrued on the amount so prepaid or
converted, or not so borrowed,  converted or continued,  for the period from the
date of such  prepayment or conversion or of such failure to borrow,  convert or
continue to the last day of such  Interest  Period (or, in the case of a failure
to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on
the date of such  failure) in each case at the  applicable  rate of interest for
such Loans provided for herein  (excluding the Applicable  Margin) over (ii) the
amount of interest (as  reasonably  determined  by such Lender) which would have
accrued to such  Lender on such  amount by placing  such amount on deposit for a
comparable period with leading banks in the interbank  eurodollar  market.  This
covenant shall survive the  termination of this Agreement and the payment of the
Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

     3.12 Change of Lending Office;  Filing of  Certificates or Documents.  Each
Lender  agrees that if it makes any demand for payment,  or becomes  entitled to
any increased amounts, under subsection 3.9 or 3.10 or if any adoption or change
of the type  described in subsection 3.8 shall occur with respect to it, it will
use  reasonable  efforts  (consistent  with its  internal  policy  and legal and
regulatory restrictions and so long as such efforts would not be disadvantageous
to it, as determined in its sole  discretion)  to designate a different  lending
office or file any  certificate or document  reasonably  requested in writing by
the Borrower if such action would reduce or obviate the need for the Borrower to
make  payments  under  subsection  3.9 or 3.10 or would  eliminate or reduce the
effect of any adoption or change described in subsection 3.8.


<PAGE>

                                                                              45



     3.13  Replacement  Lenders.  In the  event  that (a) the  Borrower  becomes
obligated to pay additional  amounts or increased amounts to, or receives notice
from, any Lender pursuant to subsection 3.8, 3.9 or 3.10 and such Lender has not
theretofore  removed or cured the  conditions  which result in the obligation to
pay  such  additional  amounts  or  increased  amounts,  or (b) any  Lender  has
defaulted in its obligation to make Loans  hereunder,  then the Borrower may, on
ten Business  Days' prior written  notice to the  Administrative  Agent and such
Lender,  cause  such  Lender to (and  such  Lender  shall)  assign  pursuant  to
subsection  12.6(c) all of its rights and  obligations  under this  Agreement to
another bank or financial institution which is willing to become a Lender and is
acceptable  (which  acceptance  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld)  to  the
Administrative  Agent,  for a purchase price equal to the outstanding  principal
amount of the Loans payable to such Lender plus any accrued but unpaid  interest
on such  Loans,  any  accrued  but  unpaid  commitment  fees in  respect of such
Lender's  Commitment  and any other  amounts  payable to such Lender  under this
Agreement (including, without limitation, amounts payable under subsections 3.9,
3.10 and 3.11).


                    SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     To induce  the  Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders  to enter  into this
Agreement  and to make the Loans  and issue or  participate  in the  Letters  of
Credit,   Holdings  and  the  Borrower  hereby  represent  and  warrant  to  the
Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

     4.1  Financial  Condition.  (a) Except as set forth on  Schedule  4.1,  the
combined  audited balance sheet of the Companies as at December 31, 1995 and the
related  consolidated  statements  of income and cash flows for the fiscal  year
ended on such  date,  audited  by  Deloitte  & Touche  LLP,  a copy of which has
heretofore been furnished to each Lender, present fairly in accordance with GAAP
the  combined  financial  condition of the  Companies  as at such date,  and the
combined  results  of their  operations  and their  combined  cash flows for the
fiscal year then ended.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1, all such financial
statements  have been  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP  applied  consistently
throughout the periods  involved  (except as approved by such accountants and as
disclosed  therein).  None of the Companies had at the date of the balance sheet
referred to above, any material Guarantee  Obligation,  contingent  liability or
liability  for taxes,  or any  long-term  lease or unusual  forward or long-term
commitment, including, without limitation, any material interest rate or foreign
currency swap or exchange  transaction,  which is not reflected in the foregoing
statements  or in the  notes  thereto  or  expressly  permitted  to be  incurred
hereunder.

     (b) Except as set forth on Schedule  4.1, the  unaudited  combined  balance
sheet of the  Companies,  as at September 30, 1996 and the related  consolidated
statement of income,  certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, a copy
of which has  heretofore  been  furnished  to each  Lender,  presents  fairly in
accordance  with GAAP the combined  financial  condition of the  Companies as at
such date and the combined  results of their  operations  for the fiscal quarter
then ended.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1, such balance sheet,  including
the related  schedules and notes thereto,  have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP (except as approved by such  Responsible  Officer and  disclosed  therein).
None of the


<PAGE>

                                                                              46


Companies or ARP had at the date of such balance sheet,  any material  Guarantee
Obligation,  contingent liability or liability for taxes, or any long-term lease
or unusual forward or long-term commitment,  including,  without limitation, any
interest rate or foreign currency exchange  transaction,  which is not reflected
in such balance sheet or in the notes thereto or in the  Prospectus  (as defined
in subsection 4.19).

     (c) The unaudited  consolidated pro forma balance sheet of the Borrower and
its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  as  of  September  30,  1996,  certified  by a
Responsible  Officer of the Borrower (the "Pro Forma Balance Sheet"),  copies of
which have been furnished to each Lender,  is the unaudited balance sheet of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,  adjusted to give effect (as if such
events had  occurred  on such date) to (i) the  incurrence  of the Loans and the
issuance of the Letters of Credit to be incurred or issued,  as the case may be,
on the  Closing  Date and  (ii) the  Recapitalization,  and the  payment  of all
amounts  the  Borrower  and  its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  expect  to  pay in
connection with the Recapitalization. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet, together with
the notes thereto,  were prepared based on good faith  assumptions in accordance
with GAAP and are based on the best information available to the Borrower, as of
the date of delivery  thereof,  and  reflect on a pro forma basis the  financial
position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,  as of September 30,
1996, as adjusted, as described above, assuming that the events specified in the
preceding sentence had actually occurred as of September 30, 1996.

     4.2 No Change. (a) Since December 31, 1995, except as set forth in Schedule
4.6, there has been no development, event or circumstance which has had or could
reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  and (b) during the
period from  December 31, 1995,  to and  including  the date of this  Agreement,
except  in  connection  with the  Transactions  or the  Recapitalization,  or as
otherwise  set forth in Schedule 4.2, no dividends or other  distributions  have
been  declared,  paid or made upon the  Capital  Stock of Holdings or any of the
Companies or any of their  consolidated  Subsidiaries nor has any of the Capital
Stock  of  Holdings  or any  of the  Companies  or  any  of  their  consolidated
Subsidiaries been redeemed,  retired,  purchased or otherwise acquired for value
by any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries.

     4.3  Existence;  Compliance  with Law.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.3
each Loan Party (a) is duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing
under the laws of the  jurisdiction of its  organization,  (b) has the power and
authority to own and operate its property,  to lease the property it operates as
lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly
qualified  or licensed to do business as a foreign  entity and in good  standing
under the laws of each jurisdiction  where its ownership,  lease or operation of
property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except where
the failure to be so qualified  and/or in good standing,  in the aggregate could
not  reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect and (d) is in
compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to
comply  therewith could not, in the aggregate,  reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     4.4 Power; Authorization;  Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the
power and authority,  and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan
Documents to


<PAGE>

                                                                              47


which it is a party and, in the case of the  Borrower,  to borrow and obtain the
Extensions of Credit  hereunder.  Each Loan Party has taken all necessary action
to  authorize  the  Extensions  of Credit on the  terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement and any Notes and to authorize the execution, delivery and performance
by it of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. No consent or  authorization
of,  filing with,  notice to or other act by or in respect of, any  Governmental
Authority  or any other  Person is  required  to be obtained or made by any Loan
Party  in  connection  with  the  Recapitalization,  the  Extensions  of  Credit
hereunder, the execution,  delivery or performance by each applicable Loan Party
or the validity or  enforceability  with respect to or against any Loan Party of
the Loan Documents to which it is a party or with the  continuing  operations of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  other than (i) consents,  authorizations  and
filings in  connection  with the  Recapitalization  (x) which are required to be
obtained  or made and are in full force and effect  (each of which are listed on
Schedule  4.4) or (y) which are not  required  to be  obtained  or made prior to
consummation  of the  Recapitalization  and are  listed on  Schedule  4.4 or (z)
which,  if not  obtained  or made,  could not  reasonably  be expected to have a
Material  Adverse Effect,  (ii) the filing of Uniform  Commercial Code financing
statements  and filings with the United States  Patent and Trademark  Office and
the United  States  Copyright  Office to perfect the  security  interests of the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in the Collateral that can
be  perfected by such  filings,  (iii)  recordation  of the  Mortgages  and (iv)
consents,  authorizations and filings in connection with enforcement of the Loan
Documents.  This  Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document will be, duly
executed  and  delivered  on behalf of each Loan Party that is a party hereto or
thereto. This Agreement constitutes,  and each other Loan Document when executed
and delivered will  constitute,  a legal,  valid and binding  obligation of each
Loan Party that is a party hereto or thereto enforceable against such Loan Party
in  accordance  with its  terms,  except as  enforceability  may be  limited  by
applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or similar laws
affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  generally  and  by  general
equitable  principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or
at law).

     4.5 No Legal Bar.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of the Loan
Documents,  the  Extensions  of  Credit  hereunder  and the use of the  proceeds
thereof by each applicable Loan Party will not violate any Requirement of Law or
Contractual  Obligation of any Loan Party which could  reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in, or require,  the creation
or  imposition  of any  Lien on any of its or  their  respective  properties  or
revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation other
than as contemplated in or permitted by the Loan Documents.

     4.6 No  Material  Litigation.  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  4.6,  no
litigation,  investigation  (of which the  Borrower  or  Holdings  has been made
aware) or proceeding of or before any  arbitrator or  Governmental  Authority is
pending or, to the  knowledge  of the  Borrower or  Holdings,  threatened  by or
against any Loan Party or against any of their respective properties or revenues
(a)  with  respect  to any  of the  Loan  Documents  or any of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or thereby or (b) which has a reasonable  likelihood  of an
adverse determination, and if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.


<PAGE>

                                                                              48


     4.7 No Default. No Loan Party is in default under or with respect to any of
its Contractual Obligations in any respect which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing.

     4.8  Ownership  of  Property;  Liens.  To the  best  of each  Loan  Party's
knowledge,  after giving effect to the Recapitalization,  each Loan Party has or
will  have  good  record  and  marketable  title in fee  simple  to,  or a valid
leasehold  interest in, all its real property  except for such matters as do not
materially  adversely  affect  the use of such  property  in the  conduct of the
business as currently conducted, and own, or hold a valid leasehold interest in,
all its other  material  property,  and none of such  property is subject to any
Lien except as permitted by subsection 7.3.

     4.9 Intellectual Property.  Schedule 4.9 sets forth as of the Closing Date,
a  true  and  complete   list  of  all  material   trademarks   (registered   or
unregistered),  trade  names,  service  marks and  copyrights  and  applications
therefor  owned,  used  or  filed  by  or  licensed  to  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries in the United States (after giving effect to the  Recapitalization)
and,  with respect to  registered  trademarks  (if any),  contains a list of all
registration and application  numbers.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.9, the
Borrower or a Subsidiary (after giving effect to the  Recapitalization)  owns or
has the  right to use,  without  payment  to any  other  party,  the  trademarks
(registered  or  unregistered),  trade  names,  service  marks,  copyrights  and
applications  therefor  referred  to in such  Schedule.  Except  as set forth on
Schedule 4.9, to the best  knowledge of the  Borrower,  no claims are pending by
any  Person  with  respect to the  ownership,  validity,  enforceability  or the
Borrower's  or any  Subsidiary's  use  of any  such  trademarks  (registered  or
unregistered),  trade names, service marks, copyrights, or applications therefor
or  challenging  or  questioning  the  validity or  effectiveness  of any of the
foregoing, in the United States.

     4.10 No Burdensome Restrictions. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 or as
disclosed in the  Prospectus,  no Requirement  of Law or Contractual  Obligation
applicable  to any Loan Party  could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     4.11 Taxes.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11 Holdings and the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries  have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns which, to
the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  are required to
be filed and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said  returns or
on any  assessments  made  against it or any of its  property in respect of such
periods and all other material taxes imposed on it or any of its property by any
Governmental Authority (other than any taxes the amount or validity of which are
being  contested in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and with respect to
which  reserves in  conformity  with GAAP have been provided on the books of the
applicable  Loan Party and other than any taxes which in the aggregate would not
have a Material Adverse Effect), in respect of such periods.

     4.12 Federal  Regulations.  No Letter of Credit and no part of the proceeds
of any Loans will be used for "buying" or "carrying"  any "margin  stock" within
the  respective  meanings  of each of the quoted  terms  under  Regulation  G or
Regulation U as now and from time to time  hereafter in effect.  If requested by
any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the


<PAGE>

                                                                              49


Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to
the foregoing  effect in conformity  with the  requirements of FR Form G-1 or FR
Form U-1 referred to in Regulation G or Regulation U, as the case may be.

     4.13 ERISA.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  4.13,  neither a  Reportable
Event nor an "accumulated funding deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 412
of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred  during the  five-year  period
prior to the date on which  this  representation  is made or  deemed  made  with
respect to any Plan,  and each Plan has complied in all material  respects  with
the  applicable  provisions of ERISA and the Code,  except where,  in connection
with any such event or  noncompliance,  the  liability  which would be likely to
result could not be reasonably  expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect.  No
termination of a Single  Employer Plan has occurred  except where, in connection
with any such  termination,  the liability which would be likely to result could
not be reasonably  expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no Lien which
remains  unsatisfied  in favor of the PBGC or a Plan  has  arisen,  during  such
five-year  period.  The present value of all accrued  benefits under each Single
Employer Plan (based on those  assumptions  used to fund such Plans) did not, as
of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation
is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to
such accrued benefits by an amount in excess of $1,000,000. Neither the Borrower
nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from
any Multiemployer  Plan; neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity
would become  subject to any  liability  under ERISA if the Borrower or any such
Commonly  Controlled  Entity were to withdraw  completely from all Multiemployer
Plans as of the  valuation  date most closely  preceding  the date on which this
representation  is made or deemed  made;  and no such  Multiemployer  Plan is in
Reorganization or Insolvent, except where, in any such case, the liability which
would be likely to result  could not be  reasonably  expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     4.14  Investment  Company  Act;  Other  Regulations.  No Loan  Party  is an
"investment  company" within the meaning of the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
as amended. The Borrower is not subject to regulation under any Federal or State
statute or  regulation  (other than  Regulation  X) which  limits its ability to
incur Indebtedness as contemplated herein.

     4.15  Subsidiaries.  As of the Closing Date and after giving  effect to the
Recapitalization,  Holdings has no direct  Subsidiaries other than the Borrower,
and the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than ARP.

     4.16 Purpose of Loans.  The proceeds of the  Revolving  Credit Loans and/or
Swing Line Loans shall be used to provide for the working  capital  requirements
of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  on or after  the  Closing  Date and for
general corporate purposes,  which include:  (i) up to $35,000,000 for Permitted
Acquisitions in the aggregate subject to reduction as provided below; (ii) up to
$20,000,000  ("Recapitalization  Loans") to enable the  Borrower  on the Closing
Date to repay  outstanding Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement if the
net proceeds of the IPO and available cash of the Borrower are  insufficient for
such  purpose;  (iii)  amounts  used to make  Repurchase  Payments  and (iv) the
payment of a


<PAGE>

                                                                              50


tax adjustment  relating to the Stock Purchase  Agreement.  The availability for
Permitted   Acquisitions   will  be  reduced   by  the  amount  of   outstanding
Recapitalization Loans and any Repurchase Payments that are Loans (assuming that
Recapitalization  Loans and Loans used to make Repurchase  Payments are the last
Loans  repaid).  The  proceeds of the Letters of Credit shall be used to provide
for the working capital  requirements of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  and
for any general corporate purpose.

     4.17 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.17 and except
to the extent that the inaccuracy of any of the following (or the  circumstances
giving rise to such  inaccuracy),  individually  or in the aggregate,  could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

          (a) The  facilities and  properties  owned,  leased or operated by the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  (the  "Properties") do not contain any
     Hazardous  Materials in amounts or  concentrations  which (i)  constitute a
     violation  of,  or  (ii)  could  give  rise  to any  liability  under,  any
     Environmental  Law or could  interfere with the continued  operation of the
     Properties  or could  reasonably  be expected  to impair the fair  saleable
     value thereof.

          (b) The  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  and  the  Properties  are in
     compliance  with, and to the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     have in the last  three  years  been in  compliance  with,  all  applicable
     Environmental Laws and applicable  Environmental  Permits, and the Borrower
     and its  Subsidiaries  reasonably  believe that they will be able to comply
     with all  applicable  Environmental  Laws in the future and renew or obtain
     all Environmental Permits necessary for their operations in the future.

          (c) Neither the Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries has received any
     written notice of violation, alleged violation,  non-compliance,  liability
     or potential liability regarding  environmental  matters or compliance with
     Environmental  Laws with regard to any of the  Properties or the Companies,
     nor to the  knowledge  of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  is such
     notice being threatened.

          (d)  Hazardous  Materials  have not  been  transported,  disposed  of,
     emitted,  discharged,  or otherwise  released or threatened to be released,
     nor has their disposal been arranged for, (i) by the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries  in violation  of, or (ii) in a manner or to a location  which
     could  reasonably  be  expected  to  give  rise  to  liability  under,  any
     applicable  Environmental  Law;  nor  have  any  Hazardous  Materials  been
     generated,  treated,  stored, emitted,  discharged or otherwise released or
     threatened  to be  released  or  disposed  of at,  on or  under  any of the
     Properties  in  violation  of,  or in a manner  that  could  reasonably  be
     expected to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.

          (e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is
     pending or, to the  knowledge of the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,
     threatened  under  any  Environmental  Law to  which  the  Borrower  or any
     Subsidiary  is  or  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its
     Subsidiaries will be named as a party, nor are there any


<PAGE>

                                                                              51


          consent  decrees  or other  decrees,  consent  orders,  administrative
          orders  or  other  orders,   or  other   administrative   or  judicial
          requirements  outstanding  under any Environmental Law with respect to
          the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  or the  Properties  or the
          Companies.

     4.18 Regulation H. To the extent  available,  the Borrower has obtained for
all  Mortgaged  Properties  which  are  located  in a "flood  hazard  area",  as
designated in any Flood  Insurance  Rate Map published by the Federal  Emergency
Management  Agency,  flood insurance in such total amount as the  Administrative
Agent has from time to time reasonably required.

     4.19  Accuracy of  Information.  The  factual  statements  and  information
contained in the  Prospectus  dated as of November 15, 1996 (the  "Prospectus"),
when  taken as a whole,  were,  as of the date of such  Prospectus  or the dates
otherwise  specified  therein or written  supplements  thereto,  accurate in all
material respects and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material  fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading,  provided that (a) the statements therein  describing  documents and
agreements  are  summary  only and as such are  qualified  in their  entirety by
reference  to  such  documents  and  agreements,  (b) to  the  extent  any  such
information  therein was based upon or  constitutes  a forecast or projection or
pro forma financial  information,  Holdings and the Borrower represent only that
such forecasts or projections or pro forma financial information were based upon
good faith estimates and  assumptions  believed by management of the Borrower to
be reasonable at the time made and (c) as to the information  which is specified
as having been supplied by third  parties,  Holdings and the Borrower  represent
only that they are not aware of any material misstatement or omission therein.

     4.20  Solvency.  As of  the  Closing  Date,  after  giving  effect  to  the
Transactions  and  the  Recapitalization,   the  initial  Extensions  of  Credit
hereunder and the other  transactions  contemplated to occur on the Closing Date
each Loan Party is Solvent.

     4.21 Stock  Purchase  Agreement.  The  Administrative  Agent has received a
complete copy of each of the Stock Purchase  Agreement  (including all exhibits,
schedules  and  disclosure  letters  referred to therein or  delivered  pursuant
thereto) and all amendments and waivers  relating thereto and other side letters
or agreements  affecting the terms thereof. As of the Closing Date, none of such
documents and agreements has been amended or  supplemented,  nor have any of the
provisions  thereof been waived, in any material  respect,  except pursuant to a
written  agreement or  instrument  which has  heretofore  been  delivered to the
Administrative  Agent.  As of the Original  Closing  Date,  to the  knowledge of
Holdings and the Borrower,  the representations and warranties  contained in the
Stock Purchase  Agreement were true and correct in all material  respects on the
Original  Closing Date as if made on and as of the Original Closing Date (except
as  contemplated  by the  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  or the  other  Acquisition
Documents or as set forth on Schedule 4.21).

     4.22 Security Documents.  (a) Except to the extent that Collateral has been
released (and not re-pledged) as provided in subsection 12.16, the Guarantee and
Collateral  Agreement  is  effective  to create  in favor of the  Administrative
Agent, for the ratable benefit


<PAGE>

                                                                              52


of the Lenders,  a legal,  valid and  enforceable  security  interest in all the
Collateral  described  therein and Proceeds  thereof and, upon completion of the
filings  and  other  actions  specified  on  Schedule  3 to  the  Guarantee  and
Collateral  Agreement,  the Guarantee and Collateral  Agreement shall constitute
fully perfected,  first priority Liens on, and security interests in, all right,
title and  interest  of  Holdings,  the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  in the
Collateral  described  therein and in Proceeds  thereof superior in right to any
other Person other than Permitted Liens.

     (b) Except to the extent that real property  subject to a Mortgage has been
released (and not re-pledged) as provided in subsection  12.16, the Mortgages on
the  Mortgaged   Property  are  each   effective  to  create  in  favor  of  the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and
enforceable  Lien on the  properties  described  therein and  proceeds  thereof,
subject to obtaining  necessary consents (which consents shall be obtained on or
prior  to the  Closing  Date)  and when  the  Mortgages  are  filed  they  shall
constitute a fully perfected,  first priority Lien on, and security interest in,
all right,  title and interest of the Loan Parties in the  properties  described
therein and the  proceeds  thereof,  superior in right to any other Person other
than Permitted Liens.


                         SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     5.1 Conditions to Initial  Extension of Credit.  The  effectiveness  of the
amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit  Agreement and the agreement of
each Lender to make the initial  Extension of Credit  requested to be made by it
is subject to the  satisfaction,  immediately  prior to or concurrently with the
making of such  Extension  of  Credit  on the  Closing  Date,  of the  following
conditions precedent:

          (a) Loan Documents.  The Administrative  Agent shall have received (i)
     this  Agreement,  executed and  delivered by a duly  authorized  officer of
     Holdings and the Borrower with a counterpart for each Lender,  (ii) for the
     account of each  Lender  which  requests  a  Revolving  Credit  Note on the
     Closing Date, a Revolving Credit Note conforming to the requirements hereof
     and executed by a duly  authorized  officer of the  Borrower,  and (iii) if
     requested by the Swing Line Lender on the Closing Date,  for the account of
     the Swing Line Lender,  a Swing Line Note  conforming  to the  requirements
     hereof and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower;

          (b) (i) The IPO shall have been consummated and (ii) as of the Closing
     Date,  the  Administrative  Agent shall have received  evidence  reasonably
     satisfactory  to it that Holdings shall have received at least  $90,000,000
     in gross cash  proceeds  from the  issuance of its common stock in the IPO.
     After giving effect to the Recapitalization,  Holdings and its Subsidiaries
     shall have  outstanding no  Indebtedness  or preferred stock other than (A)
     under this Agreement, (B) pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes, (C) as
     permitted  under  subsection  7.2 or (E) as  otherwise  consented to by the
     Lenders;

          (c) Closing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received,
     with a copy for each  Lender,  a  certificate  of the  Borrower,  dated the
     Closing Date,


<PAGE>

                                                                              53


     substantially  in the form of Exhibit F, with  appropriate  insertions  and
     attachments,   reasonably   satisfactory  in  form  and  substance  to  the
     Administrative  Agent,  executed by the President or any Vice President and
     the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Borrower;

          (d) Corporate  Proceedings of the Borrower.  The Administrative  Agent
     shall  have  received,  with  a  copy  for  each  Lender,  a  copy  of  the
     resolutions,   in  form  and  substance  reasonably   satisfactory  to  the
     Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors of the Borrower authorizing
     (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other
     Loan  Documents  to which it is a party and (ii) the  Extensions  of Credit
     contemplated hereunder certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
     of the Borrower as of the Closing Date, which  certificate shall be in form
     and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall
     state  that the  resolutions  thereby  certified  have  not  been  amended,
     modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect;

          (e) Borrower Incumbency  Certificate.  The Administrative  Agent shall
     have received,  with a copy for each Lender, a certificate of the Borrower,
     dated the Closing Date, as to the  incumbency and signature of the officers
     of the Borrower executing any Loan Document reasonably satisfactory in form
     and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by the President or any
     Vice  President  and  the  Secretary  or  any  Assistant  Secretary  of the
     Borrower;

          (f) Corporate Proceedings of Holdings.  The Administrative Agent shall
     have received,  with a copy for each Lender, a copy of the resolutions,  in
     form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of
     the Board of Directors of Holdings authorizing the execution,  delivery and
     performance  of this  Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents  to  which
     Holdings is a party and copies of the constituent documents of Holdings, in
     each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of Holdings
     as of the Closing Date,  which  certificate  shall be in form and substance
     reasonably  satisfactory to the  Administrative  Agent and shall state that
     the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended,  modified, revoked
     or rescinded and are in full force and effect;

          (g) Holdings Incumbency  Certificate.  The Administrative  Agent shall
     have  received,  with a copy for each Lender,  a  certificate  of Holdings,
     dated the Closing Date, as to the  incumbency and signature of the officers
     of Holdings executing any Loan Document reasonably satisfactory in form and
     substance to the  Administrative  Agent,  executed by the  President or any
     Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Holdings;

          (h) Consents,  Licenses and Approvals.  The Administrative Agent shall
     have received,  with a copy for each Lender, a certificate of a Responsible
     Officer  of  the  Borrower  (i)  attaching   copies  of  all  consents  and
     authorizations of and filings with any Governmental  Authority or any other
     Person  that are  required  to be  obtained  or made by any  Loan  Party in
     connection with the Recapitalization, the Extensions of Credit


<PAGE>

                                                                              54


     hereunder,  the execution,  delivery or performance by each applicable Loan
     Party or the validity or enforceability with respect to or against any Loan
     Party of the Loan  Documents to which it is a party or with the  continuing
     operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than those set forth
     in clauses (i)(y),  (i)(z),  (ii),  (iii) or (iv) of subsection 4.4) as are
     reasonably  requested by the  Administrative  Agent,  and (ii) stating that
     such consents,  authorizations and filings are in full force and effect and
     that all applicable waiting periods under any Requirement of Law shall have
     expired  without any action  being  taken or  threatened  by any  competent
     Governmental  Authority which would restrain,  prevent or otherwise  impose
     material  adverse  conditions  on the  Recapitalization  or  the  financing
     thereof,  and each such consent,  authorization and filing shall be in form
     and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

          (i) Fees. The Administrative  Agent shall have received the fees to be
     received on the Closing Date referred to in the Fee Letter dated as of July
     31, 1996, from Chase and CSI to the Borrower;

          (j) Aggregate Expenses.  The Administrative  Agent shall have received
     satisfactory  evidence  that  the  fees  and  expenses  to be  incurred  in
     connection with the  Recapitalization and the financing thereof shall be in
     an amount customary for transactions of this type;

          (k) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received, with
     a counterpart for each Lender,  the following executed legal opinions dated
     the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

               (i) the  executed  legal  opinion  of Kramer,  Levin,  Naftalis &
          Frankel,  special  counsel to the Loan Parties,  in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in substantially the form
          of Exhibit H;

               (ii) the executed legal opinion of Ray,  Quinney & Nebeker,  Utah
          local counsel to the Loan Parties, in form and substance  satisfactory
          to the  Administrative  Agent and in substantially the form of Exhibit
          I;

               (iii) executed legal opinion of Philip M. Kazin and Gibson,  Dunn
          & Crutcher LLP in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
          Administrative Agent;

     (l) Financial  Statements.  The  Administrative  Agent shall have received,
with a copy for each Lender,  (i) the audited combined  financial  statements of
each of the  Companies for the three most recent fiscal years ended prior to the
Closing Date and (ii) the unaudited interim combined and consolidating financial
statements of each of the Companies for each quarterly  period ended  subsequent
to the date of the latest financial  statements delivered pursuant to clause (i)
of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available;


<PAGE>

                                                                              55


     (m) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Administrative  Agent shall have received,
with a copy  for each  Lender,  a pro  forma  consolidated  balance  sheet as at
September  30, 1996 of the  Borrower at the Closing  Date,  satisfactory  to it,
after  giving   effect  to  the   consummation   on  the  Closing  Date  of  the
Recapitalization and the financings contemplated thereby;

     (n) Utah Amendment.  The Administrative  Agent shall have received,  with a
copy  for  each  Lender,  (i) an  amended  Borrower  Mortgage  and  (ii) a title
endorsement,  each in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to it on or
before the Closing Date;

     (o) Acknowledgment  and Consent to the Guarantee and Collateral  Agreement.
The  Administrative  Agent shall have received,  with a copy for each Lender, an
Acknowledgment   and  Consent  to  the  Guarantee  and   Collateral   Agreement,
substantially  in the form of Exhibit B executed  by each Loan  Party,  attached
hereto; and

     (p) Repayment of Existing Credit Agreement.  The Borrower shall have repaid
in full any outstanding Term Loans and any accrued and unpaid interest,  fees or
breakage costs relating thereto under the Existing Credit Agreement.

     5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to
make any Extension of Credit  requested to be made by it on any date (including,
without limitation,  its initial Extension of Credit),  and the agreement of the
Issuing  Bank to  issue  any  Letter  of  Credit  for  which an  Application  is
presented, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

     (a)  Representations  and  Warranties.  Each  of  the  representations  and
warranties made by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in or pursuant to the
Loan Documents  shall be true and correct in all material  respects on and as of
such date (and, in the case of the  representations  and warranties  made on the
Closing Date, after giving effect to the  Recapitalization) as if made on and as
of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly
relate to an earlier  date in which  case such  representations  and  warranties
shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

     (b) No Default.  No Default or Event of Default  shall have occurred and be
continuing  on such  date or after  giving  effect  to the  Extension  of Credit
requested to be made on such date;

     (c) Borrowing  Requests and Applications.  The  Administrative  Agent shall
have received a request or Application  for such Loan or Letter of Credit if and
as required by subsection 2.2, 2.8, 2.11 or 2.14, as applicable; and

     (d) Acquisition Conditions.  The obligation of the Lenders to make any Loan
to be used  to make a  Permitted  Acquisition  shall  be  conditioned  upon  the
following:


<PAGE>

                                                                              56


          (i) the Borrower's pro forma  compliance with the financial  covenants
     set  forth  in  subsection  7.1  after  giving  effect  to  such  Permitted
     Acquisition;

          (ii)  subject  to  subsection  12.16,  the  grant  or  pledge  to  the
     Administrative  Agent for the  ratable  benefit  of the  Lenders of a first
     priority Lien subject to Permitted  Liens on the  property,  stock or other
     assets  being  acquired,  as  requested  by the  Administrative  Agent,  as
     collateral  security pursuant to documentation  reasonably  satisfactory in
     form and substance to the Administrative Agent;

          (iii) the receipt by the Administrative  Agent, with a counterpart for
     each  Lender,  of such legal  opinions,  officers'  certificates  and other
     documents as reasonably  requested by the Administrative Agent with respect
     to the relevant  Permitted  Acquisition  to be financed in whole or in part
     with the proceeds of such Loan; and

          (iv) the Permitted Acquisition to be funded, in whole or in part, with
     the proceeds of such Loan shall only be of a business  which is  reasonably
     related to those  businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are
     engaged on the date of this  Agreement or  extensions  thereof,  including,
     without  limitation,  any business involving the manufacturing or marketing
     of  products  sold in  health  food  stores or  stores  that  sell  similar
     products.

Each  borrowing  by and  Letter  of Credit  issued  on  behalf  of the  Borrower
hereunder shall constitute a  representation  and warranty by the Borrower as of
the date  thereof that the  conditions  contained in clauses (a) and (b) and, if
applicable, (d)(i) and (d)(iv) of this subsection have been satisfied.


                        SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     The Borrower  hereby  agrees  that,  from and after the Closing Date and so
long as the Commitments remain in effect or any amount is owing to any Lender or
the  Administrative  Agent  hereunder  or under any other Loan  Document  or any
Letter of  Credit  remains  outstanding,  it shall  and  (except  in the case of
delivery of financial  information,  reports and notices and subsections 6.1 and
6.2  which  shall  be  performed  by  the  Borrower)  shall  cause  each  of its
Subsidiaries to, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

     6.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to each Lender:

     (a) as soon as available,  but in any event within 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) a copy of the audited consolidated balance
sheet of the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as at the end of such
year and the related  audited  consolidated  statements  of income and  retained
earnings and of cash flows for


<PAGE>

                                                                              57


such  year,  setting  forth in each  case,  except in the first  year  after the
Original  Closing Date, in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for
the previous year,  reported on without a "going concern" or like  qualification
or  exception,  or a  qualification  arising  out of the scope of the audit,  by
Deloitte & Touche  LLP or other  independent  certified  public  accountants  of
nationally  recognized standing,  (ii) a copy of the consolidating balance sheet
of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and
the related consolidating statements of income and retained earnings and of cash
flows for such year,  setting forth in each case, except in the first year after
the Closing  Date in  comparative  form the figures as of the end of and for the
previous year and (iii) a Certificate of Available Excess Equity Proceeds;

     (b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the
end of each of the first  three  quarterly  periods of each  fiscal  year of the
Borrower,  (i) the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the
related  unaudited  consolidated  and  consolidating  statements  of income  and
retained  earnings  and of cash  flows  of the  Borrower  and  its  consolidated
Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end
of such quarter, setting forth in each case, except for the first year after the
Original  Closing Date, in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for
the  corresponding  period in the  previous  year,  certified  by a  Responsible
Officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject
to normal year-end audit adjustments) and (ii) a Certificate of Available Excess
Equity Proceeds; and

     (c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 30 days after the
end of each  month  (other  than  September,  December,  March and June) of each
fiscal  year of the  Borrower,  the  unaudited  consolidated  and  consolidating
statement of income (through the "Earnings Before Tax" line) of the Borrower and
its consolidated  Subsidiaries for such month and the portion of the fiscal year
through the end of such month,  setting forth in each case, except for the first
year after the Original  Closing Date, in comparative form the figures as of the
end of and for the  corresponding  period in the previous  year,  certified by a
Responsible  Officer of the  Borrower  as being  fairly  stated in all  material
respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

all such  financial  statements  shall be complete  and correct in all  material
respects and shall be prepared in reasonable  detail,  in  accordance  with GAAP
(subject to the addition, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) of this subsection,
of year end notes) applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein
and with prior periods  (except as approved by such  accountants  or Responsible
Officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein).

     6.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to each Lender:

     (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial  statements referred to
in  subsection  6.1(a),  a  certificate  of  the  independent  certified  public
accountants  reporting on such financial  statements  stating that in making the
examination necessary therefor


<PAGE>

                                                                              58


no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default having  occurred as
of the end of the fiscal year covered by such  financial  statements,  except as
specified in such certificate;

     (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial  statements referred to
in  subsections  6.1(a) and (b), a certificate  of a Responsible  Officer of the
Borrower (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible  Officer's knowledge,
the  Borrower  during such  period has  observed or  performed  in all  material
respects  all of  its  covenants  and  other  agreements,  and  satisfied  every
condition in all material  respects,  contained in this  Agreement and the other
Loan Documents to be observed,  performed or satisfied by it during such period,
and that such  Responsible  Officer has  obtained no knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default except as specified in such  certificate and (ii) setting forth
in reasonable  detail the  calculations  required to determine  compliance  with
subsections 7.1 and 7.8;

     (c) not later  than sixty  days  after the end of each  fiscal  year of the
Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending in December 1996, a copy of the
board-approved projections by the Borrower of the operating budget and cash flow
budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the succeeding fiscal year, such
projections to be  accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible  Officer of the
Borrower  to  the  effect  that  such   projections  have  been  prepared  using
assumptions  believed  in  good  faith  by  management  of  the  Borrower  to be
reasonable at the time made and that such  Responsible  Officer has no reason to
believe  that such  projections  are  incorrect  or  misleading  in any material
respect;

     (d)  within  five  Business  Days  after the same are  sent,  copies of all
financial  statements  and reports which  Holdings or the Borrower  sends to the
holders of the Senior  Subordinated Notes or to the holders of any securities of
the Loan Parties  registered  with the SEC, and within five  Business Days after
the same are  filed,  copies  of all  financial  statements  and  reports  which
Holdings or the Borrower may make to, or file with,  the SEC or any successor or
analogous federal Governmental Authority;

     (e) promptly upon receipt thereof,  copies of all reports  submitted to the
Borrower by independent  certified  public  accountants in connection  with each
annual,  interim or  special  audit of the books of the  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries  made by  such  accountants,  including,  without  limitation,  any
management  letter commenting on the Borrower's  internal controls  submitted by
such accountants to management in connection with their annual audit; and

     (f) promptly,  such additional  financial and other information  within the
possession  of the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  as any Lender may from
time to time reasonably request through the Administrative Agent.

     6.3 Payment of  Obligations.  Pay,  discharge  or  otherwise  satisfy at or
before  maturity or before they become  delinquent,  as the case may be, all its
material  obligations of whatever nature including taxes, except as contemplated
by this Agreement or where the


<PAGE>

                                                                              59


amount or  validity  thereof  is  currently  being  contested  in good  faith by
appropriate  proceedings  and  reserves  in  conformity  with GAAP with  respect
thereto  have  been  provided  on  the  books  of  the  Borrower  or  any of its
Subsidiaries  or the  failure  to pay the  same  could  not,  in the  aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as the case may be.

     6.4 Conduct of Business;  Maintenance of Existence;  Compliance  with Laws.
Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now  conducted by the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  and  preserve,  renew and keep in full force and
effect its corporate  existence and take all  reasonable  action to maintain all
rights,  privileges  and  franchises  necessary  or  desirable,  in any material
respect in the normal  conduct of its  business  except as  otherwise  permitted
pursuant to subsection 7.5; comply in all material respects with all Contractual
Obligations and Requirements of Law (excluding,  for purposes of this subsection
6.4,  Requirements of Law and  Contractual  Obligations  specifically  addressed
elsewhere in this Section 6) except where (a) any such Contractual Obligation is
being  contested in good faith,  a bona fide dispute  exists with respect to any
such  Contractual  Obligation or failure to comply  therewith  could not, in the
aggregate,  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the
failure to comply with any such  Requirement of Law could not, in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.5 Maintenance of Property;  Insurance;  Products Liability Insurance. (i)
Keep all property  material to the conduct of its business  (including,  without
limitation,  the Mortgaged Property) in good working order and condition (normal
wear and tear excepted); maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable
insurance  companies with an A.M. Best rating of A- or better (or, to the extent
consistent with prudent business practice,  a program of self-insurance) on such
of its  property and in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as
are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the
same  or a  similar  business  (including,  without  limitation,  the  insurance
required pursuant to the Security Documents);  (ii) maintain sufficient products
liability  insurance,  in amounts according with standard industry practice,  to
cover the various products produced, marketed and/or sold by the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries and (iii) furnish to the Administrative  Agent, upon written
request, full information as to the insurance carried.

     6.6  Inspection of Property;  Books and Records;  Discussions.  Keep proper
financial records in conformity with GAAP and, except where the failure to do so
could  not  reasonably  be  expected  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  all
Requirements of Law; and permit (a) representatives of the Administrative  Agent
or any Lender to visit and  inspect any of its  properties  and examine and make
abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal
business  hours,  upon  reasonable  notice,  and as often as may  reasonably  be
desired,   and  (b)  upon  reasonable   notice  during  normal  business  hours,
representatives  of the  Administrative  Agent  or any  Lender  to  discuss  the
business,  operations,  properties  and  financial  and other  condition  of the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  with  officers and employees of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries and with its independent  certified public accountants (subject
to reasonable  requirements of  confidentiality,  including without  limitation,
requirements imposed by law or contract).


<PAGE>

                                                                              60


     6.7  Notices.  Promptly  give notice to the  Administrative  Agent and each
Lender of:

          (a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

          (b) any (i) default or event of default by the  Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries under any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries  of which  any Loan  Party  has  knowledge  or  notice or (ii)
     litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between
     the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  and any Governmental  Authority of
     which any Loan Party has knowledge or notice,  which in either case, if not
     cured or resolved or if  adversely  determined,  as the case may be,  could
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (c)  any  pending  or  threatened  claim,   litigation  or  proceeding
     affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,  of which any Loan Party
     has  knowledge  or notice,  in which the amount  involved is not covered by
     insurance or in which  injunctive or similar relief is sought and which, in
     either case, if adversely determined,  could reasonably be expected to have
     a Material Adverse Effect;

          (d) the following  events, as soon as possible and in any event within
     30 days after the  Borrower  knows or has reason to know  thereof:  (i) the
     occurrence or expected  occurrence of any Reportable  Event with respect to
     any Plan,  a  failure  to make any  required  contribution  to a Plan,  the
     creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from,
     or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan
     or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by
     the  PBGC  or  the  Borrower  or  any  Commonly  Controlled  Entity  or any
     Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination,
     Reorganization  or Insolvency  of, any Plan, in each of cases (i) and (ii),
     where such event could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse
     Effect; and

          (e) any  other  development  or  event of which  any  Loan  Party  has
     knowledge or notice which could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement of a
Responsible  Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein
and stating what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

     6.8  Environmental  Laws. (a) Comply with,  and use  reasonable  efforts to
ensure  compliance by all tenants and  subtenants,  if any, with, all applicable
Environmental  Laws and obtain and comply with and maintain,  and use reasonable
efforts to ensure  that all tenants  and  subtenants  obtain and comply with and
maintain, any and all Environmental Permits required by applicable Environmental
Laws,  except  where the failure to so comply or obtain such  permits  could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


<PAGE>

                                                                              61


     (b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing,
and all  remedial,  removal  and  other  actions  required  by any  Governmental
Authority  under  Environmental  Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders
and directives of all Governmental  Authorities  regarding  Environmental  Laws,
except to the  extent  that the  failure  to do any of the  foregoing  could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.9 Maintenance of Liens of the Security  Documents.  Unless the conditions
to release of Collateral in subsection  12.16(a) are satisfied,  promptly,  upon
the reasonable request of the Administrative  Agent, at the Borrower's  expense,
execute,  acknowledge and deliver,  or cause the execution,  acknowledgement and
delivery of, and thereafter register, file or record, or cause to be registered,
filed or  recorded,  in an  appropriate  governmental  office,  any  document or
instrument  supplemental  to  or  confirmatory  of  the  Security  Documents  or
otherwise  reasonably deemed by the Administrative  Agent necessary or desirable
for  the  continued  validity,  perfection  and  priority  of the  Liens  on the
Collateral covered thereby. The foregoing  notwithstanding,  no Mortgage on real
property at any time owned by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary of the Borrower in
New York State  shall be executed  in favor of the  Administrative  Agent if the
conditions set forth in subsection 12.16(b) do not occur.

     6.10 Pledge of After Acquired Property;  Additional Guarantors.  (a) Unless
the conditions to release of Collateral in subsection 12.16(a) are satisfied, if
at any time  following the Closing Date the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries
(other  than  a  Foreign  Subsidiary)  shall  acquire  property  of  any  nature
whatsoever  having a value in excess of $250,000  which is intended by the terms
of the  applicable  Security  Document  to be, but is not,  subject to the Liens
created by the  Security  Documents,  the  Borrower  shall,  or shall  cause the
relevant Subsidiaries to, as soon as possible and in no event later than 30 days
after the relevant  acquisition  date and, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, except in the case of (i) property  subject to a permitted  Financing Lease
or (ii) purchase money Indebtedness,  grant to the Administrative  Agent for the
ratable  benefit of the Lenders a first priority Lien subject to Permitted Liens
on such  property  as  collateral  security  for  the  Obligations  pursuant  to
documentation   reasonably   satisfactory   in  form   and   substance   to  the
Administrative  Agent.  The  Borrower,  at  its  own  expense,   shall  execute,
acknowledge and deliver,  or cause the execution,  acknowledgement  and delivery
of,  and  thereafter  register,  file or record in an  appropriate  governmental
office, any document or instrument  (including legal opinions,  title insurance,
consents and corporate documents) and take all such actions reasonably deemed by
the  Administrative  Agent to be necessary or desirable to ensure the  creation,
priority and perfection of such Lien. The foregoing notwithstanding, no Mortgage
on real  property  at any time owned by the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  of the
Borrower  in New York State  shall be  executed  in favor of the  Administrative
Agent if the conditions set forth in subsection 12.16(b) do not occur.

     (b) (i) The Borrower shall cause each new Subsidiary  (other than a Foreign
Subsidiary) of the Borrower created or acquired after the date hereof,  promptly
upon  such  creation  or  acquisition,  to  execute  an  instrument  in form and
substance  reasonably   satisfactory  to  the  Administrative  Agent  (it  being
acknowledged and agreed that an instrument in the form attached to the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement as Exhibit A thereto shall satisfy this


<PAGE>

                                                                              62


requirement)  pursuant to which such new Subsidiary  shall become a party to the
Guarantee  and  Collateral  Agreement  as a grantor  (unless the  conditions  in
subsection 12.16(a) are satisfied) and a guarantor  thereunder,  and (ii) unless
the  conditions to release of Collateral in subsection  12.16(a) are  satisfied,
the Borrower  shall, or shall cause the Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a
Foreign  Subsidiary)  which holds the Capital Stock of such new  Subsidiary  to,
execute and deliver an instrument in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that an instrument
in the form  attached to the  Guarantee  and  Collateral  Agreement as Exhibit B
thereto shall satisfy this requirement)  providing for the pledge of 100% of the
issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each new Subsidiary (including a Foreign
Subsidiary) of the Borrower  created or acquired after the date hereof and owned
by the  Borrower or one of its  Subsidiaries  (provided,  that in no event shall
Capital  Stock  representing  more than 65% of the voting  power of the  Capital
Stock of any such new Subsidiary which is a Foreign Subsidiary be so pledged) to
the Administrative  Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, and the Borrower shall
deliver  to the  Administrative  Agent the stock  certificates  evidencing  such
Capital Stock together with undated stock powers for each such certificate, duly
executed in blank. The foregoing  notwithstanding,  no Mortgage on real property
at any time owned by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary of the Borrower in New York
State shall be executed in favor of the  Administrative  Agent if the conditions
set forth in subsection 12.16(b) do not occur.

     6.11  Interest  Rate  Protection.  Within 90 days  following  the  Original
Closing  Date,  enter  into  Interest  Rate  Protection  Agreements  in form and
substance reasonably  satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which, considered
together  with  the  terms of the  Borrower's  outstanding  Funded  Indebtedness
bearing a fixed rate of interest,  provide to the Borrower  fixed interest rates
with respect to not less than  one-half of the aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of the  Borrower's  outstanding  Funded  Indebtedness  as of the Original
Closing Date (as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to regularly
scheduled  amortization payments) for a period of at least three years after the
Original  Closing Date, and the Borrower  agrees and confirms that the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement grants to the Administrative  Agent, for the benefit of
the  Lenders,  a first  priority  (subject  to any Liens  permitted  pursuant to
subsection  7.3)  perfected  security  interest  in its  rights  under  any such
Interest Rate Protection  Agreements.  The Borrower covenants and agrees that it
will not (and it will not permit its Subsidiaries to) enter into Rate Protection
Agreements for the purpose of (i) reducing the amount of Indebtedness  bearing a
fixed rate of  interest  or swapped or capped  into a fixed rate of  interest as
required  by this  subsection  6.11 or (ii)  speculating  on  interest  rates or
currency movements.  It is understood and agreed that the foregoing  prohibition
is not  intended  to  restrict  the use of  Rate  Protection  Agreements  in the
ordinary  course of business to match assets and liabilities of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries.

     6.12 Exchange Offer.  Comply with the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement (as defined in the Final Offering Memorandum).

     6.13 Stock Purchase  Agreement.  Not amend,  modify or otherwise change the
Stock Purchase  Agreement in any way  materially  adverse to the Loan Parties or
the Lenders without the express written approval of the Administrative Agent and
the Required Lenders.


<PAGE>

                                                                              63


                          SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     The Borrower  hereby  agrees  that,  from and after the Closing Date and so
long as the Commitments remain in effect or any amount is owing to any Lender or
the  Administrative  Agent  hereunder  or under any other Loan  Document  or any
Letter of Credit remains  outstanding,  the Borrower shall not, nor (except with
respect to subsection 7.1) shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly,  unless the Required  Lenders shall  otherwise  agree in
writing:

     7.1 Financial Condition Covenants.

     (a) Leverage Ratio.  Permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Debt at the
last day of any fiscal  quarter  ending during any "Test Period" set forth below
to (ii) Consolidated  EBITDA for the period of four consecutive  fiscal quarters
ending on such date to be greater than the amount set forth opposite such period
below:

                  Test Period Ending                   Leverage Ratio
                  ------------------                   --------------

                  12/31/96                             4.25 to 1.00
                  12/31/97                             4.00 to 1.00
                  12/31/98                             3.75 to 1.00
                  12/31/99                             3.40 to 1.00
                  12/31/00                             3.20 to 1.00
                  12/31/01 and thereafter              3.00 to 1.00

     (b)  Interest  Coverage  Ratio.  Permit for any period of four  consecutive
fiscal  quarters  ending  on the last day of any  fiscal  year the  ratio of (i)
Consolidated  EBITDA for such period to (ii)  Consolidated Cash Interest Expense
for such period to be less than the amount set forth opposite such period below:

                  Test Period Ending                    Interest Coverage Ratio
                  ------------------                    -----------------------

                  12/31/96                              1.75 to 1.00
                  12/31/97                              2.20 to 1.00
                  12/31/98                              2.60 to 1.00
                  12/31/99                              2.90 to 1.00
                  12/31/00                              3.00 to 1.00
                  12/31/01 and thereafter               3.00 to 1.00

     7.2 Limitation on Indebtedness.  Create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist
any  Indebtedness  or  issue  or  sell  any  preferred  stock,  except  (without
duplication):

     (a) Indebtedness in respect of the Loans,  any Notes,  the Guarantees,  the
Letters  of Credit  and the other  obligations  of the Loan  Parties  under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents;


<PAGE>

                                                                              64


     (b)  Indebtedness  of (i)  the  Borrower  to any  Subsidiary,  (ii)  of any
Domestic  Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary,  (iii) any Foreign
Subsidiary to any other Foreign Subsidiary or (iv) any Foreign Subsidiary to the
Borrower or any Domestic  Subsidiary  in an amount for this clause (iv) together
with any Investments pursuant to subsection 7.9(d)(iv) (other than loans to such
Foreign  Subsidiary)  not to exceed at any one time  outstanding  (x) $2,000,000
plus (y) at the  time  advanced  any  Available  Excess  Equity  Proceeds  in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

     (c) Indebtedness in respect of Sale/Leaseback  Transactions in an aggregate
principal  amount  incurred  subsequent  to the  Closing  Date,  not  to  exceed
$5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

     (d)  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower in an  aggregate  principal  amount not
exceeding  $100,000,000  (except as provided in subsection 7.2(o)) in respect of
the Senior Subordinated Notes;

     (e)  Indebtedness not exceeding  $5,000,000  pursuant to this clause (e) in
aggregate  principal  amount  at any one time  outstanding,  provided  that such
Indebtedness is not secured by a Lien on any assets of the Loan Parties;

     (f) Indebtedness  consisting of Guarantee  Obligations  expressly permitted
pursuant to subsection 7.4;

     (g) (i) Indebtedness of the  Subsidiaries,  not to exceed $1,000,000 in the
aggregate,  which  represents the assumption of  Indebtedness by a Subsidiary in
connection  with the merger of such  Subsidiary with or into the acquired Person
or the purchase of all or  substantially  all the assets of such acquired Person
or (ii)  Indebtedness  of a  Subsidiary  acquired  after the date hereof or of a
Person  merged with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary  after the date hereof,
which Indebtedness  exists at the time of such acquisition or merger, and is not
created in  contemplation  of such event, in each case pursuant to a transaction
permitted under  subsection  7.9(g);  provided that the principal amount of such
Indebtedness  is  not  increased,  the  maturity  of  such  Indebtedness  is not
shortened,  and no Guarantee  Obligations of such  Indebtedness  are incurred in
connection  therewith  and  such  Indebtedness  is not  secured  by any  Lien on
property other than that which secured it before such event;

     (h)  Indebtedness  arising from the  honoring by a bank or other  financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the
case of daylight  overdrafts) drawn against  insufficient  funds in the ordinary
course of business,  provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five
Business Days of notice to the Borrower of its incurrence;

     (i) Indebtedness in respect of Rate Protection  Agreements  permitted under
subsection 6.11;

     (j)  Indebtedness  outstanding  on the Closing  Date and listed on Schedule
7.2(j);


<PAGE>

                                                                              65


     (k) Financing Lease  Obligations and Indebtedness for the deferred purchase
price of newly acquired property or to finance  equipment  (pursuant to purchase
money mortgages or otherwise) used in the ordinary course of business  (provided
such  financing  is  entered  into  within one year of the  acquisition  of such
property) in an amount not exceeding an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000
per annum,  provided  however,  that for any  fiscal  year,  such  amount may be
increased by carrying over to such fiscal year any  permitted  amounts not spent
in the preceding fiscal year;

     (l) so long as no Default or Event of  Default  is  continuing  at the time
thereof,  or would occur as a result  thereof,  the  incurrence of  Indebtedness
(including  without   limitation   Indebtedness  in  respect  of  Sale/Leaseback
Transactions or Financing Lease  Obligations) in an aggregate  principal  amount
not to exceed  $10,000,000  at any time  outstanding to finance (or to reimburse
the Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  for amounts  expended to  finance),  on terms
reasonably  satisfactory to the Required Lenders, the expansion or relocation of
their  manufacturing,  warehouse or office facilities provided that, at the time
of incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Borrower shall have provided projections
to the Lenders showing that after giving effect thereto it will be in compliance
with all  covenants  set forth in  subsection  8.1 on a pro forma basis for each
future year during the remaining term of this Agreement;

     (m)  indorsement  of  negotiable  instruments  for deposit or collection or
similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

     (n)  Indebtedness  in respect of trade letters of credit (or  reimbursement
obligations  arising  therefrom) secured by Liens permitted by subsection 7.3(k)
in an  aggregate  principal  amount  not to  exceed  $2,500,000  at any one time
outstanding;

     (o) Indebtedness (the "Refinancing  Indebtedness") renewing,  extending the
maturity  of,  or  refunding  or  refinancing,  in whole or in part,  any of the
Indebtedness  pursuant  to  clauses  (d) and (l) of  this  subsection  or of any
Refinancing  Indebtedness,  provided that,  (1) the material  terms  (including,
without  limitation,  principal  amount (subject to clause (2) below),  interest
rate,  events of default,  weighted  average  life to maturity,  payment  terms,
covenants,  collateral,  if any, and  subordination  terms,  if any) of any such
Refinancing Debt, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued
in  connection  therewith,  are no  less  favorable  to  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  and the Lenders in any material  respect than the terms  governing
the  Indebtedness  so  renewed,  extended,  refunded or  refinanced  and are not
inconsistent with the terms of the Loan Documents and are permitted  thereunder,
(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness to be renewed,  extended,  refunded
or refinanced may be increased  above the principal  amount thereof  outstanding
immediately prior to such renewal,  extension,  refunding or refinancing,  in an
amount up to $3,000,000  pursuant to this clause (o) in the  aggregate  (for all
such  Indebtedness)  from and  after the  Closing  Date for  purposes  of paying
prepayment  premiums  and  penalties,  consent  payments  and fees  and  similar
expenses in respect of the refinancing of such Indebtedness,  (3) the direct and
contingent  obligors  therefor  shall  not  be  changed,  as a  result  of or in
connection with such extension, refunding or refinancing, and (4) in the


<PAGE>

                                                                              66



case of any renewal,  extension,  refunding or  refinancing of any of the Senior
Subordinated  Notes or Indebtedness  incurred pursuant to subsection 7.2(l), the
covenants, events of default,  subordination terms (if any) and other provisions
thereof,  and all agreements and  instruments  executed in connection  with such
renewal,  extension,  refunding or  refinancing,  shall be in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

     (p)  unsecured  Indebtedness  owing to a seller in an amount  not to exceed
$5,000,000,  at any one  time  outstanding,  incurred  to  finance  a  Permitted
Acquisition.

     7.3 Limitation on Liens. Create,  incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
upon any of its  property,  assets or  revenues,  whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except for the following:

     (a) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being  contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto
are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may
be, in conformity with GAAP;

     (b) statutory landlords' liens and carriers',  warehousemen's,  mechanics',
materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of
business  for sums  which are not  overdue  for a period of more than 90 days or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

     (c)  pledges  or  deposits  in  connection   with  workers'   compensation,
unemployment  insurance  and other  social  security  legislation  and  deposits
securing  liability  to insurance  carriers  under  insurance or  self-insurance
arrangements;

     (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than
for borrowed money),  leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and appeal bonds,
performance  bonds  and  other  obligations  of a like  nature  incurred  in the
ordinary course of business;

     (e) all easements,  zoning  restrictions,  flowage  rights,  rights-of-way,
covenants,  conditions,  restrictions,  reservations,  licenses,  agreements and
other similar matters, including the unrecorded easements and similar agreements
set forth in Schedule  7.3(e),  which, in the aggregate,  are not substantial in
amount  and  which do not in any  case  materially  detract  from the use of the
property  subject thereto or materially  interfere with the ordinary  conduct of
the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary;

     (f) (A) Liens securing  Indebtedness  permitted by subsections  7.2(c), (k)
and (l) incurred to finance (or reimburse the Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  for
amounts  expended to finance) the  acquisition,  construction  or improvement of
fixed or capital  assets,  or (B) Liens existing on any such fixed capital asset
at the time of such  acquisition,  provided  that (i) in the case of clause (A),
such Liens shall be created


<PAGE>

                                                                              67


within 360 days after the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed
or capital  assets,  (ii) such Liens do not at any time  encumber  any  property
other than the property  acquired,  constructed or improved with the proceeds of
such  Indebtedness,  (iii) the amount of Indebtedness  secured thereby shall not
subsequently be increased and (iv) the principal amount of Indebtedness  secured
by any such Lien shall at no time exceed 100% of the original  purchase price of
such asset or the amount  expended to construct  or improve  such asset,  as the
case may be.

     (g)  Liens in  existence  on the date  hereof  listed on  Schedule  7.3(g),
provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional  property after the
Closing  Date and that the  amount of  Indebtedness  secured  thereby  shall not
subsequently be increased;

     (h) all building codes and zoning  ordinances  and other laws,  ordinances,
regulations,  rules,  orders or  determinations of any Federal,  state,  county,
municipal or other governmental authority now or hereafter enacted;

     (i) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

     (j) judgment  Liens  created by or resulting  from any  litigation or legal
proceeding  if  released,  stayed or bonded  (or the  judgment  which it secures
discharged) within 60 days of the date of creation thereof;

     (k) Liens  arising in  connection  with trade letters of credit (other than
Commercial  Letters of Credit) issued to secure the purchase of inventory in the
ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted under
subsection  7.2(n);  provided  that such Liens shall cover only the documents in
respect of which such letters of credit were issued,  the goods covered  thereby
and the insurance proceeds of such goods;

     (l) Liens on  property  of a Person  existing  at the time  such  Person is
merged into or  consolidated  with the Borrower or becomes a  Subsidiary  of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with subsection 7.9(g);
provided  that such Liens were not  created in  contemplation  of such merger or
consolidation  and do not  extend to any  assets  other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with or acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary;
and

     (m) the replacement,  extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses
(f), (g), (j), and (l) above upon or in the same  property  theretofore  subject
thereto  as  security  for the  same  Indebtedness  or any  renewal,  extension,
refunding or refinancing thereof permitted hereunder.

     7.4 Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. Create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Guarantee Obligation except:

     (a)  Guarantee  Obligations  in  existence on the date hereof and listed on
Schedule 7.4(a);


<PAGE>

                                                                              68


     (b) the Guarantees and Letters of Credit; and

     (c) guarantees by the Borrower of obligations of any Subsidiary,  or by any
Subsidiary of the  obligations of any other  Subsidiary or the Borrower,  to the
extent such guaranteed obligations are otherwise permitted under this Agreement.

     7.5 Limitation on Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation
or  amalgamation,  or  liquidate,  wind up or  dissolve  itself  (or  suffer any
liquidation  or  dissolution),  or convey,  sell,  lease,  assign,  transfer  or
otherwise  dispose of, all or  substantially  all of its  property,  business or
assets, except:

          (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated  with
     or into the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or
     surviving  corporation)  or  with or  into  any  one or  more  wholly-owned
     Subsidiaries of the Borrower (provided that the wholly-owned  Subsidiary or
     Subsidiaries shall be the continuing or surviving corporation);

          (b) any wholly-owned Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
     dispose  of  any  or  all of its  assets  (upon  voluntary  liquidation  or
     otherwise)  to the  Borrower or any other  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of the
     Borrower;

          (c) pursuant to any sale of assets  expressly  permitted by subsection
     7.6; and

          (d)  pursuant  to any  Permitted  Acquisition  in which the  surviving
     entity is the Borrower or (after giving effect to the  acquisition)  any of
     its Subsidiaries.

     7.6 Limitation on Sale of Assets. Convey, sell, lease, assign,  transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without
limitation, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter
acquired,  or, in the case of any  Subsidiary,  issue or sell any shares of such
Subsidiary's  Capital  Stock  to any  Person  other  than  the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary, except (without duplication):

          (a)  the  conveyance,  sale,  lease,  assignment,  transfer  or  other
     disposition of Obsolete  Property or surplus property for fair value in the
     ordinary course of business;

          (b) Asset Sales (other than as otherwise  permitted by this subsection
     7.6),  provided that the Net Proceeds of any such Asset Sale are applied to
     the  extent  required  by  subsection   3.1(b)(ii)  and  shall  not  exceed
     $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

          (c)  any  Asset  Sale  pursuant  to  any  Sale/Leaseback  Transaction,
     provided that the  provisions of subsection  7.2(c) or (l), as the case may
     be, are not violated;

          (d) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;


<PAGE>

                                                                              69


          (e) the sale or discount for fair value  without  recourse of accounts
     receivable  arising in the ordinary  course of business in connection  with
     the compromise or collection thereof;

          (f) as permitted by subsection 7.5(b);

          (g) the license of  intellectual  property in the  ordinary  course of
     business; and

          (h) leases or subleases not materially  interfering  with the ordinary
     course of conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

          (i) the sale or liquidation of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course
     of business;

          (j) the  transfer  of  properties  in tax free  exchanges  pursuant to
     Section 1031 of the Code for properties for use consistent with the ongoing
     trade or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for equivalent fair
     market value (after  giving effect to the payment or receipt of any cash in
     connection with any such exchange);

          (k)  distribution of inventory,  in amounts not to exceed $750,000 per
     year, to third parties for charitable purposes; and

          (l) any ARP Spinoff.

     7.7 Limitation on Restricted  Payments.  Declare or pay any dividend (other
than  dividends  payable solely in common stock of the Borrower) on, or make any
payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund
for, the purchase, redemption,  defeasance,  retirement or other acquisition of,
any shares of any class of Capital  Stock of the  Borrower  or any  warrants  or
options to purchase  any such Stock,  whether now or hereafter  outstanding,  or
make any other  distribution in respect thereof,  either directly or indirectly,
whether in cash or property or in  obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
(such   declarations,   payments,   setting   apart,   purchases,   redemptions,
defeasances,  retirements,  acquisitions and  distributions  being herein called
"Restricted Payments"), except that (without duplication),

     (a) the  Borrower  may pay cash  dividends  to  Holdings  to pay any  taxes
required  to be paid by  Holdings in the  ordinary  course of business  provided
that, in each case, any such taxes are paid no later than fifteen  Business Days
after the date on which the relevant dividend is made;

     (b) the Borrower may pay cash dividends to Holdings to the extent necessary
to enable  Holdings  to pay fees,  expenses  and other  obligations  incurred or
required  in  connection  with the  Transactions,  the  Recapitalization  and in
connection  with the other matters  permitted in subsection  8.1,  provided that
Holdings shall pay each  obligation in respect of which such dividend is made no
later than fifteen  Business Days after the date on which the relevant  dividend
is made, provided further that the Borrower may


<PAGE>

                                                                              70


not pay  dividends  under this clause (b)  subsequent  to the Closing Date to be
applied to the repurchase,  redemption, or other acquisition of Capital Stock of
Holdings owned by GEI, any Investor,  or any Continuing  Stockholder (as defined
in the Stock Purchase  Agreement) or their  Affiliates and the aggregate  amount
applied for the  repurchase,  redemption or other  acquisition  of Capital Stock
from other Persons may not exceed $500,000 per annum, provided however, that (i)
for any fiscal  year,  such amount may be  increased  by  carrying  over to such
fiscal year any permitted  amounts not spent in the  preceding  fiscal years and
(ii) if the Borrower  receives through Holdings proceeds from the sale of equity
securities purchased by any employee,  officer or director,  such proceeds shall
increase the $500,000 amount in the year of receipt.

     (c) the  Borrower  may pay cash  dividends  to Holdings in an amount not to
exceed  $400,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year to the extent  necessary to
enable  Holdings to pay  reasonable and necessary  operating  expenses and other
general   corporate   expenses   (including   reasonable   attorneys  and  other
professional fees);

     (d) the Borrower may pay cash dividends to Holdings out of Available Excess
Equity  Proceeds to the extent  received by the  Borrower and to the extent that
Holdings  is  permitted  to use such  proceeds to  repurchase,  redeem or retire
preferred stock pursuant to subsection  3.1(b);  provided that Holdings shall so
use such proceeds  within 60 days after the date the relevant  dividend is made;
and

     (e) the Borrower may pay dividends contemplated by subsection 7.6(l).

     7.8  Limitation  on Capital  Expenditures.  Make or commit to make  Capital
Expenditures  in  excess  of  $6,000,000  per  annum  for the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries during any fiscal year of the Borrower;  provided, that (i) Capital
Expenditures not in excess of $2,000,000  permitted to be made during any fiscal
year (and not carried  over from a prior  fiscal  year) and not made during such
fiscal year may be carried over and expended during the next  succeeding  fiscal
year,  (ii)  Capital  Expenditures  made  during any fiscal  year shall be first
deemed made in respect of amounts  carried  over from the prior  fiscal year and
then deemed made in respects of amounts permitted for such fiscal year and (iii)
the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  may make,  or  commit to make,  additional
Capital Expenditures in the amount of up to $12,500,000 in the aggregate,  to be
used to finance the expansion or relocation of their manufacturing, warehouse or
office facilities.

     7.9 Limitation on Investments,  Loans and Advances. Make any advance, loan,
extension of credit or capital  contribution  to, or purchase any stock,  bonds,
notes,  debentures or other securities of, or any assets constituting a business
unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (an  "Investment"),  except
(without duplication):

          (a)  extensions  of  trade  credit  and   endorsements  of  negotiable
     instruments  and  other  negotiable  documents  in the  ordinary  course of
     business;

          (b) Investments in Cash Equivalents;


<PAGE>

                                                                              71


          (c) loans and advances to  employees  and  directors of Holdings,  the
     Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  for  travel,   entertainment  and
     relocation  expenses in the  ordinary  course of  business in an  aggregate
     amount  for  Holdings,  the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  not to exceed
     $500,000 at any time outstanding;

          (d) Investments by (i) the Borrower in its Domestic Subsidiaries, (ii)
     any  Domestic  Subsidiaries  in  the  Borrower  or in  any  other  Domestic
     Subsidiary, (iii) any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary or
     (iv)  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Domestic   Subsidiaries  in  Foreign
     Subsidiaries  in an amount  for this  clause  (iv) not to exceed at any one
     time  outstanding  (x)  $2,000,000  plus (y) at the time made any Available
     Excess Equity Proceeds in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

          (e)  securities and other  Investments  held by the Borrower or any of
     its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.9(e);

          (f) advances by the  Borrower to  Holdings,  in lieu of the payment of
     cash  dividends,  to enable  Holdings to make the payments  contemplated by
     subsection  7.7,  provided  that, if such advances are made with respect to
     the payments contemplated by subsection 7.7(a) or 7.7(b), such advances are
     used to make such payments within fifteen Business Days after such advances
     are made;

          (g) Permitted  Acquisitions  in an aggregate  amount not to exceed (i)
     the Permitted  Acquisition Amount plus (ii) at the time made, any Available
     Excess  Equity  Proceeds  plus  (iii)  any  consideration  paid  in  equity
     securities of Holdings;

          (h) repurchases of Senior  Subordinated  Notes to the extent permitted
     under subsection 7.10;

          (i) Rate Protection Agreements; and

          (j) other Investments not to exceed $1,000,000 plus (i) any returns of
     or on such Investments and (ii) any Available Excess Equity Proceeds.

     7.10 Limitation on Optional  Payments and Modifications of Debt Instruments
and  other  Obligations.  (a) Make any  optional  payment  or  prepayment  on or
redemption,  defeasance or purchase of any Senior  Subordinated Notes except (i)
in accordance  with the  provisions of  subsection  3.1(b)(i)(u),  (ii) with the
proceeds of Indebtedness  permitted under subsections 7.2(e) (in connection with
the incurrence of Refinancing  Indebtedness  under subsection 7.2(o)) and 7.2(o)
and  (iii) as long as no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing,  in an aggregate  cash amount not to exceed  $15,000,000  unless the
ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on the terms
set forth in  subsection  7.1(a))  for the most  recent  completed  four  fiscal
quarters prior to any such optional payment, prepayment,  redemption, defeasance
or  purchase is less than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0 and then in an  aggregate  cash
amount not to exceed  $30,000,000,  (b) amend,  modify or change,  or consent or
agree to any amendment, modification or change to any of the terms of the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture (other than any such amendment, modification or


<PAGE>

                                                                              72


change  which (i) would  extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment
of principal  thereof or would reduce the rate or extend the date for payment of
interest  thereon or (ii) does not in any way adversely  affect the interests of
the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder, thereunder or under the other
Loan Documents or (iii) is of a technical or clarifying  nature),  (c) designate
any  Indebtedness  having a principal amount in excess of $20,000,000 as "Senior
Debt" under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture without the
consent of the Administrative  Agent, or (d) amend, modify or change, or consent
or  agree  to  any  amendment,   modification  or  change  to  the  articles  of
incorporation  (or  such  similar  charter  documents)  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary in any material respect.

     7.11  Limitation  on   Transactions   with   Affiliates.   Enter  into  any
transaction,  including,  without  limitation,  any  purchase,  sale,  lease  or
exchange of property or the rendering of any service,  with any Affiliate unless
such  transaction is (a) otherwise  permitted under this  Agreement,  (b) in the
ordinary  course of the  Borrower's or such  Subsidiary's  business and (c) upon
fair and reasonable  terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary,
as the  case  may  be,  than  it  would  obtain  in a  comparable  arm's  length
transaction  with a  Person  which  is  not an  Affiliate,  provided,  that  the
foregoing  restriction  shall not  prohibit  (i)  payment  of  reasonable  fees,
expenses  and other  benefits to  directors  of  Holdings,  the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries not in excess of $250,000 per fiscal year, (ii) consummation of the
Transactions  contemplated by the Acquisition Documents or the Recapitalization,
(iii) any payment or other  transaction  pursuant to any tax sharing  agreement,
(iv)  payments  permitted  under  subsection  7.7 or  Investments  permitted  by
subsection 7.9, (v) the Indebtedness  permitted  pursuant to subsection  7.2(b),
(vi) any employment or consulting  agreement or arrangement  entered into by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  pursuant to the  Transactions  contemplated
herein or in the ordinary  course of business,  (vii)  transactions  between the
Borrower and any Subsidiary and between  Subsidiaries,  (viii) the  transactions
contemplated   by  the   agreements   listed  on   Schedule   7.11(viii),   (ix)
indemnification  payments to officers and directors of Holdings, the Borrower or
its Subsidiaries,  (x) payments to Green for management,  financial advisory and
investment  banking services pursuant to the Management  Services  Agreement and
(xi)  transactions  with any Person on an arms length basis if such Person is an
Affiliate solely by reason of being controlled by Green or its Affiliates.

     7.12  Limitation  on Changes in Fiscal Year.  Permit the fiscal year of the
Borrower to end on a day other than December 31.

     7.13  Limitation  on Lines of  Business.  Enter into any  business,  either
directly  or  through  any  Subsidiary,  except for those  businesses  which are
reasonably related to those businesses in which the Companies are engaged on the
date of this Agreement or extensions thereof, including, without limitation, any
business  involving  the  manufacturing  or marketing of products sold in health
food stores or stores that sell similar products.


<PAGE>

                                                                              73


                    SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF HOLDINGS

     Holdings  agrees  that,  from and after the Closing Date and so long as the
Commitments  remain  in  effect  or any  amount  is owing to any  Lender  or the
Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any Letter of
Credit  remains  outstanding,  Holdings shall not,  unless the Required  Lenders
shall otherwise agree in writing:

     8.1 Limitation on Holdings'  Activities.  Incur any  Indebtedness or create
any Guarantee  Obligations,  or make any  investments,  loans or advances to any
Person,  or purchase  any  material  assets,  or conduct,  transact or otherwise
engage,  or commit to transact,  conduct or otherwise engage, in any business or
operations  other than (i)  transactions  contemplated  in  connection  with the
consummation of the Transactions or the Recapitalization,  (ii) the ownership of
the Capital Stock of the Borrower, and the exercise of rights and performance of
obligations  in  connection  therewith,  (iii) the entry into,  and  exercise of
rights and  performance of obligations in respect of, (A) this Agreement and the
Guarantee and Collateral  Agreement and the Senior  Subordinated  Note Indenture
(including Notes exchanged thereunder), (B) contracts and agreements with or for
the benefit of officers, directors, employees and consultants of Holdings or any
Subsidiary thereof relating to their employment or directorships or consultancy,
(C)  insurance  policies and related  contracts and  agreements,  and (D) equity
subscription agreements,  registration rights agreements, warrant agreements and
voting  and  other  stockholder  agreements,  engagement  letters,  underwriting
agreements,  stock option plans and agreements and other agreements  (including,
without limitation,  acquisition agreements) in respect of its equity securities
or any  offering,  issuance  or sale  thereof,  including,  without  limitation,
listing agreements with securities exchanges and acquisition agreements pursuant
to which equity  securities of Holdings will be issued and (E) the PIK Preferred
or other  preferred  stock  of  Holdings  (including,  without  limitation,  the
repurchase, redemption or retirement thereof to the extent permitted hereunder),
(iv) the  offering,  issuance  and  sale of its  equity  securities  (including,
without  limitation,  in  connection  with an  acquisition)  to the extent  such
offering,  issuance  or sale does not  constitute  a Default or Event of Default
under Section 10(k), (v) the filing of registration  statements,  and compliance
with applicable  reporting and other  obligations,  under and in compliance with
its Federal,  state or other securities laws or applicable  securities  exchange
requirements,  (vi) the performance of obligations  under and in compliance with
its certificate of incorporation and by-laws,  or any applicable law, ordinance,
regulation,   rule,  order,  judgment,  decree  or  permit,  including,  without
limitation,  as a  result  of  or in  connection  with  the  activities  of  its
Subsidiaries,  (vii) the performance of contractual  obligations in existence on
the date hereof or otherwise permitted hereunder, including, without limitation,
the  Management  Services  Agreement,  (viii) the  incurrence and payment of its
business expenses and any taxes for which it may be liable,  (ix) the incurrence
and  exercise  of rights  and  performance  of  obligations  in  respect  of any
Refinancing  Indebtedness  pursuant to subsection 7.2(o), (x) the incurrence and
exercise of rights and  performance of  obligations  in respect of  Indebtedness
permitted by subsection 7.9(f) or (xi) other activities reasonably incidental or
related to the foregoing.


<PAGE>

                                                                              74


     8.2  Restricted  Payments.  Use  any  amount  received  by it  pursuant  to
subsection  7.7 or 7.9(f) from the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  for any
purpose other than as set forth in such subsections.

     8.3  Net  Proceeds.  Fail to  contribute  the Net  Proceeds  of any  Equity
Offering on or after the Closing Date to the Borrower  within two Business  Days
after Holdings receives such Net Proceeds,  except that Holdings may retain such
Net Proceeds to  repurchase,  redeem or retire PIK Preferred or other  preferred
stock in connection  with the  Recapitalization  or as contemplated or otherwise
permitted by subsection 3.1(b).

     8.4 Dividends.  Except as contemplated by subsection  3.1(b), 7.7 or 7.9(f)
or in connection with the  Recapitalization,  declare or pay any dividend (other
than  dividends  payable  solely in Capital  Stock of Holdings)  on, or make any
payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund
for the purchase,  redemption,  defeasance,  retirement or other  acquisition of
Capital  Stock of  Holdings,  or any  warrants or options to  purchase  any such
Capital  Stock,  whether  now  or  hereafter  outstanding,  or  make  any  other
distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly,  whether in cash
or property or in obligations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

                              SECTION 9. GUARANTEE

     9.1 Guarantee.  (a) To induce the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to make the Extensions of Credit provided
for herein to the Borrower,  Holdings  hereby  absolutely,  unconditionally  and
irrevocably  guarantees to the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent and
the Lenders and their respective successors, permitted transferees and permitted
assigns,  the prompt and complete  payment and  performance by the Borrower when
due  (whether at the stated  maturity,  by  acceleration  or  otherwise)  of the
Obligations.  Holdings  further  agrees to pay any and all  reasonable  expenses
(limited in the case of counsel to all reasonable fees and  disbursements of one
counsel) which may be paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender
in enforcing,  or obtaining advice of one counsel in respect of, any rights with
respect to, or collecting,  any or all of the Obligations  and/or  enforcing any
rights with respect to, or collecting  against,  Holdings  under this Section 9.
Subject to subsection  9.5, this Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect
until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full, no Letter of Credit remains
outstanding and the Commitments are terminated,  notwithstanding  that from time
to time prior thereto the Borrower may be free from any Obligations.

     (b) No payment or  payments  made by the  Borrower  or any other  Person or
received  or  collected  by the  Administrative  Agent  or any  Lender  from the
Borrower  or any  other  Person by virtue  of any  action or  proceeding  or any
set-off or  appropriation  or application,  at any time or from time to time, in
reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce,
release or otherwise affect the liability of Holdings under this Section 9 which
shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments (other than payments made by
Holdings in respect of the  Obligations  or payments  received or collected from
Holdings in respect of the Obligations),  remain in full force and effect until,
subject to subsection  9.5, the Obligations  are  indefeasibly  paid in full, no
Letter of Credit remains


<PAGE>

                                                                              75


outstanding and the  Commitments are terminated.  Holdings agrees that whenever,
at  any  time,  or  from  time  to  time,  it  shall  make  any  payment  to the
Administrative  Agent or any  Lender on  account  of its  liability  under  this
Section 9, it will  notify the  Administrative  Agent and such Lender in writing
that such payment is made under this Section 9 for such purpose.

     9.2   No   Subrogation,    Contribution,    Reimbursement   or   Indemnity.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Section 9, Holdings  shall not
be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or
any  Lender  against  the  Borrower  or any other  Guarantor  or any  collateral
security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender  for the  payment  of the  Obligations,  nor  shall  Holdings  seek or be
entitled to seek any  contribution  or  reimbursement  from the  Borrower or any
other  Guarantor in respect of payments  made by Holdings  hereunder,  until all
amounts  owing to the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders by the  Borrower on
account of the  Obligations are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and
no Letter of Credit remains outstanding. If any amount shall be paid to Holdings
on account of such  subrogation  rights at any time when all of the  Obligations
shall not have been paid in full, the Commitments shall not have been terminated
or a Letter of Credit remains outstanding, such amount shall be held by Holdings
in trust for the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders,  segregated  from other
funds of Holdings, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by Holdings, be turned over
to the  Administrative  Agent in the  exact  form  received  by  Holdings  (duly
indorsed by Holdings to the  Administrative  Agent, if required),  to be applied
against the  Obligations,  whether  matured or  unmatured,  in such order as the
Administrative  Agent may  determine.  The  provisions of this  paragraph  shall
survive the  termination  of the  guarantee  contained in this Section 9 and the
payment in full of the  Obligations,  the termination of the Commitments and the
cancellation, revocation or termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

     9.3  Amendments,  etc. with respect to the  Obligations;  Waiver of Rights.
Holdings shall remain  obligated  hereunder  notwithstanding  that,  without any
reservation of rights against Holdings,  and without notice to or further assent
by  Holdings,  any demand  for  payment  of any of the  Obligations  made by the
Administrative  Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent
or such Lender, and any of the Obligations  continued,  and the Obligations,  or
the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral
security or  guarantee  therefor or right of offset with respect  thereto,  may,
from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified,
accelerated,  compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, and this Agreement,  the other Loan Documents, any Interest
Rate  Protection  Agreement  entered into by the Borrower with any Lender or any
Affiliate  of any Lender  and any other  documents  executed  and  delivered  in
connection  herewith or  therewith  may be amended,  modified,  supplemented  or
terminated,  in whole or in part, as the  Administrative  Agent (or the Required
Lenders, as the case may be) or such Lender or Affiliate may deem advisable from
time to time, and any collateral  security,  guarantee or right of offset at any
time held by the  Administrative  Agent or any  Lender  for the  payment  of the
Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the
Administrative  Agent nor any Lender or its Affiliates shall have any obligation
to  protect,  secure,  perfect  or  insure  any Lien at any  time  held by it as
security for the Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 9 or
any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against


<PAGE>

                                                                              76


Holdings,  the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender  may,  but shall be under no
obligation to, make a similar demand on the Borrower or any other guarantor, and
any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make any such demand or
to collect any  payments  from the  Borrower or any such other  guarantor or any
release of the Borrower or such other  guarantor  shall not relieve  Holdings of
its  obligations  or  liabilities  under this Section 9, and shall not impair or
affect the rights and  remedies,  express or implied,  or as a matter of law, of
the Administrative Agent or any Lender against Holdings. For the purposes hereof
"demand"  shall  include  the   commencement   and   continuance  of  any  legal
proceedings.

     9.4 Guarantee Absolute and  Unconditional.  Holdings waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, any and all notice of the creation, renewal,
extension  or  accrual  of any of the  Obligations  and  notice  of or  proof of
reliance by the Administrative  Agent or any Lender upon the guarantee contained
in this Section 9 or acceptance  of the  guarantee  contained in this Section 9;
the  Obligations,  and any of them,  shall  conclusively  be deemed to have been
created,  contracted or incurred,  or renewed,  extended,  amended or waived, in
reliance  upon the  guarantee  contained  in this  Section  9; and all  dealings
between the Borrower or Holdings,  on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders,  on the other, shall likewise be conclusively  presumed to have
been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section
9.  Holdings  waives,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,
diligence,  presentment,  protest,  demand for  payment and notice of default or
nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or Holdings with respect to the  Obligations.
This Guarantee  shall be construed as a continuing,  absolute,  irrevocable  and
unconditional   guarantee  of  payment  without  regard  to  (a)  the  validity,
regularity  or  enforceability  of this  Agreement,  any Note,  any  other  Loan
Document or any Interest Rate Protection  Agreement entered into by the Borrower
with any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender,  any of the  Obligations  or any
other collateral  security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect
thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender,  (b) any  defense,  set-off  or  counterclaim  (other  than a defense of
payment or performance)  which may at any time be available to or be asserted by
the Borrower,  Holdings or any other Person against the Administrative  Agent or
any Lender or (c) any other  circumstance  whatsoever (with or without notice to
or  knowledge  of the  Borrower  or  Holdings)  which  constitutes,  or might be
construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the
Obligations,  or of Holdings under the guarantee contained in this Section 9, in
bankruptcy  or in any other  instance.  When  pursuing  its rights and  remedies
hereunder against  Holdings,  the  Administrative  Agent and any Lender may, but
shall be under no obligation  to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have
against the Borrower or any other Person or against any  collateral  security or
guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect  thereto,  and
any  failure  by the  Administrative  Agent or any  Lender to pursue  such other
rights or  remedies  or to collect any  payments  from the  Borrower or any such
other Person or to realize upon any such collateral  security or guarantee or to
exercise  any such right of offset,  or any release of the  Borrower or any such
other Person or of any such collateral  security,  guarantee or right of offset,
shall not relieve Holdings of any liability  hereunder,  and shall not impair or
affect the rights and  remedies,  whether  express,  implied or  available  as a
matter of law, of the Administrative  Agent or any Lender against Holdings.  For
the purposes hereof,  "demand" shall include the commencement and continuance of
any legal proceedings. The guarantee contained in this


<PAGE>

                                                                              77


Section 9 shall  remain in full force and  effect  and be binding in  accordance
with and to the extent of its terms upon Holdings and its successors,  and shall
inure to the  benefit of the  Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders,  and their
respective  successors,  permitted  transferees  and permitted  assigns,  until,
subject to subsection  9.5, all the  Obligations and the obligations of Holdings
under this Guarantee shall have been indefeasibly  satisfied by payment in full,
no Letter of Credit remains outstanding and the Commitments shall be terminated,
notwithstanding  that from time to time  during the term of this  Agreement  the
Borrower may be free from any Obligations.

     9.5 Reinstatement. The guarantee contained in this Section 9 shall continue
to be effective,  or be reinstated,  as the case may be, if at any time payment,
or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be
restored  or  returned  by the  Administrative  Agent  or any  Lender  upon  the
insolvency,  bankruptcy,  dissolution,  liquidation  or  reorganization  of  the
Borrower  or any other  Person or upon or as a result  of the  appointment  of a
receiver,  intervenor or conservator  of, or trustee or similar officer for, the
Borrower  or any  other  Person  or any  substantial  part of its  property,  or
otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

     9.6 Payments.  Holdings hereby agrees that the Obligations  will be paid to
the  Administrative  Agent  without  set-off or  counterclaim  in Dollars at the
office of the  Administrative  Agent located at 270 Park Avenue,  New York,  New
York 10017.


                          SECTION 10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

          (a) The  Borrower  shall fail to pay any  principal of any Loan or any
     Reimbursement  Obligation  when due in accordance with the terms thereof or
     hereof;  or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan, or any
     other amount  payable  hereunder,  within five Business Days after any such
     interest or other amount  becomes due in accordance  with the terms thereof
     or hereof; or

          (b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower
     or any other Loan Party  herein or in any other Loan  Document  or which is
     contained in any  certificate,  document or  financial  or other  statement
     furnished by it at any time under or in connection  with this  Agreement or
     any such other Loan  Document  shall  prove to have been  incorrect  in any
     material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made or furnished; or

          (c)  The  Borrower  or any  other  Loan  Party  shall  default  in the
     observance  or  performance  of any  agreement  contained  in  Section 7 or
     Section  8,  or  subsection  5.5 or 5.9 of  the  Guarantee  and  Collateral
     Agreement; or

          (d)  The  Borrower  or any  other  Loan  Party  shall  default  in the
     observance  or  performance  of  any  other  agreement  contained  in  this
     Agreement or any other Loan


<PAGE>

                                                                              78


     Document  (other  than as provided  in  paragraphs  (a) through (c) of this
     Section),  and such default shall  continue  unremedied  for a period of 30
     days; or

          (e) The  Borrower  or any other  Loan Party  shall (i)  default in any
     payment of  principal  of or interest of any  Indebtedness  (other than the
     Loans) or in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation,  beyond the period of
     grace  (not to exceed 30  days),  if any,  provided  in the  instrument  or
     agreement  under  which  such  Indebtedness  or  Guarantee  Obligation  was
     created;  or (ii) default in the  observance  or  performance  of any other
     agreement  or  condition  relating to any such  Indebtedness  or  Guarantee
     Obligation or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing
     or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the
     effect of which  default or other  event or  condition  is to cause,  or to
     permit  the  holder or  holders  of such  Indebtedness  or  beneficiary  or
     beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf
     of such holder or holders or beneficiary or  beneficiaries)  to cause, with
     the giving of notice if required,  such Indebtedness to become due prior to
     its  stated  maturity  or such  Guarantee  Obligation  to  become  payable;
     provided,  however,  that no Default or Event of Default  shall exist under
     this paragraph unless the aggregate amount of Indebtedness and/or Guarantee
     Obligations  in respect of which any  default or other  event or  condition
     referred  to in this  paragraph  shall have  occurred  shall be equal to at
     least $2,000,000; or

          (f) (i) The Borrower or any other Loan Party shall  commence any case,
     proceeding  or other  action  (A) under any  existing  or future law of any
     jurisdiction,  domestic or foreign,  relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
     reorganization  or relief of  debtors,  seeking to have an order for relief
     entered  with  respect  to it, or seeking to  adjudicate  it a bankrupt  or
     insolvent, or seeking reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment, winding-up,
     liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or
     its debts, or (B) seeking  appointment of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian,
     conservator or other similar  official for it or for all or any substantial
     part of its  assets,  or the  Borrower or any other Loan Party shall make a
     general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be
     commenced against the Borrower or any other Loan Party any case, proceeding
     or other  action  of a nature  referred  to in clause  (i) above  which (A)
     results  in the entry of an order for  relief or any such  adjudication  or
     appointment  or (B) remains  undismissed,  undischarged  or unbonded  for a
     period  of 60 days;  or (iii)  there  shall be  entered  any  order for the
     issuance  of a warrant  of  attachment,  execution,  distraint  or  similar
     process against all or any  substantial  part of the assets of the Borrower
     or any other Loan Party which shall not have been vacated,  discharged,  or
     stayed or bonded pending  appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof;  or
     (iv) the  Borrower  or any  other  Loan  Party  shall  take any  action  in
     furtherance  of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence
     in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i),  (ii), or (iii) above;  or (v)
     the  Borrower  or any other Loan Party  shall  generally  not,  or shall be
     unable to, or shall  admit in writing  its  inability  to, pay its debts as
     they become due; or

          (g) (i) Any Person shall engage in any  "prohibited  transaction"  (as
     defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code)  involving any
     Plan, (ii) any


<PAGE>

                                                                              79


     "accumulated  funding  deficiency"  (as  defined in Section  302 of ERISA),
     whether or not waived,  shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in
     favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall  arise on the assets of the  Borrower  or
     any Commonly  Controlled Entity,  (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with
     respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed (or a
     trustee  shall be  appointed) to  administer,  or to terminate,  any Single
     Employer Plan,  which  Reportable  Event or  commencement of proceedings or
     appointment  of a trustee  is, in the  reasonable  opinion of the  Required
     Lenders,  likely to result in the  termination of such Plan for purposes of
     Title IV of ERISA,  (iv) any  Single  Employer  Plan  shall  terminate  for
     purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower or any Commonly  Controlled
     Entity  shall,  or in the  reasonable  opinion of the  Required  Lenders is
     likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the
     Insolvency or  Reorganization  of, a Multiemployer  Plan, or (vi) any other
     similar event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan that
     could  result in a liability  (other than in the ordinary  course),  and in
     each case in clauses  (i)  through  (vi)  above,  such event or  condition,
     together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably
     be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered  against the Borrower
     or any of its Subsidiaries involving individually a liability of $1,500,000
     (not paid or fully  covered by insurance or with respect to which  coverage
     has been  denied by the  insurers or not  covered by the  indemnity  of the
     Sellers under the Stock Purchase Agreement) or in the aggregate a liability
     of  $3,000,000  or more,  and all such  judgments or decrees shall not have
     been vacated,  discharged,  stayed or bonded  pending appeal within 60 days
     from the entry thereof; or

     (i) (i)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  12.16,  any of the  Security
     Documents shall cease, for any reason,  to be in full force and effect,  or
     the  Borrower  or any  other  Loan  Party  which  is a party  to any of the
     Security  Documents  shall so assert in writing or (ii) any Lien created by
     any of the Security  Documents  shall,  by reason of any breach by any Loan
     Party  thereto of any of its  covenants or other  obligations  contained in
     such Security Documents, cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and
     priority, purported to be created thereby; or

     (j) Any  Guarantee  shall  cease,  for any reason other than release by the
     Lenders,  to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor  shall so assert;
     or

          (k) A Change of Control shall occur; or

          (l) The subordination  provisions  contained in Article XII (or in the
     case of any Senior  Subordinated  Note  Indenture  relating to  Refinancing
     Indebtedness,  the corresponding  article) of the Senior  Subordinated Note
     Indenture shall cease to be enforceable in accordance with their terms;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default  specified
in clause (i),  (ii) or (iii) of  paragraph  (f) of this Section with respect to
the  Borrower,   automatically   the  Commitments   (including  the  Swing  Line
Commitment) shall immediately terminate and the


<PAGE>

                                                                              80


Loans  hereunder  (with  accrued  interest  thereon) and all other amounts owing
under  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  all  amounts  of  L/C
Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of
Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately
become due and  payable,  and (B) if such event is any other  Event of  Default,
either or both of the  following  actions may be taken:  (i) with the consent of
the Required Lenders,  the Administrative  Agent may, or upon the request of the
Required  Lenders,  the  Administrative  Agent shall,  by notice to the Borrower
declare the Commitments  (including the Swing Line  Commitment) to be terminated
forthwith,  whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with
the consent of the Required Lenders,  the Administrative  Agent may, or upon the
request of the Required Lenders,  the  Administrative  Agent shall, by notice to
the Borrower,  declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued  interest  thereon) and
all  other  amounts  (including,   without   limitation,   all  amounts  of  L/C
Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of
Credit shall have presented the documents required  thereunder) owing under this
Agreement to be due and payable forthwith,  whereupon the same shall immediately
become due and payable.  Except as  expressly  provided  above in this  Section,
presentment,  demand,  protest  and all  other  notices  of any kind are  hereby
expressly waived.

     With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for
honor  shall not have  occurred at the time of an  acceleration  pursuant to the
preceding  paragraph,  the  Borrower  shall  at  such  time  deposit  in a  cash
collateral  account  opened by the  Administrative  Agent an amount equal to the
aggregate  then  undrawn and  unexpired  amount of such  Letters of Credit.  The
Borrower  hereby  grants to the  Administrative  Agent,  for the  benefit of the
Issuing Bank and the L/C Participants and the other Lenders, a security interest
in such cash  collateral to secure all  obligations  of the Borrower  under this
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents.  Amounts held in such cash  collateral
account  shall be applied by the  Administrative  Agent to the payment of drafts
drawn under such Letters of Credit,  and the unused  portion  thereof  after all
such  Letters of Credit  shall have  expired or been fully drawn  upon,  if any,
shall be applied to repay other  Obligations.  After all such  Letters of Credit
shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall
have been satisfied and all other  Obligations shall have been paid in full, the
balance,  if any,  in such cash  collateral  account  shall be  returned  to the
Borrower.  The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the  Administrative  Agent,
for the  account of the  Issuing  Bank and the L/C  Participants,  such  further
documents and  instruments as the  Administrative  Agent may request to evidence
the creation and  perfection  of the security  interest in such cash  collateral
account.


                      SECTION 11. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     11.1 Appointment.  Each Lender hereby  irrevocably  designates and appoints
the  Administrative  Agent as the agent of such Lender under this  Agreement and
the  other  Loan  Documents,   and  each  Lender   irrevocably   authorizes  the
Administrative  Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under
the  provisions of this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents and to exercise
such  powers  and  perform  such  duties  as  are  expressly  delegated  to  the
Administrative  Agent  by the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan
Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.


<PAGE>

                                                                              81


Notwithstanding  any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement,  the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those
expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary  relationship with any Lender,  and
no  implied  covenants,  functions,  responsibilities,  duties,  obligations  or
liabilities  shall be read into this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  or
otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

     11.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative  Agent may execute any of its
duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact  and shall be  entitled  to advice of counsel  concerning  all
matters  pertaining  to such  duties.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or  attorneys-in-fact
selected by it with reasonable care.

     11.3 Exculpatory  Provisions.  Neither the Administrative  Agent nor any of
its officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,  attorneys-in-fact  or Affiliates
shall be (i) liable for any action  lawfully  taken or omitted to be taken by it
or such Person  under or in  connection  with this  Agreement  or any other Loan
Document  (except  for its or such  Person's  own gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct)  or (ii)  responsible  in any manner to any of the  Lenders  for any
recitals, statements,  representations or warranties made by the Borrower or any
officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any
certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in,
or  received  by the  Administrative  Agent under or in  connection  with,  this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity,  effectiveness,
genuineness,  enforceability  or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or for any failure of the Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder
or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any
Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the  observance or performance of any of
the agreements  contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower.

     11.4 Reliance by Administrative  Agent. The  Administrative  Agent shall be
entitled  to rely,  and  shall be fully  protected  in  relying,  upon any Note,
writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,  affidavit, letter, telecopy,
telex or teletype  message,  statement,  order or other document or conversation
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been  signed,  sent or made
by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and  statements of legal counsel
(including,   without   limitation,   counsel  to  the  Borrower),   independent
accountants  and  other  experts  selected  by  the  Administrative  Agent.  The
Administrative  Agent  may deem and  treat  the  payee of any Note as the  owner
thereof for all purposes  unless a written notice of assignment,  negotiation or
transfer  thereof  shall  have been  filed with the  Administrative  Agent.  The
Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any
action  under this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  unless it shall first
receive such advice or  concurrence of the Required  Lenders or all Lenders,  as
the case may be, as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its
satisfaction  by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may
be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The
Administrative  Agent  shall in all cases be fully  protected  in acting,  or in
refraining  from acting,  under this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents in
accordance with a request of the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the case


<PAGE>

                                                                              82


may be, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto
shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

     11.5 Notice of  Default.  The  Administrative  Agent shall not be deemed to
have  knowledge or notice of the  occurrence  of any Default or Event of Default
unless  the  Administrative  Agent  has  received  notice  from a Lender  or the
Borrower or Holdings  referring to this  Agreement,  describing  such Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of  default".  In the
event that the  Administrative  Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative
Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative  Agent shall
take such  action with  respect to such  Default or Event of Default as shall be
reasonably  directed by the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be;
provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such
directions,  the  Administrative  Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take
such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or
Event of  Default  as it shall  deem  advisable  in the  best  interests  of the
Lenders.

     11.6  Non-Reliance on Administrative  Agent and Other Lenders.  Each Lender
expressly  acknowledges  that  neither the  Administrative  Agent nor any of its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made
any  representations  or warranties to it and that no act by the  Administrative
Agent  hereafter  taken,  including  any review of the affairs of the  Borrower,
shall  be  deemed  to  constitute   any   representation   or  warranty  by  the
Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative
Agent that it has,  independently  and without reliance upon the  Administrative
Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has
deemed  appropriate,  made  its own  appraisal  of and  investigation  into  the
business,   operations,    property,   financial   and   other   condition   and
creditworthiness of the Borrower and made its own decision to make its Loans and
issue or  participate  in  Letters  of  Credit  hereunder  and  enter  into this
Agreement.  Each Lender also represents that it will,  independently and without
reliance upon the  Administrative  Agent or any other Lender,  and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,  continue to
make its own credit  analysis,  appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking
action  under  this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  and to make such
investigation  as it  deems  necessary  to  inform  itself  as to the  business,
operations,  property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Borrower.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to
be furnished to the Lenders by the  Administrative  Agent hereunder or furnished
to the Administrative Agent for the account of or with a copy or counterpart for
any of the  Lenders,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  not  have  any  duty or
responsibility  to  provide  any  Lender  with any  credit or other  information
concerning  the  business,   operations,   property,   condition  (financial  or
otherwise),  prospects or  creditworthiness  of the Borrower which may come into
the possession of the  Administrative  Agent or any of its officers,  directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

     11.7  Indemnification.  The Lenders agree to indemnify  the  Administrative
Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not  reimbursed by the Borrower and
without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably  according to
their  respective  Commitment  Percentages  in  effect  on  the  date  on  which
indemnification is sought (or, if


<PAGE>

                                                                              83


indemnification  is sought after the date upon which the Commitments  shall have
terminated  and the Loans  shall have been paid in full,  ratably in  accordance
with their  Commitment  Percentages  immediately  prior to such date),  from and
against  any and  all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses  or  disbursements  of  any  kind
whatsoever which may at any time  (including,  without  limitation,  at any time
following  the  payment of the Loans) be imposed  on,  incurred  by or  asserted
against the  Administrative  Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the
Commitments,  this  Agreement,  any of the other Loan Documents or any documents
contemplated   by  or  referred  to  herein  or  therein  or  the   transactions
contemplated   hereby  or  thereby  or  any  action  taken  or  omitted  by  the
Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing;  provided
that  no  Lender  shall  be  liable  for  the  payment  of any  portion  of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent's gross
negligence  or willful  misconduct.  The  agreements  in this  subsection  shall
survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

     11.8  Administrative  Agent  in Its  Individual  Capacity.  Chase  and  its
Affiliates may make loans to, accept  deposits from and generally  engage in any
kind of business  with the Borrower as though Chase were not the  Administrative
Agent  hereunder and under the other Loan  Documents.  With respect to the Loans
made by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by
it,  Chase shall have the same rights and powers  under this  Agreement  and the
other Loan  Documents  as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were
not the Administrative Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include
Chase in its individual capacity.

     11.9 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as
Administrative  Agent upon 10 days' notice to the Lenders and the  Borrower.  If
the  Administrative  Agent  shall  resign as  Administrative  Agent  under  this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  then the Required Lenders shall appoint
from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders,  which successor agent
shall be  subject  to the  approval  of the  Borrower  if no Default or Event of
Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing  (which  approval  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld),  whereupon  such  successor  agent shall succeed to the
rights,   powers  and  duties  of  the   Administrative   Agent,  and  the  term
"Administrative  Agent"  shall mean such  successor  agent  effective  upon such
appointment and approval,  and the former Administrative  Agent's rights, powers
and duties as  Administrative  Agent shall be  terminated,  without any other or
further  act or deed on the part of such former  Administrative  Agent or any of
the parties to this  Agreement  or any holders of the Loans.  After any retiring
Administrative  Agent's  resignation as Administrative  Agent, the provisions of
this Section 11 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to
be taken by it while it was  Administrative  Agent under this  Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.

     11.10 Issuing Bank;  Swing Line Lender.  The  provisions of this Section 11
(other than subsection  11.9) shall apply to the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line
Lender  mutatis  mutandis  to the same  extent as such  provisions  apply to the
Administrative Agent.


<PAGE>

                                                                              84



                            SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS

     12.1  Amendments  and Waivers.  Neither this  Agreement  nor any other Loan
Document,  nor any terms  hereof or  thereof  may be  amended,  supplemented  or
modified  except in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  subsection.  The
Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders,  the
Administrative  Agent may,  from time to time,  (a) enter into with the Borrower
and each  other  Loan  Party  which is a party to the  relevant  Loan  Documents
written  amendments,  supplements or modifications  hereto and to the other Loan
Documents  for the purpose of adding any  provisions  to this  Agreement  or the
other Loan  Documents  or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of
the Borrower  hereunder or thereunder,  (b) release  collateral  (except that no
consent of any Lender or the Required  Lenders is required to permit the release
of a Lien or Guarantee in connection with any Asset Sale permitted under Section
7 of this Agreement or any other  transaction  permitted  under such Section) or
(c)  waive,  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as the  Required  Lenders  or the
Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of
the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or
Event of Default and its consequences;  provided,  however,  that no such waiver
and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) reduce the amount or
extend the  scheduled  date of maturity of any Loan made by any Lender or of any
installment thereof, or any Reimbursement  Obligation, or reduce the stated rate
of any  interest  thereon or reduce the fee payable  hereunder  to any Lender or
extend the  scheduled  date of any  payment  thereof or increase  the  aggregate
amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender's  Commitments,  in each case
without  the written  consent of each Lender  directly  affected  thereby,  (ii)
amend, modify or waive any provision of this subsection or reduce the percentage
specified in the definition of Required  Lenders or consent to the assignment or
transfer  by the  Borrower  of any of its  rights  and  obligations  under  this
Agreement and the other Loan  Documents or release all or  substantially  all of
the Collateral or release any Guarantee (other than as provided above),  in each
case  without the written  consent of all the Lenders,  (iii)  amend,  modify or
waive any provision of subsections 2.10 through 2.18 without the written consent
of the Issuing Bank,  (iv) amend,  modify or waive any provision of  subsections
2.6 through 2.9 without  the written  consent of the Swing Line  Lender,  or (v)
amend,  modify or waive any provision of Section 11 without the written  consent
of the then Administrative  Agent and Issuing Bank. Any such waiver and any such
amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders
and shall be binding upon the Borrower,  the Lenders,  the Administrative  Agent
and all future  holders of the Loans.  In the case of any waiver,  the Borrower,
the Lenders  and the  Administrative  Agent  shall be  restored to their  former
positions  and  rights  hereunder  and under the other Loan  Documents,  and any
Default  or  Event  of  Default  waived  shall be  deemed  to be  cured  and not
continuing;  no such waiver shall extend to any  subsequent  or other Default or
Event of  Default  or  impair  any  right  consequent  thereon.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this subsection 12.1, no consent of any Lender or of
the  Required  Lenders  shall be  required  to permit  the  release of a Lien in
connection  with any Asset Sale or other  transaction  permitted by Section 7 of
this  Agreement;  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  execute  such  release  and
termination as may be required by this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                              85



     12.2 Notices.  All notices,  requests and demands to or upon the respective
parties  hereto to be  effective  shall be in writing  (including  by  facsimile
transmission followed by hand-delivery) and, unless otherwise expressly provided
herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three
days after being  deposited  in the mail,  postage  prepaid,  or, in the case of
telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower
and the  Administrative  Agent by messenger or by mail,  and as set forth on its
signature page hereto in the case of the other parties hereto,  or to such other
address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

                  Holdings:             Twinlab Corporation
                                        c/o Twin Laboratories Inc.
                                        2120 Smithtown Avenue
                                        Ronkonkoma, New York 11779
                                        Attention: Ross Blechman
                                        Telecopy: (516) 471-2395

                  The Borrower:         Twin Laboratories Inc.
                                        2120 Smithtown Avenue
                                        Ronkonkoma, New York 11779
                                        Attention: Ross Blechman
                                        Telecopy: (516) 471-2395

                  with copies to:       Leonard Green & Partners
                                        333 South Grand Avenue
                                        Suite 5400
                                        Los Angeles, California 90071
                                        Attention: Jennifer Holden Dunbar
                                        Telecopy:  (213) 625-2043

                                        Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel
                                        919 Third Avenue
                                        New York, New York 10022
                                        Attention: Paul S. Pearlman
                                        Telecopy:  (212) 715-8000

                  The Administrative    The Chase Manhattan Bank
                  Agent:                270 Park Avenue
                                        New York, New York 10017
                                        Attention: Peter Hurd
                                        Telecopy:  212-270-3279

                  with a copy to:       Chase Agent Bank Services
                                        1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor
                                        New York, New York  10081
                                        Attention:  Janet Belden
                                        Telecopy:   212-552-5658


<PAGE>

                                                                              86


provided that any notice,  request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders pursuant to subsection 2.2, 2.4, 2.8, 2.11, 3.1, 3.2 or 3.7 shall
not be effective until received.

     12.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising,  on the part of the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender, any right,
remedy,  power or privilege  hereunder or under the other Loan  Documents  shall
operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial  exercise  of any
right,  remedy,  power or  privilege  hereunder  preclude  any other or  further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
The rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and
not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

     12.4 Survival of Representations  and Warranties.  All  representations and
warranties  made  hereunder,  in the other Loan  Documents  and in any document,
certificate or statement  delivered  pursuant  hereto or in connection  herewith
shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Extensions of
Credit hereunder.

     12.5  Payment of  Expenses  and Taxes.  The  Borrower  agrees (a) to pay or
reimburse the Administrative  Agent for all its reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs
and expenses  incurred in connection  with the  syndication of the Loans and the
Commitments  under, and the  development,  preparation and execution of, and any
amendment,  supplement  or  modification  to, this  Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and any other documents prepared in connection  herewith or therewith,
and the consummation and administration of the transactions  contemplated hereby
and  thereby,   including,   without   limitation,   the  reasonable   fees  and
disbursements  of counsel to the  Administrative  Agent, (b) to pay or reimburse
each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred
in connection  with the  enforcement  or  preservation  of any rights under this
Agreement,  the other Loan  Documents and any such other  documents  prepared in
connection herewith or therewith,  including,  without limitation,  the fees and
disbursements of one counsel to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, (c) to
pay, and indemnify and hold  harmless each Lender and the  Administrative  Agent
from,  any and all  recording and filing fees and any and all  liabilities  with
respect  to, or  resulting  from any delay in paying,  stamp,  excise,  mortgage
recording and other similar taxes, if any, which are payable or determined to be
payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or  administration  of
any  of the  transactions  contemplated  by,  or any  amendment,  supplement  or
modification  of,  or any  waiver  or  consent  under  or in  respect  of,  this
Agreement,  the other Loan  Documents and any such other  documents,  and (d) to
pay, and indemnify and hold  harmless each Lender and the  Administrative  Agent
from and  against,  any and all  other  liabilities  (excluding  income  taxes),
obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements  of any kind or nature  whatsoever with respect to the
execution,  delivery,  enforcement,   performance  and  administration  of  this
Agreement,   the  other  Loan  Documents,  the  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  the
Transactions,  the Recapitalization or the use of the proceeds of the Extensions
of Credit in connection with the Transactions or the  Recapitalization,  and any
such  other  documents,  including,  without  limitation,  any of the  foregoing
relating  to the  violation  of,  noncompliance  with  or  liability  under  any
Environmental  Law  applicable to the  operations  of the  Borrower,  any of its
Subsidiaries  or any of the  Properties  (all the  foregoing in this clause (d),
collectively, the


<PAGE>

                                                                              87


"indemnified liabilities"), provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation
hereunder to the Administrative  Agent or any Lender with respect to indemnified
liabilities  arising from (i) the gross negligence or willful  misconduct of the
Administrative  Agent or any such  Lender or (ii)  legal  proceedings  commenced
against the  Administrative  Agent or any such Lender by any security  holder or
creditor thereof arising out of and based upon rights afforded any such security
holder or  creditor  solely in its  capacity  as such.  The  agreements  in this
subsection  shall survive  repayment of the Loans and all other amounts  payable
hereunder.

     12.6  Successors  and Assigns;  Participations  and  Assignments.  (a) This
Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of the  Borrower,
Holdings,  the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and their respective successors
and  assigns,  except  that  neither the  Borrower  nor  Holdings  may assign or
transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior
written  consent of each Lender and any  assignment or transfer by any Lender of
its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Loan Document must be made
in  compliance  with this  subsection  12.6  (and any  purported  assignment  in
violation of this subsection shall be null and void).

     (b) Any Lender may,  in the  ordinary  course of its lending or  investment
business and in accordance  with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more
financial  institutions  or other entities ("Loan  Participants")  participating
interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any
other interest of such Lender  hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.  In
the  event of any such sale by a Lender of a  participating  interest  to a Loan
Participant,  (i) such Lender's  obligations  under this  Agreement to the other
parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged,  (ii) such Lender shall remain
solely responsible for the performance  thereof,  (iii) such Lender shall remain
the  holder of any such  Loan or other  interest  for all  purposes  under  this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent shall  continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection
with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under this  Agreement and the other
Loan Documents,  and (v) no Loan Participant under any participation  shall have
any right to  approve  any  amendment  or waiver  of any  provision  of any Loan
Document,  or any consent to any departure by any Loan Party  therefrom,  except
with respect to the matters  described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the proviso to
the second sentence of subsection 12.1. The Borrower agrees that, while an Event
of Default shall have occurred and be  continuing if amounts  outstanding  under
this  Agreement  are due or unpaid,  or shall have been  declared  or shall have
become due and payable  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  each Loan
Participant  shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be deemed
to have the right of set off in respect of its participating interest in amounts
owing  under  this  Agreement  to  the  same  extent  as if  the  amount  of its
participating  interest  were  owing  directly  to it  as a  Lender  under  this
Agreement,  provided  that,  in purchasing  such  participating  interest,  such
Participant  shall be  deemed  to have  agreed  to share  with the  Lenders  the
proceeds  thereof as  provided  in  subsection  12.7(a) as fully as if it were a
Lender  hereunder.  The Borrower also agrees that each Loan Participant shall be
entitled to the benefits of  subsections  3.9, 3.10 and 3.11 with respect to its
participation  in the Commitments and the Extensions of Credit  outstanding from
time to time as if it were a Lender;  provided  that,  in the case of subsection
3.10 such Loan  Participant  shall have complied with the  requirements  of said
subsection and provided, further, that no Loan Participant shall be


<PAGE>

                                                                              88


entitled to receive any greater amount  pursuant to any such subsection than the
transferor  Lender would have been  entitled to receive in  connection  with the
same  event or  circumstance  in  respect  of the  amount  of the  participation
transferred  by such  transferor  Lender  to such Loan  Participant  had no such
transfer occurred.

     (c) Any Lender may,  in the  ordinary  course of its lending or  investment
business and in  accordance  with  applicable  law, at any time and from time to
time assign, with the consent of the Borrower (so long as no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) and the  Administrative  Agent in
the case of an assignment  other than to another Lender or an affiliate  thereof
(which in each case shall not be unreasonably  withheld), to any other Lender or
any affiliate  thereof or to an  additional  bank or financial  institution  (an
"Assignee") all or any part of its rights and  obligations  under this Agreement
and the other Loan  Documents in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000  divided
by  $50,000,000  and  multiplied  by the  aggregate  Commitments  at the time of
assignment  pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance,  substantially in the form
of Exhibit G, executed by such Assignee, such assigning Lender (and, in the case
of an  Assignee  that is not  then a  Lender  or an  affiliate  thereof,  by the
Borrower (so long as no Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be
continuing) and the  Administrative  Agent (which consent shall not unreasonably
be withheld)) and delivered to the  Administrative  Agent for its acceptance and
recording in the Register, provided that, (i) in the case of any such assignment
to an Assignee that is an affiliate of the assigning Lender,  the consent of the
Borrower  shall  only be  required  if,  at the  time of such  assignment,  such
Assignee would be entitled to require the Borrower to pay, or the Borrower would
be required to pay, greater amounts under subsection 3.9 or 3.10 than if no such
assignment  had  occurred  and  (ii) in the case of any  such  assignment  to an
additional bank or financial institution, if such assignment is of less than all
of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender,  the sum of the aggregate
principal  amount of the Loans,  the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations and
the  aggregate  amount of the  unused  Commitments  (A) being  assigned  to such
additional  bank or financial  institution  and (B) remaining with the assigning
Lender are not, in each case, less than $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may
be  agreed  to  by  the  Borrower  and  the  Administrative  Agent)  divided  by
$50,000,000  and  multiplied  by  the  aggregate  Commitments  at  the  time  of
assignment.  Upon such execution,  delivery,  acceptance and recording, from and
after the effective date determined  pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance,
(x) the Assignee  thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided
in such Assignment and  Acceptance,  have the rights and obligations of a Lender
hereunder with a Commitment as set forth therein,  and (y) the assigning  Lender
thereunder  shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance,  be
released  from its  obligations  under this  Agreement  (and,  in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance  covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning
Lender's rights and  obligations  under this  Agreement,  such assigning  Lender
shall cease to be a party hereto  except as to  subsections  3.9, 3.10 and 9.5).
Notwithstanding  any  provision of this  paragraph (c) and paragraph (e) of this
subsection,  the consent of the  Borrower  shall not be  required,  and,  unless
requested by the Assignee  and/or the assigning  Lender,  new Notes shall not be
required to be executed and delivered by the Borrower,  for any assignment which
occurs when any of the events described in Section 10(f) shall have occurred and
be continuing.


<PAGE>

                                                                              89


     (d) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower,  shall maintain at
the address of the Administrative Agent referred to in subsection 12.2 a copy of
each Assignment and Acceptance  delivered to it and a register (the  "Register")
for  the  recordation  of the  names  and  addresses  of  the  Lenders  and  the
Commitments  of, and  principal  amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender from
time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of
manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall
treat each Person  whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of a Loan
or other  obligation  hereunder  as the owner  thereof for all  purposes of this
Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents,  notwithstanding  any  notice to the
contrary.  Any assignment of any Loan or other obligation  hereunder (whether or
not evidenced by a Note) shall be effective only upon  appropriate  entries with
respect thereto being made in the Register.  The Register shall be available for
inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to
time upon reasonable prior notice.

     (e) Upon  its  receipt  of an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed  by an
assigning  Lender and an Assignee  (and,  in the case of an Assignee that is not
then a Lender or an affiliate  thereof,  by the Borrower and the  Administrative
Agent) together with, except in the case of an assignment pursuant to subsection
3.13, payment to the  Administrative  Agent of a registration and processing fee
of $3,500,  the  Administrative  Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment
and Acceptance and (ii) on the effective date determined pursuant thereto record
the  information  contained  therein  in the  Register  and give  notice of such
acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Borrower.

     (f) The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Loan Participant
or Assignee (each, a "Transferee")  and any prospective  Transferee,  subject to
the provisions of subsection  12.15,  any and all financial  information in such
Lender's  possession  concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates  which has been
delivered  to such  Lender  by or on  behalf of the  Borrower  pursuant  to this
Agreement  or which  has been  delivered  to such  Lender by or on behalf of the
Borrower in connection with such Lender's credit  evaluation of the Borrower and
its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

     (g) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement  acknowledge that
the  provisions of this  subsection  concerning  assignments  of Loans and Notes
relate only to absolute  assignments  and that such  provisions  do not prohibit
assignments  creating security interests,  including,  without  limitation,  any
pledge or assignment by a Lender of any Loan or Note to any Federal Reserve Bank
in accordance with applicable law, provided that no such assignment,  whether to
a Federal  Reserve Bank or other entity,  shall release a Lender from any of its
obligations  hereunder  or  substitute  any such  Federal  Reserve Bank or other
entity for such  Lender as a party  hereto or permit an absolute  assignment  to
occur other than in accordance with such provisions of this subsection.

     12.7 Adjustments;  Set-off. (a) If any Lender (a "Benefitted Lender") shall
at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or the Reimbursement
Obligations  owing to it, or  interest  thereon,  or receive any  collateral  in
respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily,  by set-off,  pursuant to
events or proceedings of the nature  referred to in Section 10(f),  or otherwise
except as to subsections 3.13 and 12.6), in a greater


<PAGE>

                                                                              90


proportion than any such payment to or collateral  received by any other Lender,
if any, in respect of such other Lender's Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations
owing to it, or interest thereon, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash
from the other  Lenders a  participating  interest in such  portion of each such
other  Lender's  Loan or the  Reimbursement  Obligations  owing to it,  or shall
provide  such other  Lenders with the  benefits of any such  collateral,  or the
proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share
the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds  ratably with each
of the  Lenders;  provided,  however,  that if all or any portion of such excess
payment or benefits is thereafter  recovered from such Benefitted  Lender,  such
purchase shall be rescinded,  and the purchase price and benefits  returned,  to
the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

     (b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders  provided by law,
each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such
notice  being  expressly  waived by the  Borrower  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable  law,  upon any  amount  becoming  due and  payable  by the  Borrower
hereunder (whether at the stated maturity,  by acceleration or otherwise) to set
off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits  (general
or special,  time or demand,  provisional  or final),  in any currency,  and any
other credits,  indebtedness  or claims,  in any currency,  in each case whether
direct or indirect,  absolute or contingent,  matured or unmatured,  at any time
held or owing by such  Lender  or any  branch or  agency  thereof  to or for the
credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the
Borrower and the  Administrative  Agent after any such  set-off and  application
made by such  Lender,  provided  that the failure to give such notice  shall not
affect the validity of such set-off and application.

     12.8  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed by one or more of the
parties to this Agreement on any number of separate  counterparts  (including by
facsimile  transmission),  and all of said counterparts  taken together shall be
deemed to constitute  one and the same  instrument.  A set of the copies of this
Agreement  signed by all the parties  shall be lodged with the  Borrower and the
Administrative Agent.

     12.9  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
to the extent of such  prohibition or  unenforceability  without,  to the extent
permitted by law,  invalidating the remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such
prohibition or  unenforceability  in any  jurisdiction  shall not, to the extent
permitted by law, invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

     12.10  Integration.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents  represent
the entire agreement of the Borrower,  the Administrative  Agent and the Lenders
with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof  and  thereof,  and  there are no
promises,  undertakings,  representations  or warranties  by the  Administrative
Agent or any  Lender  relative  to the  subject  matter  hereof or  thereof  not
expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

     12.11  GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS OF THE
PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE  GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED  AND  INTERPRETED  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE  LAW OF THE  STATE  OF NEW  YORK  WITHOUT  REGARD  TO THE
CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.


<PAGE>

                                                                              91


     12.12  Submission  To  Jurisdiction;  Waivers.  Each  of the  Borrower  and
Holdings hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

          (a)  submits  for  itself  and its  property  in any  legal  action or
     proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which
     it is a party,  or for  recognition  and  enforcement  of any  judgment  in
     respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of
     the State of New York,  the courts of the United  States of America for the
     Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

          (b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such
     courts and waives any  objection  that it may now or hereafter  have to the
     venue of any such  action  or  proceeding  in any such  court or that  such
     action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to
     plead or claim the same;

          (c) agrees that  service of process in any such  action or  proceeding
     may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered  or certified  mail
     (or any  substantially  similar  form of  mail),  postage  prepaid,  to the
     Borrower or Holdings at its address set forth in subsection 12.2 or at such
     other  address of which the  Administrative  Agent shall have been notified
     pursuant thereto;

          (d)  agrees  that  nothing  herein  shall  affect  the right to effect
     service of process in any other manner  permitted by law or shall limit the
     right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

          (e) waives,  to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it
     may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding  referred to
     in this  subsection  any  special,  exemplary,  punitive  or  consequential
     damages.

     12.13   Acknowledgements.   Each  of  the  Borrower  and  Holdings   hereby
acknowledges that:

          (a) it has been advised by counsel in the  negotiation,  execution and
     delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

          (b) neither the Administrative  Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary
     relationship  with or duty to the Borrower or Holdings arising out of or in
     connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,  and the
     relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the
     Borrower  and  Holdings,  on the other  hand,  in  connection  herewith  or
     therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and


<PAGE>

                                                                              92


          (c) no joint venture is created  hereby or by the other Loan Documents
     or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among
     the Lenders or among the Borrower, Holdings and the Lenders.

     12.14 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL.  THE BORROWER,  HOLDINGS,  THE  ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY
IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING  RELATING TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

     12.15  Confidentiality.  Each of the  Administrative  Agent and each Lender
agrees to keep confidential all non-public  information  provided to it by or on
behalf of the Borrower,  Holdings,  or any Subsidiary  that is designated by the
Borrower,  Holdings or any  Subsidiary  as  confidential;  provided that nothing
herein shall prevent the Administrative  Agent or any Lender from disclosing any
such information (a) to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (b) to any
Transferee or prospective  Transferee which agrees to comply with the provisions
of this subsection 12.15, (c) to the employees,  directors,  agents,  attorneys,
accountants and other professional  advisors of such Lender for purposes related
to the transactions  contemplated by the Loan Documents, (d) upon the request or
demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative
Agent  or such  Lender,  (e) in  response  to any  order  of any  court or other
Governmental  Authority or as may  otherwise be required  pursuant to applicable
law or regulation, (f) which has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of
this  subsection  12.15,  or (g) in  connection  with the exercise of any remedy
hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

     12.16 Collateral  Release.  (a) The obligations arising under the Guarantee
and Collateral  Agreement shall be unconditional and binding on each of Holdings
and the Borrower  pursuant to the terms therein;  provided that if either (i) on
the last day of any period of four  fiscal  quarters  the ratio of  Consolidated
Total Debt to consolidated EBITDA (as calculated  according to the provisions of
subsection  7.1(a)) is less than 1.5 to 1.0 or (ii)  ratings of BBB- and Baa3 or
above are attained by the Borrower or Holdings  from  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Group and Moody's Investors Services,  respectively, the Collateral pledged (but
not the Guarantee contained) in such Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be
released;  and provided  further that if such  performance  criteria at any time
thereafter is not maintained, such Collateral shall again be pledged in favor of
the  Administrative  Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders,  pursuant to
the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

     (b) On the  Closing  Date,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  release  the
Mortgage on the real  property  owned by the Borrower in New York State that was
granted pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement. After the Closing Date, if at
any  time  the  average  outstanding  Extensions  of  Credit  are in  excess  of
$30,000,000  for more than 30 days or an Event of Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing,  upon the  request of the  Administrative  Agent (and  provided  the
conditions  to  release  of  Collateral  in  subsection  12.16(a)  have not been
satisfied),  the  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary  shall  execute a  Mortgage  or
Mortgages in favor of the  Administrative  Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders, on its real property located


<PAGE>

                                                                              93


in New York State upon such terms and  conditions  as the  Administrative  Agent
shall reasonably request.

     12.17 Amendment of Certain Cross References. Cross references in any of the
Loan  Documents to "Sections"  and/or  "subsections"  and/or  "Exhibits"  and/or
"Schedules"  in the  Existing  Credit  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to be cross
references  to  the  corresponding   "Sections"  and/or   "subsections"   and/or
"Exhibits" and/or "Schedules" in this Agreement.

     12.18 IPO  Termination.  This  amendment  and  restatement  of the Existing
Credit Agreement (as evidenced by this Agreement) shall only become effective on
the  consummation  of the IPO. In the event that the IPO fails to be consummated
on or before  November 30, 1996, the Commitments  hereunder shall  automatically
terminate and this amendment and  restatement of the Existing  Credit  Agreement
shall be null and void.


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly  authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written.



                               TWINLAB CORPORATION



                               By: /s/ BRIAN BLEEKMAN
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Brian Bleekman
                                  Title: Executive Vice President



                               TWIN LABORATORIES INC.



                               By: /s/ BRIAN BLEEKMAN
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Brian Bleekman
                                  Title: Executive Vice President



                               THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK as
                               Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swing Line
                               Lender and as a Lender



                               By: /s/ DAWN LEE LUM
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Dawn Lee Lum
                                  Title: Vice President

                               Commitment Amount: $8,000,000.00


<PAGE>

                               THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Co-Agent and
                               as a Lender



                               By: /s/ ADAM OSTRACH
                                 --------------------------
                                 Name:  Adam Ostrach
                                 Title: Vice President



                               Address for Notices:
                               THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                               1401 Franklin Avenue
                               Garden City, NY 11530
                               Attention: Adam Ostrach
                               Telecopy: 516-294-2055
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $6,000,000.00


<PAGE>

                               THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON, as
                               a Lender
                               
                               
                               
                               By: /s/ ROBERT F. DUGGEN
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Robert F. Duggen
                                  Title: Managing Director
                               


                               Address for Notices:
                               THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON
                               100 Federal Street
                               Boston, MA  02110
                               Attention: Clifford Gaysunas
                               Telecopy: 617-434-4929
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $4,500,000.00
                               


<PAGE>

                               DRESDNER BANK A.G. NEW YORK BRANCH
                               AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH, as a Lender
                               
                               
                               
                               By: /s/ THOMAS J. NADRAMIA
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Thomas J. Nadramia
                                  Title: V.P.
                               
                               
                               
                               By: /s/ JOHN W. SWEENEY
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  John W. Sweeney
                                  Title: VP
                               
                               
                               
                               Address for Notices:
                               DRESDNER BANK A.G.
                               75 Wall Street
                               New York, New York 10005
                               Attention: Kavish Bhatnagar
                               Telecopy: 212-429-2130
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $6,000,000.00
                               


<PAGE>

                               FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a
                               Lender
                               
                               
                               
                               By: /s/ BRADLEY R. SPRANG
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Bradley R. Sprang
                                  Title: Commercial banking Officer
                               


                               Address for Notices:
                               FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                               First Bank Place
                               601 Second Avenue South
                               Minneapolis, MN  55402
                               Attention: Bradley Sprang
                               Telecopy: 612-973-0824
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $6,000,000.00



<PAGE>

                               EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK, as a Lender
                               
                               
                               
                               By: /s/ STUART N. BERMAN
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Stuart N. Berman
                                  Title: Vice President
                               
                               
                               
                               Address for Notices:
                               EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK
                               730 Veterans Memorial Highway
                               Hauppauge, NY  11788
                               Attention: Stuart N. Berman
                               Telecopy: 516-360-7112
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $4,500,000.00
                               
                               

<PAGE>

                               GIROCREDIT BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                               DER SPARKASSEN, GRAND CAYMAN
                               ISLAND BRANCH, as a Lender
                               
                               
                               
                               By:  G. Klein
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
                               
                               
                               
                               Address for Notices:
                               GIROCREDIT BANK
                               65 East 55th Street, 29th Floor
                               New York, NY  10022
                               Attention: John Redding
                               Telecopy: 212-644-0644
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $4,500,000.00



<PAGE>






                               THE NIPPON CREDIT BANK, LTD., as a
                               Lender
                               
                               
                               
                               By: /s/ CLIFFORD ABRAMSKY
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  Clifferd Abramsky
                                  Title: Senior Manager
                               
                               
                               
                               Address for Notices:
                               THE NIPPON CREDIT BANK, LTD.
                               245 Park Avenue, 30th floor
                               New York, NY  10167
                               Attention: Mun Kim
                               Telecopy: 212-490-3895
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $6,000,000.00
                               


<PAGE>

                               ZIONS FIRST NATIONAL BANK, as a Lender
                               
                               
                               
                               By: /s/ P. Boyd Hales
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name:  P. Boyd Hales
                                  Title: Vice President
                               
                               
                               
                               Address for Notices:
                               ZIONS FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                               111 North 200 West
                               Provo, UT  84601
                               Attention: P. Boyd Hales
                               Telecopy: 801-370-4148
                               
                               Commitment Amount: $4,500,000.00
                               
                               


<PAGE>


                                                                      ANNEX A TO
                             AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
                             ---------------------------------------------------



                                                            PRICING GRID
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                                    Applicable Margin    Applicable
                                             Ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to      for Eurodollar     Margin for      Commitment
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio                 Consolidated EBITDA                  Loans           ABR Loans       Fee Rate
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------          -----          ----------      ---------

<S>                                          <C>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Less than 2.00 to 1.00 or                    Greater than 4.00 to 1.00                     2.00%            .75%           .375%

Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 and    Less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00            1.75%            .50%           .375%

Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 and    Less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00            1.50%            .25%           .375%

Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 and    Less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00            1.25%             .0%           .375%

Greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 and    Less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00            1.00%             .0%           .300%

Greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 and    Less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00             .75            % .0%           .250%
</TABLE>



                                          EXHIBIT D TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                          CREDIT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT








                         [FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE]

THIS  NOTE MAY NOT BE  TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH THE  TERMS  AND
PROVISIONS OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTEE  AGREEMENT  REFERRED
TO BELOW.  TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY
THE  ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT  PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH  AMENDED AND  RESTATED
CREDIT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT.

                                               REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE



$____________                                                New York, New York
                                                              November __, 1996


     FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  TWIN  LABORATORIES  INC.,  a Utah
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  unconditionally  promises to pay to the
order of  ________________  (the "Lender") at the office of The Chase  Manhattan
Bank,  located at 270 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017, in lawful money of
the  United  States  of  America  and in  immediately  available  funds,  on the
Termination   Date   the   principal   amount   of   ________________    DOLLARS
($___________),  or,  if less,  the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of all
Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to subsection
2.1 of the Credit  Agreement (as defined below).  The Borrower further agrees to
pay  interest  in like money at such  office on the unpaid  principal  amount of
Revolving  Credit Loans made by the Lender from time to time  outstanding at the
rates and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

     The holder of this Note is authorized  to record on the  schedules  annexed
hereto  and made a part  hereof  or on a  continuation  thereof  which  shall be
attached  hereto  and made a part  hereof  the  date,  Type and  amount  of each
Revolving Credit Loan made by the Lender and the date and amount of each payment
or prepayment of principal thereof,  each conversion of all or a portion thereof
to another Type, each  continuation of all or a portion thereof as the same Type
and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period and the
Eurodollar Rate with respect thereto. Each such recordation shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law,  constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of
the  information  so  recorded,  provided  that  the  failure  to make  any such
recordation  shall not affect the  obligation  of the  Borrower  to repay  (with
applicable  interest)  Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender pursuant to the
Credit Agreement (as defined below).


<PAGE>

     This  Note (a) is one of the  Revolving  Credit  Notes  referred  to in the
Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the date hereof
(as the same may be amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified  from time to
time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Twinlab Corporation, a Delaware corporation
formerly known as TLG Laboratories Holding Corp., the Borrower,  the Lender, the
other banks and financial  institutions  from time to time parties thereto,  The
Bank of New York, as co-agent,  and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as  administrative
agent,  (b) is subject to the  provisions  of the  Credit  Agreement  and (c) is
subject to optional and mandatory  prepayment in whole or in part as provided in
the Credit  Agreement.  This Note is secured and  guaranteed  as provided in the
Loan Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description
of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted,  the
nature and extent of the security and the  guarantees,  the terms and conditions
upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights
of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

     Upon  the  occurrence  of any one or more of the  Events  of  Default,  all
amounts then remaining  unpaid on this Note shall become,  or may be declared to
be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

     All parties now and  hereafter  liable with  respect to this Note,  whether
maker,  principal,  surety,  guarantor,  endorser  or  otherwise,  hereby  waive
presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

     Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit Agreement and
used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

     THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.         
                                    
                                    
                                    TWIN LABORATORIES INC.
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
    
                                    Name:
                                         --------------------------------------
  
                                    Title:
                                          -------------------------------------




<PAGE>



                                                                     Schedule A
                                                       to Revolving Credit Note

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                 LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF ABR LOANS



- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Amount                                Amount of ABR Loans
       Amount of     Converted to     Amount of Principal of      Converted to       Unpaid Principal Balance
Date   ABR Loans      ABR Loans         ABR Loans Repaid       Eurodollar Loans          of ABR Loans            Notation Made By
<S>     <C>            <C>                 <C>                    <C>                       <C>                      <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

===================================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                              Schedule B
                                                       to Revolving Credit Note

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


      LOANS, CONTINUATIONS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF EURODOLLAR LOANS



- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              Unpaid   
                                                                                                             Principal 
        Amount of    Amount Converted    Interest Period and  Amount of Principal of Amount of Eurodollar    Balance of
        Eurodollar to or Continued as   Eurodollar Rate with    Eurodollar Loans     Loans Converted to      Eurodollar    Notation
Date      Loans      Eurodollar Loans      Respect Thereto            Repaid               ABR Loans           Loans        Made By
<S>       <C>            <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>                 <C>           <C>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

==================================================================================================================================


</TABLE>



    
                                           EXHIBIT E TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                            CREDIT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT


                            [FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE]

THIS  NOTE MAY NOT BE  TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH THE  TERMS  AND
PROVISIONS OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTEE  AGREEMENT  REFERRED
TO BELOW.  TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY
THE  ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT  PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH  AMENDED AND  RESTATED
CREDIT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT.

                                 SWING LINE NOTE



                                                         New York, New York
$___________________                                      November __, 1996



     FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  TWIN  LABORATORIES  INC.,  a Utah
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  unconditionally  promises to pay to the
order of _____________ (the "Swing Line Lender"),  at its offices located at 270
Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017,  in lawful money of the United States of
America  and in  immediately  available  funds,  on the  Termination  Date,  the
principal amount of  _______________  DOLLARS  ($____________)  or, if less, the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line
Lender to the Borrower  pursuant to subsection  2.6 of the Credit  Agreement (as
defined  below).  The Borrower  further  agrees to pay interest in like money at
said office on the unpaid principal amount of Swing Line Loans from time to time
outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

     The Swing Line  Lender is  authorized  to record the date and the amount of
each Swing Line Loan made by the Swing Line Lender to the  Borrower  pursuant to
subsection  2.7(e)  of the  Credit  Agreement  and the date and  amount  of each
payment or prepayment of principal thereof on Schedule A annexed hereto and made
a part  hereof  and any such  recordation  shall,  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable  law,  constitute  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  accuracy  of  the
information so recorded,  provided, that any failure by the Swing Line Lender to
make such  recordation  shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
(with  applicable  interest)  the Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender
pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as defined below).




<PAGE>

                                                                             2


     This  Note (a) is the  Swing  Line  Note  referred  to in the  Amended  and
Restated  Credit and  Guarantee  Agreement,  dated as of the date hereof (as the
same may be amended,  supplemented or otherwise  modified from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement"),  among Twinlab Corporation, a Delaware corporation formerly
known as TLG Laboratories  Holding Corp.,  the Borrower,  the Swing Line Lender,
the other banks and financial  institutions  from time to time parties  thereto,
The  Bank  of  New  York,  as  co-agent,   and  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  as
administrative  agent,  (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement
and (c) is subject to optional and  mandatory  prepayment in whole or in part as
provided  in the  Credit  Agreement.  This Note is  secured  and  guaranteed  as
provided in the Loan  Documents.  Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents
for a description of the properties and assets in which a security  interest has
been  granted,  the nature and extent of the  security and the  guarantees,  the
terms and conditions  upon which the security  interests and each guarantee were
granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

     Upon  the  occurrence  of any one or more of the  Events  of  Default,  all
amounts then remaining  unpaid on this Note shall become,  or may be declared to
be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

     All parties now and  hereafter  liable with  respect to this Note,  whether
maker,  principal,  surety,  guarantor,  endorser  or  otherwise,  hereby  waive
presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

                  Unless otherwise  defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit
Agreement  and used herein shall have the  meanings  given to them in the Credit
Agreement.

     THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                 TWIN LABORATORIES INC.


                                 By:
                                    -----------------------------------

                                    Title:


<PAGE>


                                                                Schedule A to
                                                                Swing Line Note
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                               LOANS AND REPAYMENTS

================================================================================================================================
                                                                                      Unpaid
                                 Amount of                 Amount of                 Principal
                                Swing Line                Swing Line                Balance of
                                   Loans                     Loans                  Swing Line              Notation Made
          Date                      Made                     Repaid                    Loans                      By
          <S>                     <C>                       <C>                       <C>                      <C>    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

================================================================================================================================

</TABLE>
                        
                                               EXHIBIT A TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                                  CREDIT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

WHEN RECORDED, RETURN TO:

Simpson   Thacher  &  Bartlett  
a  partnership   which   includes   
professional corporations 
425 Lexington Avenue 
New York, New York 10017

ATTN: Jeff Feigelson, Esq.

                                                                         [Utah]


                           AMENDMENT TO DEED OF TRUST


                                     between

                        TWIN LABORATORIES, INC., Trustor


                                       and


                   THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (FORMERLY KNOWN AS
                    CHEMICAL BANK), as Administrative Agent,
                                   Beneficiary



                          DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 1996



<PAGE>

                           Amendment to Deed of Trust

               This Amendment to Deed of Trust (this "Amendment") dated November
20, 1996 between TWIN LABORATORIES,  INC., a Utah corporation,  whose address is
2120 Smithtown  Avenue,  Ronkonkoma,  New York 11779  ("Trustor")  and THE CHASE
MANHATTAN  BANK  (formerly   known  as  Chemical   Bank),  a  New  York  banking
corporation,  whose address is 270 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017, Attn:
Peter Hurd, as Administrative Agent ("Beneficiary"),  for itself and for several
banks and  financial  institutions  from time to time  parties  to that  certain
Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee  Agreement dated the date hereof among
Twinlab Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Trustor, the said several banks and
other financial  institutions  from time to time parties thereto  (collectively,
the Lenders;  individually,  a "Lender"), The Bank of New York, as Co-Agent, and
Beneficiary  (as the same may be amended,  restated,  supplemented,  modified or
replaced from time to time, the "New Credit Agreement").


                                   Background

A. A Credit and Guarantee  Agreement  dated May 7, 1996 was entered into between
Trustor, TLG Laboratories Holding Corp.,  Beneficiary,  The Bank of New York, as
Documentation  Agent, and the banks and financial  institutions  parties thereto
(the "Existing Credit Agreement").

B. In connection with the Existing Credit  Agreement,  a Deed of Trust dated May
7, 1996 was executed by Trustor in favor of First American Title Company of Utah
for the  benefit  of the  Beneficiary  (the  "Existing  Deed of  Trust"),  which
Existing Deed of Trust was recorded in the Official Records of the Utah Recorder
in Book 3964,  Page 407.  The  Existing  Deed of Trust  encumbers,  among  other
things, the real property described on Schedule A attached hereto.

C. The New Credit  Agreement amends and restates the terms and provisions of the
Existing Credit Agreement.

D. The  agreement  of the  Lenders  to enter into the New  Credit  Agreement  is
conditioned on the execution of this Amendment.


                                    Agreement

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. All references in the Existing Deed of Trust to the Existing Credit Agreement
shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to the New  Credit  Agreement,  as the same may be
amended, restated, supplemented, modified or replaced from time to time.


<PAGE>

                                                                               2


2.  Except as set forth above, the Existing Mortgage shall remain
unmodified and in full force and effect.

                                                      TWIN LABORATORIES INC.

                                                      By:___________________
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:

                                                      THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK

                                                      By:____________________
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:











































<PAGE>


                                                                              3







                                            UTAH FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT




COUNTY OF                                                     )
                                                              : ss.
STATE OF                                                      )


         The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this
day of November, 1996, by                       , as the
    of Twin Labs Inc.




                                                              NOTARY PUBLIC


                                                     Residing at:
(SEAL)

My Commission Expires:


<PAGE>
                                                                               4


                           UTAH FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT




COUNTY OF    )
             : ss.
STATE OF     )


         The  foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before  me  this  day of
November, 1996, by , as the of The Chase Manhattan Bank.




                                                 NOTARY PUBLIC
                                                 ------------------------------


                                             Residing at:
                                                         ----------------------
(SEAL)

My Commission Expires:


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the  incorporation  by reference  in  Registration  Statement  No.
333-18047 of Twinlab  Corporation  on Form S-8 of our report  dated  February 4,
1997,  appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Twinlab  Corporation  for
the year ended December 31, 1996.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Jericho, New York
March 24, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                      1,000

       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                              JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                            3,794 
<SECURITIES>                                          0 
<RECEIVABLES>                                    31,235 
<ALLOWANCES>                                       (208)
<INVENTORY>                                      29,443 
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 66,558 
<PP&E>                                           21,507 
<DEPRECIATION>                                   (7,350)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  141,537 
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            39,426 
<BONDS>                                               0 
                                 0 
                                           0 
<COMMON>                                         27,000 
<OTHER-SE>                                      (25,312)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    141,537 
<SALES>                                         170,075 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                170,075 
<CGS>                                            99,827 
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    99,827 
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 30,784 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                      0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               10,005 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  14,384 
<INCOME-TAX>                                        796 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              14,384 
<DISCONTINUED>                                        0 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                   1,792 
<CHANGES>                                             0 
<NET-INCOME>                                     11,796 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         0 
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         0 
                                               

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission